Full text of "THE FIRST WORLD CONFERENCE FOR ACADEMIC EXCHANGE OF MEDICAL QIGONG BEIJING CHINA, 1988"

See other formats

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

THE FIRST WORLD
CONFERENCE FOR
ACADEMIC EXCHANGE
OF MEDICAL
QIGONG

(ABSTRACTS OF PRESENTATIONS

BEIJING CHINA, 1 988

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

CONTENTS

1. A STUDY OF EFFECT OF THE EMITTED Ql OF QIGONG ON HUMAN

CARCINOMA CELLS Feng Llda et al

2. THE EFFECT OF THE EMITTED Ql ON THE IMMUNE FUNCTIONS OF MICE

Feng Lida et al

3. A STUDY OF THE EFFECT OF THE EMITTED Ql ON THE L 12 io CELLS OF

LEUKEMIA IN MICE Feng Llda et al

4. THE CHARACTERISTICS OF HUMAN BRAIN SELF-ORGANIZATION IN THE

QIGONG STATE Mei 1x1 et al

5. A SYSTEMATIC INVESTIGATION ON THE QIGONG STATE Yu Hefeng et al

6. AN INVESTIG ATION OF PHYSIOLOGICAL CHARACTERISTICS ON QIGONG

EIGEN STATE

7. AN INVESTIGATION ON EEG OF QIGONG EIGEN STATE

Xu Lihua et al

Yan Xiaoxia et al

8* EFFECTS OF THE EMITTED Ql ON HEALING OF EXPERIMENTAL FRACTURE
Jia Lin et al

9. EFFECTS OF THE EMITTED Ql ON ULTRASTRUCTURAL CHANGES OF THE

OVERSTRAINED MUSCLE OF RABBITS Jla Lin et al

10. THE EFFECT OF THE EMITTED Ql (EQ) ON THE SKELETAL MUSCLE OF

MICE UNDER THE STRESS OF ICE-SWIMMING AN

ELECTROMICROSCOPIC OBSERVATION Lu Danyun et al

11. PHYCHOLOGICAL EFFECTS OF QIGONG Wang Jisheng

12. A RESEARCH ON FACTORS RELATED TO THE QIGONG STATE

. Wang Jisheng

13. A PRELIMINARY STUDY OF THE BIOLOGICAL EFFECTS OF QIGONG

Tang Cimei et al

14. STUDIES OF QIGONG EFFECT ON THE HUMAN BODY BY THE

COMPUTERIZED SYNCHRONOUS SYSTEM FOR MACRO-AND

MICROCIRCULATORY PARAMETERS MEASUREMENT

Xiu Ruijuan et al

15. EFFECTS OF THE EMITTED Ql ON IMMUNE FUNCTIONS IN ANIMALS '

Li Caixi et al

16. A STUDY OF THE INFLUENCE OF QIGONG ON

INTELLIGENCE OF THE AGED

17. THE EFFECT OF THE EMITTED Ql REPREFUSION INJURY

THE DECLINED

Sun Fuli et al

OF MYOCARDIUM

Qigong Science Institute,

18. A

Beijing College of Traditional Chinese Medicine

STUDY OF THE IMMUNE REGULATION EFFECT OF THE EMITTED Ql ON
IMMUNOSUPPRESSED ANIMAL MODEL Zhang Li et al

• 1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-OO792R0OO7O1 080001-1

19. THE EXPERIMENTAL STUDIES OF THE EFFECT OF THE

MOUSE SPLEEN CELLS AND TUMOR CELLS IN VITRO

20. AN EXPERIMENTAL RESEARCH ON THE NERVAL MEC.T1

QIGONG STATE AND THE EFFECTS OF THE EMITTED QI

Liu

HA.

21. THE INFLUENCE OF THE EMITTED QI ON THE AUDIT

EVOKED RESPONSES (ABER) AND AUDITORY Ml
EVOKED RESPONSES (MLR) IN CATS

22. A PRELIMINARY EXPLORATION OF THE NEURAL MEC

QIGONG STATE BASED ON THE METHOD OF AUDITORY

23. THE EFFECT OF THE EMITTED QI AND INFRASoM

SOMATOSENSORY EVOKED POTENTIAL (SEP) AND
RESPONSE (SVR)

24. AN INVESTIGATION OF THE BIOLOGICAL EFFECT OF THe|

QIGONG WITH FLUORESCENCE PROBES

25. AN OBSERVATION OF THE POWER SPECTRUM AND TOP

IN THE QIGONG STATE

26. THE EFFECT OF DIFFERENT QIGONG EXERCISES ON EEG

THE COMPUTER ANALYSIS-

27. EEG COHERENCE AND TOPOGRAPHY IN SUPPERQUIESCEN’

Liu

3 o<b

28. AN EXPERIMENTAL STUDY OF FAST WITH QIGONG EXER(jl

]

29. MOLECULAR BIOLOGICAL EFFCTS OF THE EMITTED QI ON

30. INFLUENCE OF ELECTRICAL LESION OF THE PERIAQUEf
(PAG) ON ANALGESIC EFFECT OF THE EMITTED QI IN R.

Yang

31. ANALGESIC EFFECT OF THE EMITTED QI ON WHITE RATS

32. PRELIMINARY OBSERVATION OF THEINHIBITORY EFFECT

EMITTED QI ON TRANSPLANTED TUMORS IN MICE

33. AN OBSERVATION OF IN VITRO EFFECT OF THE EMITTEdI

PERIPHERAL BLOOD LYMPHOCYTES

34. LOW-DIMENSIONAL CHAOS IN PRACTISING QIGONG -

35. ANTITUMOR METASTASES ACTIVITY OF THE EMITTED

BEARING MICE .

36. THE EFFECT OF THE EMITTED QI IN ENHANCING THE,

VITRO OF LYMPHOKINES IN RELATION TO ANTITUMOR 4

EMITTED QI ON
Gu Ligang et al
ANISMS OF THE

Guolong et al 29

t>RY BRAINSTEM
DDLE LATENCY

Guolong et al 31

.NISMS OF THE
jEVOKED RESPONSES
Rongqing et al 32

fIC SOUND ON
SLOW VERTEX
|Pen Xueyan et al 33

EMITTED QI OF
u Rongqing et al 34

RATHY OF EEG
’an Weixing et al 36

Manifested by

Qingnian et al 37

fjr STATE

Wang Wei et al 39

:ises

0uang Guanghua 41 *

MAN —

Luo Sen et al 42
iDUCTAL GRAY

lATS

Kongshun et al

Yang Kongshun
0F THE
Zhao Shan et al
QI ON HUMAN

Ye Ming

Yagu Lin et al
\QI IN TUMOR-
Cao Xuetao et al
INDUCTION IN
IECH ANISMS —
Cfao Xuetao et al

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

37. AN OBSERVATION OF T-LYMPHMOCYTES BY ANAE STAINING IN THE

CLINICAL APPLICATION OF QIGONG Xu Hefen 52

38. AN EXPERIMENTAL RESEARCH ON THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN QIGONG

AND CHOLERESIS — Wang Jialin et al 54

39. A PRIMARY OBSERVATION ON MICROCIRCULATION OF NAIL FOLD AND

IMMUNOGENICITY AFTER QIGONG PRACTICE FOR SHORT PERIOD

Hong shunhua et al 56

40. CHANGES OF BLOOD VISCOSITY AND RCG IN 44 CASES WITH

CARDIOVASCULAR DISEASES AFTER THE QIGONG EXERCISE

Chu Weizong et al 57

41. A PRELIMINARY STUDY OF THE RELATIONSHEP BETWEEN QIGONG AND

ENERGY METABOLISM THE CHANGES OF THE BLOOD ATP CONTENT

IN QIGONG MASTERS IN THE QIGONG STATE Wang Zhengchang et al 58

42. AN EXPERIMENT OF THE EMITTED QI ON ANIMALS Liu Tehfu et al 60

43. A STUDY OF BIOLOGICAL EFFECT OF THE EMITTED QI WITH

TRADESCANTIC PALUDOSA MICRONUCLEAR TECHNIQUE

Sun Silu et al 61

44. THE EFFECTS OF TAOIST QIGONG ON THE PHOTON EMISSION FROM THE

BODY SURFACE AND CELLS Liu Yaning et al 62

45. AN EXPERIMENTAL RESEARCH OF QIGONG FOR ANTISENILITY, KEEPING

FIT IN MIDDLE-AGED INTELLECTUALS Yang Runliang et al 64

46. AN EXPERIMENTAL RESEARCH OF THE CHANGES OF BLOOD VOLUME IN

THE BRAIN AND THE CHANGES OF THE HEART RATE IN THE QIGONG
STATE AND PSI STATE Wei Shouzhang et al 65

47. EFFECT OF THE QIGONG EXERCISE ON THE CONTENT OF MONOAMINE

NEURO-TRANSMITTERS IN BLOOD Liu Binghuai 67

48. A PRELIMINARY STUDY ON THE CARDIAC FUNCTIONAL POTENTIAL

EVOKED BY THE QIGONG EXERCISE Bao Guojin et al 69

49. SPECULATION ON THE MEDIA OF QIGONG Manaka , Yoshio 71

50. THE DIFFERENCE OF DIRECTION OF QI CIRCULATION IN THE SMALL QI

CYCLE BETWEEN MAN AND WOMAN Yoshihiko Yayama et al 72

51. TREATMENT EFFECT AND TENTATIVE WORKING THEORIES OF

AUTONOMOUS QIGONG EXERCISE Everlyn Fung Lee 74

52. A STUDY OF STRENGTH FEAT CONCERNING THE HUMAN SELF-CURATIVE

POWER Wang Chuan-Fu 75

53. A PRIMARY STUDY OF THE INDUCING FUNCTION OF THE EMITTED QI OF

QIGONG ON THE BIOLOGICAL COMPOSITION OF a-AMYLASE IN WHEAT
SEEDS Liu Haitao et al 77

54. EFFECTS OF THE EMITTED QI ON THE SPONTANEOUS DISCHARGES OF

CEREBELLAR NEURONS IN RATS Yao Yuzhong et al 79

55. CHANGES OF SKIN TEMPERATURE DURING EMISSION OF QI

• 3 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

* Tokuo Ogawa et al 80

56. BIOENERGY STUDY OF THE CHINESE MERIDIAN SYSTEM IN
PHYSIOLOGICAL CONDITION — AN OBSERVATION OF 483 HEALTHY

HUMAN SUBJECTS *. Julia J. Tsuei et al 82

57. EFFECTS OF QIGONG ON CEREBRAL BLOOD FLOW (CBF) AND

EXTREMITIC BLOOD FLOW (EBF) Zhao Baofeng 83

58. A CLINICAL AND LABORATORY STUDY OF THE EFFECT OF QIGONG

ANAESTHESIA ON THYROIDECTOMY Lin Houshen 84

59. A RESEARCH ON "ANTI-AGING" EFFECT OF QIGONG Wang Chongxing 85

60. BENEFICIAL EFFECT OF QIGONG ON IMPROVING THE HEART FUNCTION

AND RELIEVING MULTIPLE CARDIOVASCULAR RISK FACTORS

Wang Chongxing et al 88

61. CHANGES OF CEREBRAL BLOOD FLOW AND MICROCIRCULATION UNDER

THE QIGONG STATE Chu Weizong et al 89

62. A STUDY OF TREARMENT OF SENSORINEURAL HEARING LOSS BY

QIGONG Zhu Jiru et al 91

63. FURTHER EXPLORATION OF THE MECHANISM OF QIGONG IN TREATING

BRONCHIAL ASTHMA AND CHRONIC BRONCHITIS WITH THE AID OF
SEVERAL NEW TESTING METHODS- Huang Hua et al 93

64. A STUDY OF THE EFFECT OF THE EMITTED QI COMBINED WITH SELF-

PRACTICE OF QIGONG IN TREATING PARALYSIS Huang Meiguang 95

65. OBSERVATION OF THE THERAPEUTIC EFFECT ON MYOPIA OF TEENAGERS

PRACTISING “RELAXING AND QUIESCENT QIGONG FOR EYES”

Wu Bingjiang et al 96

66. A CLINICAL OBSERVATION OF QIGONG AS A THERAPEUTIC AID FOR

ADVANCED CANCER PATIENTS Sun Quizhi et al 97

67. A CASE OF CEREBROATROPHY CURED BY QIGONG Zhao Guang et al 98

68. A CLINICAL OBSERVATION ON THE LIVER AND GALL STONES TREATED

WITH QIGONG Li Jinzheng 100

69. THE ROLE OF QIGONG AND T AIJIQU AN IN RESPIRATORY REHABILITATION

Sun Yingxing et al 101

70. A CLINICAL STUDY OF CHOLELITHIASIS TREATED BY QIGONG AND EAR-

POINT THERAPIES IN 40 CASES Ma Shuan 102

71. OBSERVATIONS OF THE CURATIVE EFFECT IN CASES OF CHRONIC

ATROPHIC GASTRITIS (CAG) TREATED WITH DAOYING (INDUCING) OR

TUINA (RELEASING/RECEIVING) THERAPY -

Institute for Industry Health , the

National Mechanical Industry Commission , Shanxi Province, China 103

72. THE BIDIRECTIONAL INFLUENCE ON THE ELECTROGASTRIC ACTIVITY

IN MAN Feng Yangzheng et al 105

73. THE BIDIRECTIONAL ADJUSTMENT OF BLOOD PRESSURE AND HEART

• 4 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

RATE BY DAOYIN-TU1NA ON THE ARTERIEAL BLOOD AND HEART RATE
Qin Chao et al

74. THE ORAL-FACIAL SCAR SOFTENED BY QIGONG THERAPY

Dingxing

75. AN OBSERVATION ON THE RESULTS OF DRUG AND QIGONG THERAPY

FOR CHRONIC RESPIRATORY DISEASES Li Ziran et al

76. A GROUP OBSERVATION AND EXPERIMENTAL RESEARCH ON THE

PREVENTION AND TREATMENT OF HYPERTENSION BY QIGONG

Li Ziran et al

77 . OBSERVATIONS ON THE CURATIVE EFFECTS OF THE QIGONG EXERCISE

“SELF- ADJUSTMENT THERAPY” IN HYPERTENSION Jing Guinian

78. EFFECTS OF QIGONG ON THE RROSTACYCLIN THROMBOXANE BALANCE

IN PATIENTS WITH CORONARY HEART DISEASES Zhou Shifang et al

79. A PRELIMINARY REPORT ON THE EFFECT OF SELF-CONTROL QIGONG ON

DIABETES MELLITUS Gi Wu et al

80. ON THE ANTI-TUMOR MECHANISM OF CHINESE QIGONG

Wang Junmel

81. SPONTANEOUS DYNAMIC QIGONG (SDQ) INVOLUNTARY MOTION QIGONG

AND PSYCHOLOGICAL MEDICINE Wu Caiyun et al

82. EFFECTS OF “VITAL GATE” QIGONG ON MALIGNANT TUMOUR

Luo Sen et al

83. A CLINICAL STUDY OF QIGONG BASED ON DIFFERENTIATION OF

SYNDROMES (LEFT VENTRICULAR FUNCTION IN 74 CASES)

Li Zequan et al

84. A CLINICAL STUDY OF THE TAOIST METHOD FOR KEEPING GOOD

HEALTH AND LONGEVITY ON THE EVOKED CEREBRAL POTENTIALS IN
PATIENTS WITH SENILE CEREBRAL ARTERIOSCLEROSIS (AN ANALYSIS

OF 40 CASES) Kezhong et al

85. AN EXPERIMENTAL RESEARCH OF PREVENTION AND TREATMENT OF

MYOPLA BY “VISION IMPROVEMENT QIGONG EXERCISE”

Shicai et al -

86. THE EFFECT OF QIGONG EXERCISE (QUIESCENT AND DYNAMIC FORMS)

ON THREE INDEXES OF PATIENTS WITH ABNORMAL CARDIOVASCULAR

FUNCTION • • •••••• Zhang Rulin et al

87. AN ANALYSIS OF 51 CASES WITH CHD TREATED BY QIGONG

Sun Jiwang et al

88. A STUDY ON Q1 AND SUPERPOWER Hsiming Wu

89. SEX EXISTS TOGETHER WITH LIFE A STUDY OF QIGONG IN

TREATMENT OF IMPOTENCE AND ITS WONDERFUL EFFICACY

Huang Chengmo

90. THE PRESENT CONDITION OF QIGONG IN JAPAN Mashanorl Yamamoto

• 5

107

108
109

113

115

1:17

119

121

123

126

128

130

131

132

135

136

138

140

• 7 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

91. THE ACTUAL ANALYSIS OF QI BY KINSHINDANHO (THE MUSCULAR-

DIAGNOSING THERAPY METHOD) AND THE MANIPULATIVE
TREATMENT OF IT Kono,Tadao et al 142

92. A TREATMENT METHOD TOWARDS FUNCTIONAL DISEASE OF THE KNEE-

JOINT Shigeo Nakagawa 146

93. AN IDEA OF INNER DIAGNOSTIC METHOD Mashakashu Kazhuda 147

94. AN OBSERVATION ON SKIN THERMOGRAPHY DURING QIGONG NEEDLING

Lin Maomei 147

95. NEW QIGONG — AN ESSENTIAL TOOL IN HEALING AND PREVENTION OF

CANCER Chung Siu Wong 149

96. EFFECTS OF QIGONG ON PSYCHOSOMATIC AND OTHER EMOTIONALLY-

ROOTED DISORDERS Richard R. Pavek 150

97. QIGONG AS A PUTATIVE TREATMENT FOR IMMUNO-DEFICIENCY

SYNDROMES Philip S. Lansky 152

98. INDIAN YOGIC PR AN A YAM AND CHINESE QIGONG — A COMPARATIVE

STUDY AND ITS APPLICATION IN TREATMENT OF ASTHMA

Ramaiah S. A. A et al 153

99. QIGONG SPIRAL TREATMENT SUDARSANA RESEARCH BETWEEN

1978-1987 Vuokko Raakel Rahtu-Etiainen et al 154

100. QIGONG IN AUSTRALIA AN EFFECTIVE WEAPON AGAINST STRESS —

Jack Lim 155

101. THE USE OF THE EMITTED QI IN QIGONG AND ACUPUNCTURE IN THE

TREATMENT OF FOOD ALLERGIES Chu Chow 157

102. INTRODUCTION OF QIGONG IN WEST GERMANY Gisela Hildenbrand 159

103. A METHOD FOR QI FIELD DETECTION Lu Zuyin et al 161

104. THE STATISTICAL TREATMENT OF EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS IN QIGONG

EXPERIMENT Lu Zuyin et al 162

105. THE EFFECT OF THE EMITTED QI ON THE POLARIZED PLANE OF A

LASER BEAM Yan Xin et al 163

106. THE EFFECT OF QI ON THE COUNTING RATE OF 241 AM RADIOACTIVITY

Yan Xin et al 164

107. A STUDY OF THE EFFECT OF THE EMITTED QI ON MOLECULES AT A

DISTANCE OF 2000 KM

(I) EXAMINATION OF THE INFRARED THERMAL IMAGING SYSTEM ON

TEMPERATURE RESPONSE OF THE EXPERIMENTAL SAMPLES —

Meng Guirong et al 166

(II) AN EXAMINATION OF LASER FLUORESCENCE AND ULTRAVIOLET ON THE

RHODAMIN DYESTUFF Li Shengping et al 167

(III) A LONG-TIME TRACKING EXAMINATION OF UV SPECTROSCOPY ON THE

SOLUTION OF POTASSIUM DICHROMATE Sun Mengyin et al 168

(IV) A LONG-TIME TRACKING EXAMINATION OF UV SPECTROSCOPY ON THE

• 6 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

SAMPLE OF THE FLUORESCE IN DYESTUFF Cui Yuanhao et al 170

(V) A TRACE EXAMINATION OF UV SPECTROSCOPY ON THE DNA SOLUTION

OF FISH SPERMS Sun Mengyin et al 172

(VI) AN INVESTIGATION OF THE SAMPLE OF MIXTURE OF THE AGBR IUSH

DYESTUFF BY EPR (ELECTRIC PARAMAGNETIC RESONANCE
SPECTROMETER) Li Shengping et al 174

(VII) EXAMINATION OF ULTRAVIOLET AND ULTRARED THERMAL IMAGING

SYSTEMS ON L-TRYPOTOPHAN SOLUTION Meng Guirong et al 175

(VIII) AN OBSERVATION OF BOVINE SERUM ALBUMEN BY THE ULTRAVIOLET

AND FLUORESCENCE SPECTROPHOTOMETER Li Shengping et al 176

(IX) AN INVESTIGATION OF THYMINE BY A RECORDING SPECTRO-

PHOTOMETER AND A THERMOVISION Meng Guirong et al 177

(X) AN OBSERVATION BY AN ULTRAVIOLET SPECTRUM ABOUT YEAST

RNA SOLUTION Sun Mengyin et al 178

108. A QUANTITATIVE SURVEY OF SYSTEMATIC DEVIATIONS IN BROWNIAN

MOVEMENT EXPERIMENT EFFECTED BY THE HUMAN MIND POWER

Wang Yonghuai et al 179

109. MEASUREMENT AND ANALYSIS OF THE INFRASONIC WAVES FROM THE

EMITTED QI Niu Xin et al 181

110. THE EFFECT OF MIND-CONTROL IN QIGONG EXERCISE INVESTIGATED

BY AN INFRARED THERMOVISION IMAGER Du Luoyi 183

111. CHAOS AND FRACTAL OF THE HUMAN BODY IN THE QIGONG STATE

A COMPLEX THEORETICAL APPROACH TO QIGONG Li Fuli 184

112. SCIENCE OF VITAL MESSAGE AND QIGONG Gu Hansen et al 187

113. PSEUDO-COLOUR TREATMENT OF THE RADIATION FIELD PHOTOGRAPHY

OF QIGONG MASTERS Cai Jianyu et al 190

114. A STUDY OF THE “DURATION AND DEGREE” OF THE SMALL QI CYCLE

QIGONG Ren Zhengxin et al 192

115. PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE EMITTED QI Gui Yongfan 193

116. EFFECTS OF THE EMITTED QI ON SILICON’S CRYSTALLINE STATE

Wu Banghui et al 195

117. INVESTIGATIONS OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATIONS AND LUMINOUS

PHENOMENA IN A FUNCTIONAL STATE OF QI J. J. Fan et al 196

118. A STUDY OF THE MECHANISM OF THE EMITTEO QI

Guo Yinglan et al 197

119. THE PHENOMENOLOGICAL MODEL OF HEALTH QIGONG AND ITS

APPLICATION TEST Liu Beisheng et al 199

120. THE MECHANISM OF QIGONG —MAGNETIC RESONANCE Ma Jiannan 200

121. ACHIEVEMENTS OF ANCIENT CHINESE MEDICAL QIGONG Ma Jiren 203

122. AN EXPLORATION OF THE TRADITIONAL N El DAN METHOD

Song Tianbin 204

• 7 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

123. A STUDY OF THE ACHIEVEMENT OF HEALTH-PRESl

QIGONG IN THE “ESSENTIALS OF HEALTH KEEPING”-

124. A PRELIMINARY COMPARISON BETWEEN QIGONG AND IN

125. PROMOTING Ql FLOW ALONG THE TRAVELLING COURSES

126. ZHIYI’S CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE THEORY OF BUDDft

SAMADHI THERAPY

127. QIGONG AND BUDDHISM

128. ON TRADITIONAL RELIGIOUS QIGONG AND ITS MEDICAL

;ervation BY

Han Bin et al 207

lt>IAN YOGA —

Zliang Xiaofang 209

OF MERIDIANS
Li Ding et al 212

[1ST DHYANA-
•••• Chen Bing 215

Domyo Miuya 217

APPLICATION
Takashi Tsumura 219

• 8 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Titles of Papers Not Included in the Collection

HEALTH-PRESERVING QIGONG IN FULL FLOURISH

Yosimiyaterusni (Japan)

’§#*;£( B*>

NTAL AND PHYSIOLOGICAL CHANGES OF QIGONG MASTERS IN GIVING THE QIGONG
THERARY

3 -

AN OBJECTIVE STUDY OF QI

THE MECHANISM OF PREVENTION AND
BY QIGONG

Sukginuka Noriyuki and Yosimiya, Terasni( Japan)

£fll(B

Kazu Mori at al (Japan)

TREATMENT OF AIDS

5 -

Chen Jian

(China Qigong science Institute, Hong Kong)

POPULARIZATION AND DEVIATION RECTIFICATION OF QIGONG IN HONGKONG

Lin Qin( China Qigong Science Inatitute, Hong Kong)

FOOT PRESSURE, CHANCE OF FOOT STEP AND THE EQUILIBRIUM OF THE BODY IN THE
STANDING POSTURE QIGONG — THE MECHANISM OF REGULATION
OF THE BODY EQUILIBRIUM BY THE STANDING POSTURE QIGONG

7 -

Konta Kunio (Japan)

ZADOCHIZUKO

QIGONG — AS AN APPROACH OF PREVENTIVE MEDICINE

Zadochizuko (Japan)

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

A STUDY ON THE EFFECT OF THE EMITTED QI OF QIGONG ON

HUMAN CARCINOMA CELLS

Feng Lida, Qian Juqing, Chen Suqing et al

(China Immunology Research Center , Beijing, China)

We used the techniques of tissue culture, cytogenetics and electron microscopy to study
the Hale cells and SGC-7901 human gastric adenocarcinoma cells, the change of the cellular
ultrastructure and abnormal structure of the chromosomes of the cells. The results showed :

1. The effect of the emitted qigong on the Hale cells :

We repeated the experiment 20 times under identical conditions. The result is shown in
Table L

Table 1 The effect of the emitted qi on the Hale cells

Group

The number of the Hale cells (10/ml)

Survival rate

Destruction rate

Before receiving qi

After receiving qi

Exp.

4. 53

15. 33

100. 00

Control

4. 53

10. 62.

69. 28

30. 72

Table 1 shows, after the Hale cells received the emitted qi for 20 minutes, the survival
rate of the cells in the experiment group was 69. 28% of that in the control group, i. e. ,
30. 72% of the cells were killed.

We analysed the distribution of the destruction rate, which is shown in Table 2.

Table 2 shows, the emitted qi could kill the Hale cells. The destruction rate could reach
8. 91, 59. 61%, and the average destruction rate was 30. 72%(P<0. 001).

At the same time, we observed the Hale cells with a translation electronmicroscope , and
found that degeneration and swelling took place in some of the cells which received the emitted
qi. The endoplasmic reticula were dilated obviously, and the nuclei of the cells were
destroyed.

• 1 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792RQ00701 080001-1

Table 2 Analysis of the destruction rate of the
Hale cells by the emitted qi

Destruction rate
(%)

<10

>51

total

Frequency

Ratio ( % )

5 •

100

2. The effect of the emitted qi on the gastric adenocarcinoma cells;

After the gastric adenocarcinoma cells received the emtted qi for 1 hour, the survival
rate of the cells was 74. 98% of that in the control, i. e. the average destruction rate of the
cells was 25. 02%. (as shown in Table 3).

TAble 3 The effect of the emitted qi I

on the gastric adenocarcinoma cells j

Group

Number of cells
(1000/ml)

Survival rate
(%>

Destruction rate

c%)

Exp.

51. 12

100. 00

Control

38. 33

74. 98

25. 02

We repeated the experiment 41 times under identical conditions, hnd through statistical

analysis there was a difference between the two groups (P<C0. 01) . ; In the meantime, A
scanning electronmicroscope was used to study the cells. The result showed that the microvilli
of the cells which received the emitted qi had remarkably dwindled or disappeared and tiny
holes could be seen on the surface of the cells.

3. The effect of the emitted gi on the chromosomes of the gastric adenocarcinoma cells;

We repeated the experiment 10 times under identical conditions 1420 tumour cells were
observed in the control group, and 1428 tumour cells were analysed which received the
emitted qi for 60 minutes. (See Table 4)

(l)The number of the chromosomes of the gastric adenocarcinoma cells :

As Table 4 shows, the subdiploid in the control group was 2. 11% the super triploid was
0. 14%, whereas the subdiploid in the experiment group was 3. 29%, and the supertriploid
was 0. 56%. There was a statistical difference in both conditions between the two groups (P

• 2 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

<C0. 05) . The abnormality rate of triploid and quadriploid in the experiment group and the
control group had no statistical meaning (P>0. 05)

(2) The structure of the chromosomes of the gastric adenocarcinoma cells;

In the 1428 cells, the total abnormality rate was 5. 39% in the experiment group, and
the total abnormality rate of the 1420 cells in the control group was 1. 40%, in which there
was a statistical meaning (P < 0. 01) . The abnormality of the chromosomes included
exchange, breaking and dicentromere.

Table 4 The effect of the emitted qi
on the chromosomes of the gastric adenocarcinoma cells ;

Group

Number,

The abnormality rate of the The abnormality rate of
number of the the structure of the

chromosomes chromosomes

Number

<C2n <C3n <4n >4n

20 1. 40

Control

30 1370 13 2

Number

2.11 96.48 1.27 0.14

77 5. 39

Exp.

47 1349 24 8

3.29 94.46 1.68 0.56

<0. 05 >0. 01 >0. 01 <0. 05 <0.01

Summary :

Tumour is a common disease which endangers man’s life and health. The study on the
effect of the emitted gi on carcinoma cells, especially the study of the structure and the
chromosomes of tumour cells, has not been reported in the world and in our country. The
result showed that;

1. The average destruction rate of the Hale cells by the emitted qi was 30. 72%, the
highest destruction rate reaching 59. 61%. In order to confirm the effect of the emitted gi,
we repeated the experiment 20 times under identical conditions. Through a statistical analysis,
there was a difference between the experiment group and the control group (P<0. 01) . We
found that degeneration and swelling of the Hale cells took place. The endoplasmic reticula
were dilated obviously, and the nuclei of the cells were destroyed after the cells received the
emitted qi.

2. In 41 experiments, the average destruction rate of the gastric adenocarcinoma cells
was 25. 02% after they received the emitted gi for 60 minutes. There was a statistical

• 3 . •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-OO792R0OO7O1 080001-1

meaning (P<C0. 01) . At the same time, we asked some other gigong
the same experiment, and same result was obtained.

In order to further confirm the authenticity, we used a scanninj
observe the cells. The observed result showed that the villi had come
fewer and scattered. The structure of the surface of the cells was disortjl
seen on the surface of the cells, and a few of the cells were destroyed

3. The human chromosome is a material base of human heredity
genetic material. The results of our studies showed that the abnormal:
of the gastric adenocarcinoma cells took place significantly after thej;
qL The rate of exchange , breaking and dicentromere in the sturcture
the gastric adenocarcinoma cells increased. There was a statistical
experiment group and the control group. The result suggested that the
chromosomes of the gastric adenocarcinoma cells.

As shown above the results confirmed that the emitted qi could k
adenocaricin oma cells and the Hale cells, and the effect of the emi
could be increased in vitro through self-regulation of a patient. The
way to cure carcinoma.

masters to participate in

electronmicroscope to
4>ff or become shorter,
ered. Some holes were
Completely.

and a carrier of the
ty of the chromosomes
|y received the emitted
of the chromosomes of
lifference between the
emitted qi could kill the

11 or inhibit the gastric
ted qi on tumour cells
study may start a new

THE EFFECT OF THE EMITTED QI ON THEj IMMUNE
FUNCTIONS OF MICE OF MICE

Feng Lida, Wang Yunsheng, Chen Shuying and Chen Hajixing

(China Immunology Research Center, Beijing, China)

In order to determine whether there is an effect on the regulation
after a body is affected by the emitted qi, we chose mature C
animals, and randomly divided them into two groups. In the experinjn
were immunized i. p. with 5 % SRBC, 0. 21ml /mouse, and stimula
while in the control group only with 0.2ml 5 % SRBC / mouse j
experimental group received the emitted qi once a day, 20 min. a
five days, we observed the phagocytic function of the peritoneal macr<
acid phosphatase in Mqp, the amount of splenic cells and induction of ai
IgM direct plaque forming cells (PFC).

The detected values are summarized as follows.

tinh<

pf the immune response
L mice as experiment
Lental group, the mice
ed by the emitted qi,

. p. The mice of the
ie for five days. After
dphages, the activity of
nti-sheep red blood cells

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792RQ00701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

1. The phogocytic function of the peritoneal macrophages in the control was 18. 077 ±
7. 942 percent of phagocytosis, while in the experimental group it was 31. 154 + 11. 739, and
there is a statistical meaning (P<C0. 01).

2. The activity of acid phosphetase in M with a spectrophotometer in the control was
4. 826 + 2. 023 Jin’s Unit, while it was 7. 071 + 3. 026 in the experimental group. The
comparison between the values of the two groups has a statistical meaning (P<C0. 05) . The
results showed that the emitted qi could enhance not only the phogocytic function of peritoneal
macrophages , but also the activity of acid phosphatase.

3. The amount of splenic cells observed with a light microscope in the control was 8. 505
± 0. 546 X lOVmouse , while it was 10. 362 ± 0. 509 X lOVmiouse in the experimental
group, and there is a statistical meaning (P<0. 05).

4. The O. D. value of the PFC response detected by a spectrophotometrical method was
0. 706 + 0. 269 in the control while it was 0. 889 + 0. 243 in the experimental group, and
there is a statistical meaning too (P<C0. 05) . The results showed that the emitted qi could
increase not only the amount of the splenic cells, but also the PFc response, and suggested
that after receiving the emitted qi the body could be affected to enhance the amount of IgM
antibodies through increasing the nmuber of splenic cells and T lymphocytes or B
lymphocytes.

The experiment studied the effect of the emitted qi on immune function, and the results
showed that the emitted qi could significantly enhance the phagocytic function of the peritoneal
macrophages and the activity of acid phosphatase in Mcp, which suggested that the emitted qi
could activate peritoneal macrophages. After the body received the emitted qi> the amount of
the splenic cells and the PFC response could be increased. The fact showed that some well-
trained qigong masters can really send out a substance called “emitted qi” and the “emitted qi”
can enhance the immune function of the body indeed.

As shown above, we can see that the emitted qi might enhance not only nonspecific
immune responses, but also specific immune responses. How much and for how long the
emitted qi can effect the immune response of the body and through what routes and
mechanism still requires further investigation.

* 5 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rb00701 080001-1

A STUDY OF THE EFFECT OF THE EMITTED QI
ON THE L 12 io CELLS OF LEUKEMIA IN MICE

Feng Lida and Zhao Xiuzhen

(China Immunology Research Center, Beijing, China)

With the rapid development of modern science and technology and the enhancement of
people’s living standard, the constitutive proportion of diseases has charged and most infectious
and parasitic diseases have been brought under control or eliminated; whereas tumours are
becoming a common problem and are endangering man’s life and health. In our country the
number of patients suffering from tumour diseases is over 1,000,000 a year, and the number
of patients who died from tumours have exceeded 800, 000. Therefore, it is important for us
to explore a new route to cure tumours.

Leukemia is a malignant tumour , which has a high incidence and is difficult to cure. As
there are some similarities between leukemia in mice and human leukemia, we chose DBA
mice as a research model to study the effect of the emitted qi on the Lmo cells of leukemia in
mice. The experiment chose DBA mice with a weight of 20 + 2g, and both male or female
mice were used. In the experiment we killed the mice, which had been injected with the
L1210 cells 7-9 days before we collected the celiec liquid and adjusted the concentration of
cells to 4. 70-31. 00 million /ml (average concentration was 1. 20 million/ml) . 0. 2 ml L 2 io
cells was injected i. p. into the abdominal cavity of mice, and after 1 day we randomly divided
the mice into groups. Among these groups, the mice of the experimental group received the
emitted qi once a day, 10-40 min. a time for 10 days, while in the control group no
treatment was given. After 10 days, the mice were killed and the number of the L u L0 cells
were counted with a light microscope. The average value in the control group was
200. 435x0. 5 million /mouse, while in the experimental group 66. 45 3x0. 5 million /mouse,
and there was a statistical meaning between the two groups (P<C 0.01) . At the same time,
we used the qigong information instrument to stimulated the mice injected with the Lmo cells
once a day. 2 hrs. a time for 10 days, after which the number of Lmo cells was observed.
The number in the control group was 160. 826 X 0.5 million / mouse, while in the
experimental group 70. 870X0. 5 million/ mouse, and there was a statistical meaning between
the two groups (P<0. 01) . The results showed that the number of Lmo cells which were
injected into mice could be remarkably reduced after the mice received he emitted qi y and the
• 6 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

fact suggested that the emitted qi could kill or inhibit the L mo cells in mice.

Qigong is a part of traditional Chinese medicine, which is a therapy with Chinese
characteristics. In recent years, qigong has been used to cure a lot of diseases, especially
difficult diseases and tumour diseases. It is an important issue whether qigong can kill or
inhibit maligant tumour cells or not. The result of this experiment showed that the emitted
gicould kill or inhibit the L1210 cells of mice leukemia. After a body received it many times,
the emitted qi could significantly reduce the number of Lmo cells in mice. The experimental
study laid a theoretical basis for the treatment of tumours with qigong . Qigong therapy will be
a new way to cure carcinoma. However, the mechanism and way that the emitted qi kills or
inhibits Lmo cells of malignant tumours in mice need to be further investigated.

THE CHARACTERISTICS OF HUMAN BRAIN
SELF-ORGANIZATION IN THE
QIGONG STATE

Mei Lei, Zhou Zhandai and Liu Yuehong

(Institute of Space Medico-Engineering, Beijing, China)

Qigong state is the product of self organization of numerous neurons in the
brain. Synergetics, developed from the laser theory, can be applied to study the patterns of
brain self-organization. According to the domination principle supra-slow fluctuated oscillation
as the sequential parameters can be obtained from the scanning of the fluctuation of the
dominated specific frequencies of the ordinary brain waves. A new technology called ET
(Encephalofluctuograph technology) has been developed and a higher level system in brain

self-organization— the S (supra-slow) system has been discovered. The S-system represents

the neurochemical oscillation within the brain and dominates the synergic activities of the
numerous neuro sub-systems. A series of specific S frequencies have been verified to be
related to specific neurochemicals. They were characterized by typical harmonious and
coherent behaviors, and their spatial configulations indicate the functional structures among
different brain areas, the left-right brain correlations, and the whole brain picture. The
reorganized temporal-spatial patterns signify the qualitative changes of the brain states.

By application of ET to the study of qigong , several features of the brain self-organization
have been discovered.

• 7 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

(1) Selective neurochemical harmonious oscillation; Harmonious joscillation of S4 system
was significantly amplified in the qigong state. It was verified in anirpal experiments that S4
system was alternatively related to 5-HT activities. Other specific S frequencies, such as SI,
S2 ,S5 ,S7 ,S11 •■■have been observed in doing other qigong exercises.

(2) Right brain predominance of S4 system; There may be non-symmetric distribution of
neuro-chemicals in the left and right brain. Our ET experiments demonstrated that the S4
system was generally dominated by the right brain. In the qigong state the S4 amplification
was predominated by the right brain too, indicating the potentials of tfce right brain were fully
made use of in the qigong state.

(3) Frontal predominance in S-system ? s coherent activities; In comparing with quiet,
rest and memory states, the left-right brain coherence of the S-systerrJ in the qigong state was
maximally predominated by the frontal cortex. This means that the potentials of the frontal
brain were also intensively exploited in the qigong state.

(4) The mosaic cross symmetric patterns; The probability of emergence of mosaic cross
symmetric patterns was increased in the qigong state. The brain tended to be in the best state.
The left-anterior and right-posterior brain was the functionally dominated axis of such
patterns, and the left-anterior part of the brain was generally the most important part of the
whole brain activity.

These facts demonstrate the qualitative changes of brain self -organization during the
qigong state. The results also indicate that it is perspective to the synergetic principles and ET
techniques in the study of the mechanism of qigong .

A SYSTEMATIC INVESTIGATION ON THE QIGONG STATE

Yu Hefeng, Yan Xiaoxla and Xu Lihua

(Institute of Space Medico-Engineering, Beijing, China)

Human body is an open mega system. There are exchanges of material, energy and
information between it and the surrounding environments or controlled targets. This paper is
to explore, during qigong exercises, wheather the human mega system enters into a relatively
stable qigong state, and to analyze and describe a series of characteristics of the qigong state as a
whole.

Twenty nine tests were conducted in 5 qigong masters. Among the tests three to five were

• 8 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rj)00701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

of mind concentration at lower Dantian. One to three control tests were carried out in each
subject. Multiple physiological indications, such as frontal and occipital unipolar EEG,
breathing rate, expiratory volume, blood pressure, basic resistance, heart rate, stroke volume
of heart, cardiac output, total peripherial resistance of blood vessels and skin temperature at
Wangu (SI 4), Dantian, Taixi(K 3) and LaogongCP 8). On the basis of the 17 data (EEG,
Resp. Skin Temp. etc. ), some comprehensive independent indications, their linear function
and the functional state points of system in phasic space were calculated , and systems analysis
and objective descriptions of the qigong state were done. The results were as follows;

1. More than 70% of the information was supplied by the first 2-5 comprehensive
indications. It showed the qigong state could be described with less (2-5) dimensions.

2. During qigong exercises, the brain system and respiratory system played an important
role in the values of the original indications in the mathematical functions of comprehensive
indications. It corresponded to the physiological characteristics during qigong exercises. Energy
of alpha rhythm was increased, while delta rhythm decreased. It shows that the qigong exercise
process of the human mega system is not only based on the principles of mathematical
derivations, but also on the physiological grounds.

3. During qigong exercises, the functional state point in systems phasic space graudally
shifted to and concentrated on the relative stable position, far from the positions in the control
tests and pr e-qigong test. It suggested that the human mega system of the qigong master
gradually transposed towards the qigong state. Orderization was gradually intensified and
entropy was decreased. A relatively stable state was present. Some of them had arrived at
the object ring of the qigong state.

4. The tendencies of the transposition of functional state point and the characteristic
values of the original indications in several qigong tests done by the same qigong master were
identical with good repeatability. There were some differences between individual qigong
masters, which is explained by the difference of their qigong exercises and their qigong
experience. It suggested that the organizing construction of their own mega system during
transpositional process of the self-organization and self-adaptation were not the same.

5. It was found after bed rest under the same loading (standing position 75° plus lower
body negative pressure — -40 mmHg) the shifting distances of functional state points of human
mega system in phasic space were longer than before bed rest and the recovery was slower. It
suggested the regulating and adaptative ability of the human mega system became weaker.

The shifting distances of functional state points in phasic space under simulated
microgravity (head down 15°) would be decreased with the mind concentrated at point

• 9 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rp00701 080001-1

Yongquan (K 1) , It showed that qigong exercise could improve the functional state of the
human mega system and resist the bad effects when the head is lowered.

Some scientific background and methods have been provided for systems analysis on the
qigong state, and some foundations were laid for the development of treatment of space
adaptation syndrome with qigong exercises. j

AN INVESTIGATION OF PHYSIOLOGICAL
CHARACTERISTICS ON QIGONG EIGEN 'STATE

Xu Lihuo, Yu Hepeig and Yan Xiaoxia \

(Institute of Space Medico-Engineering, Beijing, China) ;

According to the principle of integration and dynamics, the dynamical changes of multi-
physiological indicators during the qigong exercise were observed repeatedly. The chief
physiological characteristics during the qigong state were studied to provide the scientific basis
for making a thorough study of the nature of the qigong state and further controlling the
human body to reach the optimal functional state. j

Five male qigong masters (age, 53-66 Yrs. ) were subjects. The^ have practised qigong
exercised for 3-10 years. One to three control tests and 3-5 qigong tests were completed for
each. Altogether were twenty nine tests including 21 qigong tests and 8 control tests. Every
qigong test was divided into 3 steps, pre- (sitting quietly with eyes clojsed for 10 min. ), in-
(thought concentrated on lower Dantian for 40 min. ) and post- (as pre- for 10 min. ) qigong
exercise. The control tests were similar to qigong tests. The subject sat duietly with eyes closed
for 60 min, but no thought concentration. The control tests and the qigong tests in the same
subject were made at the same time on different days.

The changes of the left frontal and left occipital unipolar EEG, breathing rate, heart
rate, stroke volume of heart, expiratory volume and skin temperature of Dantian, Laogong(P
8) wangu (TE 5) and Taixi (K 3) were simultaneously and continuously recorded. Blood
pressure was measured every 5 min. during the qigong state and every 3 min. pre-and post-
qigong .

Power spectral analysis of EEG was made every 2 min. It was found that during the
qigong state the peak of alpha wave was higher and shifted to the left, percentages of alpha
wave power was increased, 20. 50 + 12. 4 in the frontal area and 9. 98 + 10. 0 in the occipital
area. The significant difference between the qigong exercise and corresponding time in control

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rp00701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

tests (frontal P<C0. 005 and occipital P <0. 05) ; delta wave power was decresed; and theta
wave power was increased, the peak frequency of theta wave rhythm shifted to the right
significantly (P<0. 001).

During the qigong exercise, the expiratory volume and breathing rate were decresed
0. 884 + 0. 720 L/min. and 2. 64 + 3. 58 times/min. respectively. They were significant with
the corresponding time in control tests (P<0. 05).

The changes of point skin temperature and other physiological indicators were slight
during the qigong exercise.

The changes of physiological indicators during several qigong exercises were more
correspondent in each of 5 subjects. The repeatability in different tests of the same subject
was good. Individual differences among 5 subjects might be resulted from their different
process of self-regulation and different qigong abilities.

AN INVESTIGATION ON EEG OF QIGONG EIGEN STATE

Yan Xiaoxia,Yu Hefeng and Xu Lihua

(Instilutc of Space Medico-Engineering, Beijing, China)

Qigong has a history of thouMnds of years in China. It is one of methods for prevention
and treatment of diseases, and for health preservation.

With the development of the human science, the research of the qigong eigen state was
more and more concerned.

Professor Qian Xuesen points out that the important task is to establish the theory of the
qigong phenomena and the qigong state of the human body must be studied in detail with
advanced techniques and correct guiding thoughts. Therefore, according to the principle of
integration, interconnection, dynamics and orderization , the dynamical changes of multi-
physiological indicators in the qigong state were repeatedly observed to provid a scientific basis
for research of physiological characters in the qigong state and for promoting the human body
to enter optimal functional state.

In this paper, the changes of EEG in the qigong state was further investigated with the
technique of power spectral matrix in time series on observed multi-physiological indicators.

Five male qigong exercisers (age, 53-66 Yrs,) were subjects. They have exercised
qigong from 3-10 years. Two unipolar EEG (left frontal, left occipital) and other physiological
indicators, such as heart rate, cardiac output, breathing rate, respiratory volume and skin

• 11 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

tempraturc were simultaneously and continuously recorded. Blood pressure was measureed
every 3 min. except during the qigong exercise. One to three control tests and three to five
qigong tests were completed for each subject. During the qigong tests and control tests subjects
were sitting quietly with eyes closed for 60 min. But in the qigong exbrcises (11-50 min. in
qigong tests) subjects' thought should be concentrated on their own lower Dantian. Control
tests and qigong tests in the same subject were completed on the same time on different days.

EEG power spectral analysis was made with 10 m sec sampling time, 1024 points
sampling length and 0. 25 HZ discriminating rate of frequncy. EEG power spectral matrix in
time series was made continuously with 216 spectra, each of them to be the average of 5
continuous EEG power spectra. Both were analyzed by a 7TI 7 signal processor.

Power of delta (2. 00-3. 75 Hz), theta (4, 00-7. 75 Hz), alpha (U. 00-13. 00 Hz), beta
1 (13. 25-20. 00Hz) and beta 2 (20. 25-30. 00 Hz) bands and the power percentage of each
band, and the peak frequency of each band was analyzed. Entropy of EEG was calculated
too.

It was found that during the qigong exercise the peak of alpha wave was higher and
shifted to the left, power percentage of alpha waves was increased significantly, and alpha
waves were shifted to the frontal area and the occipital area; power of delta waves decreased,
power percentage of theta waves was increased, the peak frequency of theta rhythm was
shifted to the right. Significant exchanges between the frontal and occipital power were not
observed. In one of the exercisers, power of alpha in the occipital area is higher than that in
the frontal area. In most of them power of the alpha wave in the frontal area is significant
dominant. It might be related with the differences of their qigong methods and their own
qigong abilities, for which further research would be valuable. The fluctuation of EEG power
in various frequency bands and the transportation and concentration of energy in different
areas and different frequencies of brain waves during the qigong exercise were showed in the
power spectral matrix of EEG. It was helpful in observing the dynamical change processes of
EEG during the qigong state.

There occurred correspondent changes of EEG indicators in each otf the 5 subjects during
several qigong tests. The results were repeated in different tests of the same subject.
Individual difference might show the different processes of self-regulation and different qigong
abilities of different qigong exercisers.

In the qigong state the increase of orderization of the brain was showed by the decrease
of entropy.

It was discussed that EEG changes in qigong , sleep and hypnosis states. It was thought

• 12 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

that concentrated thought in the qigong exercise would be a specific optimal human body eigen
state qigong eigen state.

In the qigong state the changes of EEG may be resulted from the complicated activities
between the cortex and sub-cortex structure. It reflected the active self-regulation of the
human body' s visceral organs.

EFFECIS OF THE EMITTED QI ON HEALING OF
EXPERIMENTAL FRACTURE

Jia Lin and Jia Jinding

(National Research Institute of Sports Science)

The emitted qi has been found to have a good curative effect on soft tissue injuries, such
as muscle soreness, scleroma in muscles, acute muscle sprain, muscle contusion and pains.
Fracture is also a common injury in sports medicine. We have cured some cases of fracture
with the emitted qi. The purpose of this experiment was to investigate the biological effect of
the emitted qi on healing of fracture.

16 healthy male rabbits, weighing between 1. 9-2. 5 kg, were divided into two groups;
the control group and the emitted qi group. Under a septic condition and with intravenous
injection of thiopental sodium of 30-40 mg/kg, the fracture with a gap of 3 mm was made at
the junction of the middle and lower thirds of the left radius distal to the insertion of the
round pronator muscle. The rabbits in the emitted qi group were given the emitted qi
treatment for 3 minutes per day after fracture. All of- them took X-ray films every week. On
the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th week after fracture, two animals of each group were killed and
specimens for light microscope study were fixed with 1 0 % neutral formalin , decalicified with
75% EDTA, dehydrated with graded series alcohol, embeded with paraffin. Then the
specimens were cut into slices of 8 pm thickness along vertical axis of radius, strained with
H. E. and studied by a light microscope.

The morphological observations are as follows :

1. Based on some radiographic indexes, such as reaction of fracture section, periosteal
reaction and amount of callus formation and callus density, we found that the amount and
density of callus formation were better in the emitted qi group than in the control group . The
difference was significant in the 2nd week (n=16, P(0,01)and 3rd week (n 12 , P(0. 05).

• 13 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-OO792R0OO7O1 080001-1

2. Ultra thin sections were produced with LKB-III ultrotome , strained with uranyl acetate
and lead citrate, and studied with a DXBi_ 12 electronmicroscope (EM). With EM, the changes
in myofibrils were observed and photographed ( X 13000) . In juried myofibril volume density
in the pictures were calculated by means of point-count method.

3. The ultrastructural examination revealed that overstrain caused pathological changes,
such as muscle fibers edema, shortening or lengthening of sarcomeres, disorganization,
breaking and disappearence of myofibrils as well as Z lines, accompanied by edema and
damage of mitochondria. These changes could be seen less frequently ii the emitted qi group
than in the control group. The result of quantitative analysis showed that the volume density
of myofibrils of the injured muscle in the emitted qi group was 2. 4 V %, and that in the
control group was 20. 41%. The difference of density between the two groups was significant
(P <0. 01) . We conclude that the emitted qi has a better preventive and theraputic effects on
ultratrauma in overstrained muscles.

At present, although the precise mechanism of the emitted qi is not clear, it has been
found by electronic detectors that it may involve some kind of electromagnetic fields, such as
low-frequency modulation waves of infrared, low-frequency electromagnetic wave,
microwave, etc. Scientists discovered that weaker pulse magnetic f
electromagnetic field has a higher bioactivity in treatment of bone
Therefore, we think that some kind of electromagnetic contents in!
influence the electromagnetic field of an organism and produce such preventive and theraputic
effects.

eld or low-frequency
and muscle injuries,
the emitted qi may

EFFECTS OF THE EMITTED QI ON ULTRASTR
CHANGES OF THE OVERSTRAINED MUSCLE <j

UCTURAL
F RABBITS

Jia Lin, Jia jinding and Lu Danyun

(National Research Institute of Sports Science, Beijing, China)

It is one of major tasks in sports medcine to prevent and cure spoi
present, with increase in training intensity, muscle injuries occure frequje
affects the athletic achievement or even ruins the athletic career. For thi4
in prevention and treatment of the muscle injuries have been concerned
countries.

In resent years, the research and application of the emitted qi

• 14 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

ft-related injuries. At
;ntly, which directly
reason , the progress
increasingly in many

is being developed in

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

China. The emitted qi has been found to have physical and biological effects. Clinically , we
have treated muscle soreness, scleroma in muscles, acute muscle sprain, muscle contusion and
release of pain in athletes with the emitted qi and the result was satisfactory. The purpose of
this experiment was to investigate the preventive and theraputic effect of the emitted qi on
ultrastructural changes in the in juried muscle caused by overstrain. 12 healthy male rabbits,
weighing 2-2. 4 kg, were divided into two groups; the control group and the emitted qi group.
Passive contraction of the quardriceps muscles of the thigh was given by stimulation of a chain
of square impulses with a frequency of 60Hz, intensity of 8-40 volt and duration of 0. 5 sec.
The stimulation underwent 6-9 hours everyday and lasted for 4 days. The emitted qi
treatment was given to the emitted qi group for 6 times totally and each treatment lasted 3
minutes.

Three days after termination of the passive contraction, specimens of musculus vastus
lateralis were trimmed into cubes of 1 mm 3 . These cubes were fixed at once with 2. 5%
buffered glutaraldehyde solution, post-fixed in 2% osmium tetroxide solution, dehydrated
with graded series alcohol and acetone, and embeded with epoxy-resin 812.

Under a microscopy, we observed and compared the healing process of periosteal,
bridging, uniting and sealing callus in both groups. It was found that the qualities and
quantities of both fibrous and bony callus in the emitted qi group were superior to those in
controls.

Under the influence of the emitted qi the fibroblast could be transformed into osteocytes
directly in the region of uniting callus and both of the chondrocytes and fibroblasts were
capable of forming bone tissues. These phenomena were not seen in the control group.

The emitted qi promoted differentiation of osteogenesis transformed into osteoblasts,
which had an inseparable and multi-layer arrangement, while the osteoblast in the control had
a sparse and mono-layer arrangement.

The emitted qi group, the number of the osteoclasts appeared to increase relatively in the
process of both absorption of necrotic bone in the early stage of fracture and bony callus
remodeling of the later stage. So the absorption of necrotic bone and reconnection of marrow
cavity were both quicker.

On the basis of the results, we preliminarily considered that the emitted qi had a good
theraputic effect to promote healing of fracture.

• 15 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

THE EFFECT OF THE EMITTED QI (EQ) ON Tl)E SKELETAL

MUSCLE OF MICE UNDER THE STRESS OF ICE-SWIMMING
—AN ELECTROMI CROSCOPIC OBSERVATION

Lu Danyun and Jia Jingdin

(National Research Institute of Sports Science, Beijing, China)

The emitted qi is proved to be a matter by modern technical methods. It possesses its
own biological effects as it has been reported in many papers. The effectiveness of the emitted
qi in relieving muscle slight trauma and fatigue was investigated in this
the emitted qi in medical treatment.

18 Kunming mice weighing 28+ I. 8g were randomly divided!

paper to further apply

into 3 groups : ice-

swimming group with the emitted qi given (Group I) and simple ice-swimming group (Group

(4C°) and forced to

II) and the control group. The first two groups were put into ice water
swim until exhausted. GI was given the emitted qi for 5 minutes before, during and after
swimming and the next day. Ail the mice were decapitated at the time of postswimming 48
hours. The tibialis anterior muscle was removed for conventional ITEM preparation and
observed with Philip 410 and JEM-1200 EX. According to the statistic data in presenting
cases, the results of GI vs GII vs Gill were as follows;

1) Sarolemmal projection; 34% : 85% : 17% (I : III P>0. 05) ; (Ilj: III P<0. 05).

2) Central nuclei; 17% » 85% : 17% (I : II and III : II P<0. 05).

3) Mitochondia swelling and residual bodies; 68% : 100% : 50%;

4) Smooth reticulum dilating; 85% : 85% : 34%.

5) Glycogen content in GI was less than or equal to that in GUI and it
the mice in GII.

Interestingly, active satellite cells (SC) were seen in a case of GII; inactive SC were
seen in a case of GII; among the mice given the emitted qi active SC wepe seen in 3 cases and
2 with unusual large unclei (dimeter )>12 pm) seen in muscle fiber, in which the euchromatin
occupied a large area and evenly dispersed with large nueleolis.

The results show that the emitted qi obviously can lessen the changes in skeletal muscle
of mice induced by the stress of exhausting ice-swimming. It seems that the energy form of
the emitted qi is suitable to be absorbed by liquid crystal resonance in the body and
compensates the energy lost during ice-swimming.

• 16 •

is the least in most of

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rp00701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

After all, the effect of the emitted qi for regulating the function of nuclei is well worth
attention.

PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECTS OF QIGONG

Wang Jisheng (Institute of Psychology, Academia Sinica, Beijing, China)

The aim of this research is to inquire into psychologial effects including intelligent and
nonintelligent effects of qigong by using the psychological research method.

The author has made many experimental researches on various kinds of forms of qigong
with approximately similar results. Here are the results of 35 subjects who exercised Chanmi
Qigong.

The following are the averages and standard deviations of the items under the condition
of just having finished the exercise and before the exercise. These items include speed of act
(the amount of holding balls per minute) , errors of act (errors of holding balls per minute) ,
memory extent of reciting numbers orderly (using figure as the unit) , memory extent of
reciting numbers backwands (using figure as the unit), pure score of omiting numbers (raw
score minus errors) , score of number symble test (the amount of finding numbers correctly
per minute) , numbers of reading words with interference of color (the amount of reading
words per minute) , errors of reading words with interference of color (errors of reading
words per minute) , numbers of reading colors with interference of words (the amount of
reading colors per minute) , errors of reading colors with interference of words (errors of
reading colors per minute) , black-red number test (the amount of finding black-red number
couple per minute). The related averages and standard deviations are ;

27 + 5. 207 and 23. 943 + 5. 184, 0. 943+ 1. 110 and 1. 371 + 1. 140, 7. 971 + 1. 204 and
7. 257 + 1. 268, 5. 000 + 1, 029 and 4. 2 + 0. 964, 27. 217 + 6. 445 and 24. 043 + 6. 657,
36. 087 + 11. 501 and 31. 261 + 9. 107,108 + 27. 338 and 96. 829 + 25. 602, 0. 086 + 0. 284
and 0. 829 + 1. 098, 49. 917 + 12. 667 and 46. 971 + 12. 340, 0. 914 + 1. 095 and 2. 143 +
1. 833,7. 143 + 2. 586 and 5. 829 + 2. 595, P<0. 05.

All above indicate that under the qigong state, they improved a lot. They included the
speed of act, accuracy of act, memory extent of reciting numbers orderly and backwards,
omitting numbers, number symble, numbers of reading words with interference of color,
numbers of reading colors with interference of words, black-red number. The errors of
reading words with interference of color and reading colors with interference of words

• 17- •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rj)00701 080001-1

decreased greatly.

All above show that the qigong exercise can improve the functions of perception act,
attention, memory and thinking. According to the result, the author ttiinks that qigong is an
important way to develop intelligent resource of human beings. Qigong can promote intelligent
development of the children, youths and middle-aged people. Qigong can prevent old people
from falling their intelligence.

2. Investigations show that qigong can improve the following conditions, i. e. stability of
emotion, mood, ability of self-control, temper, flexibility of act, attention, observation,
will power, flexibility of thinking, memory, quickness of thinking, logic of thinking and
speed of act. all above suggest that qigong not only improves people’s intelligent factors but
also nonintelligent factors more evidently.

3. The longer people exercise qigong the better the result of the following conditions;
stability of emotion, mood, ability of self-control, temper, flexibility of act, attention,
observation, will power, flexibility of thinking, memory, quickness of thinking, logic of
thinking and speed of act.

4. The author holds that the mechanism of qigong is complicated. It may consist of three
factors; psychological factor, physical factor and bio-chemical factor, playing a role in the
mechanism of qigong . They are connected with each other and cannot be replaced by one
another.

A RESEARCH ON FACTORS RELATED TO THE QIGONG STATE

Wang Jisheng (Institute of Psychology , Academia Sinica, Beijing, Chit a)

The extent of the qigong state significantly affects the physical and psychological effect
and the health-protecting results of the qigong exercise. This study inquires into factors that
affect the qigong state. It is important to understand the relationship between the qigong state
and the internal and external environment, and to increase the extent of the qigong state. It
will also help in gradually clarifying the mechanism of qigong .

The psychology questionnaire scale used in the study was formulated by the author. The
scale consists of 14 items. The effect of each item is divided into five grides, i. e. very low,
low, medium effect, high, very high. The first two grades are regarded as having little effect
whereas the other three are regarded as having a marked effect. Arranged according to the
percentage of items that have a marked effect on the qigong state, the results of 137
• 18 ♦

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

exercisers are as follows; emotional stability, propen instruction, perseverance muscle
relaxation during the exercise , confidence in the exercise , quiet environment , a good
understanding of the method and main points of the exercise, believing in qigong ,
concentration of mind, patience, correct posture, coordinate breathing, proper temperature, and
urgency in the exercise, the respective percentage being 97.83%, 95.31%, 94.85%,
94.16%, 94.07%, 91.97%, 91.37%, 90.37%, 88.89%, 85.40%, 85.29%,
84. 44%, 81. 20%, 80. 10%. The results show that the aforesaid 14 factors have a marked
effect on the qigong state. Among them the following 5 factors have a percentage above
94%: emotional stability, proper instruction, perseverance, muscle relaxation during the
exercise, and confidence in the exercise. The effect of these 5 factors on the qigong state is
greater than that of such factors as a quiet environment , correct posture , coordinate breathing ,
proper temperature and urgency in the exercise. The difference is statistically significant.

Both the qigong masters and exercisers should pay more attention to the aforesaid 14
factors, especially to the first five. These factors are helpful for reducing the time needed for
reaching the qigong state and enhancing the effect of qigong to receive a better therapeutic
effect.

The fact that emotional stability has the greater effect on the qigong state offering some
insight into the mechanism of qigong . Emotion is a function of the brain. The nerve centre
under the cerebral cortex has an important position in the physical mechanism of emotion. The
nerve centre which controls the antonomic system and adjusts the function of the internal
organs is located under the cerebral cortex. Thus emotional changes can cause changes in the
internal organs and glands including the circulatory system, the respiratory system, the
digestive system, the endocrine system and exocrine glands such as sweat glands. The author
thinks that emotional stability not only helps enter the qigong state, but also is one of the
important factors that enables qigong to adjust the function of the human body and crue or
prevent diseases.

• 19 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rp00701 080001-1

A PRELIMINARY STUDY OF THE BIOLOGICAL
EFFECTS OF QIGONG

Tang Cimei, Sun Lihua, Zheng Lianxing and Xiang Xiaokuan

(Institute of Psychology, Chinese Academy of Sciences, Beijing, China)

Evidence from two experiments is used in this paper. In the first experiment, excretion
of urinary catecholamines was measured in 111 subjects by an average age of 52 years
(22-78), who practised different forms of qigong . After voiding, each subject was required
to do the qigong exercise for one hour, then one urine sample was collected. The control
sample was collected at the same time of a different day. In the control period the subjects’
body posture and movements were different according to the qigong exercises they practised.
One hour affter the control period another urine sample was collected.

The results showed that the excretion of urinary adrenaline increased following the qigong
exercise in all six patterns, but significant increase of urinary adrenaline was observed only in
the group who practised Da Yan Gong (or "Wild Goose Pattern Exerciss") . The excretion of
urinary noradrenaline increased following the qigong exercise as welll but marked increase
was observed only in two groups : Da Yan Gong and Lao 7A Qmn Zhen Goig.

Marked increase of urinary adrenaline following the qigong exercise was also observed in
subjects who had practised 7Jmn Zkuang Gong and Yang Qi Gong more than two years.

In the second experiment, the changes of EEG in the frontal a'ea, respiratory rate,
pulse rate, skin temperature and excretion of urinary catecholamines and the correlations
between these parameters were observed during the qigong exercise in 13 subjects by an
average age of 56. 9.

After voiding, the subjects were required to rest for one hour, then the control urine
sample was collected. In the laboratory, the EEG, respiratory rate, pulse rate and skin
temperature were recorded with a RM-6000 Polygraph Physiologic Instrument. Then the
subjects were requried to rest for 10 minutes and to practise the qigong exercise for 40
minutes. A rest of 10 minutes was followed again. The second urine sample was collected.

The results showed that the respiratory rate decreased from 17. 844. 5 to 13. 6 ±7. 7, P
<C0. 05; the pulse rate increased from 71. 4 + 11. 8 to 76. 2 + 14. 7 (P<0. 01); the skin
temperature increased from 31. 5 + 2. 3 to 32. 4 + 1. 7C(|3<C0. 05) durijng the qigong exercise.

the frontal area were

observed in most subjects, an increase of 0 power spectrum in individual subject was seen too.

• 20 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

A decrease of 5 power spectrum and an increase of a power spectrum ir

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Negative correlation was found between changes of a or 0 power and the respiratory rate, y=
-0. 626(P<0. 05).

Slight increase of urinary adrenaline and noradrenaline was found after the qigong
exercise. However , significant increase of adrenaline was seen only in these subjects whose
changes of EEG were marked. A positive correlation was found between changes of a or 0
power and excretion of adrenaline, y=0. 683 (P<C0. 01). It suggests that the excretion of
urinary adrenaline increased markedly in successful qigong trainees.

Decreased 6 power spectrum, increased a power spectrum of EEG and excretion of
adrenaline with marked correlation between them, and increased pulse rate suggest that the
qigong exercise is neither a resting or relaxation condition, nor a quiet state between awaking
and sleeping. It seems that the qigong exercise is an active process to regulate physiological
activities through mental process.

STUDIES OF QIGONG EFFECT ON THE HUMAN BODY
BY THE COMPUTERIZED SYNCHRONOUS SYSTEM FOR MACRO-
AND MICROCIRCULATOR Y PAPAMETERS MEASUREMENT

Xiu Ruijuan, Ying Xiaoyou, Cheng Jun, Duan Chouggao and Tang Tao

(Institute of Microcirculation, CAMS, Beijing, China)

Qigong , an ancient Chinese art of exercise for protecting and strengthening health, is
very effective in treatment of many diseases. But the mechanism of its efficacy is not clear
yet. During the qigong test, the computerized synchronous system for macro- and
microcir dilatory parameters measurement was used to check the heart rate (HR) , respiration
(RESP) , body temperature (BY) , electrocardiogram (ECG) , carotid arterial pulse (CAP) ,
photoelectric plethysmogram(PEPS) , skin microcirculatory blood flow(SMBF) , blood pressure
(BP) and the nail-fold micr ocir culation (NFM).

The SMBF of the qigong master himself was tested at yuji (L 10) before, after and
during the qigong exercise. Tests were done in 5 qigong healthy recipients (males and
females) , 26 to 50 years by age.

Of the parameters measured, the most significant effect of qigong was on the SMBF
measured by a laser Doppler flowmeter. The results showed marked effects in amplitude of
SMBF both of the qigong master and recipients (See Table 1) . All other parameters showed
detectable changes during the qigong test, but not enough to be statistically significant. This

• 21 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

elucidates that qigong is very effective on the increase of the peripheral blood flow volume,
thus enhanceing the microvascular vasomotion. The investigation is continuing.

Q. M. : qigong master (X ±SE, _ * : P<C0. 05)

EFFECTS OF THE EMITTED QI ON IMMUNE JUNCTIONS

IN ANIMALS

Li Caixi, Jlnlong, Liu Zhiyun, Zhao Guang, Zhang Yu and Zhang Guoxi

(Xiyuan Hospital, China Academy of Traditinal Chinese Medicine, Beijing , China )

In order to investigate the actions and the mechanism of the emitted qi on preventing and
curing human diseases, we have used experimental animals to observe the effects of the
emitted qi on the immune functions.

Materials and methods; Mice and rabbits were treated by the qi emitted by two kinds of
qigong doctors for a period of time. The functions of humoral immunity, cellular immunity
and nonspecific immunity, and the histochemical reaction in spleens were observed.

Results. 1. The emitted qi could increase peripheral blood leucocytes. It was found that
the number of leucocytes in the animals having received the emitted qi was much higher than
that in the control (P<C0. 01).

2. The emitted qi could enhance the level of serum antibodies significantly. Experiments
showed that the serum agglutinin in the mice treated with the emitted qi increased from 33. 04
±10. 34 to 48. 98 ± 16. 4 (P<0. 05) . The level of rabbit serum nemolysin in the group
treated with the emitted qi was found to be higher than that in the control group. After
determining the level of rabbit serum anti-THY901 agglutinin for 15 tines during 96 days, it
was found that the special antibody level in the treated group and in the control group were

• 22 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

55. 4 + 8. 6 and 47. 15 + 10. 5 respectively. The difference between the two groups was
significant (P<C0. 05) . The decreasing rate of antibody titre in the treated group was found
to be slower than that in the control group. And the secondery immune reaction increased
significantly (P<0. 001).

3. The emitted qi could increase the cellular immune reaction markedly. The Ea-rosette
forming percentage of spleen lymphocytes in the qigong group, the normal control group, the
immune control group and the qigong plus immune group were determined to be 21. 33 + 5. 1,
11* 8 + 1. 97, 17. 5 8 dil. 9 and 23. 61 + 4. 81 respectively. It indicated that the emitted qi not
only enhanced the cellular immune functions, but exerted a synergistic effect with special
antigens as well. The emitted qi could also promote the inhibited immune function induced by
cortison, and enhance the Ea-rosette forming percentage to the normal level. It was found
that information water (water that had been treated by the emitted qi) could increase the Ea-
rosette forming percentage just as the emitted qi did. We observed that animals reached their
maximum responses after one day of drinking information water, and that no further marked
changes could be found when the animals continued to drink information water. It is suggested
that emitted qi possesses a regular action on the immune function.

4. The phagocytic rate and the bactericidal rate were determined indicating the phagocytic
function of mouse celiac Mcp. The results showed that the emitted qi could stimulate the
activity of Mqp in the body and raise its function. Therefore, the phagocytic rate, phagocytic
index and bactericidal rate rose significantly. The efficiency of the emitted qi was found to be
stronger than that of specific antigens.

5. The histochemical response and the results of the fluorescence dying of the spleen
indicated that in the qigong group that the germinal centre was markedly evident , the spleen
lymphatic nodule became larger and the synthetic metabolism of RNA and DNA in the
lymphatic cells were promoted.

The experiments showed that different kinds of emitted qi resulted in functional
differences, but all kinds of emitted qi possess marked effects on the body.

Immunity is a kind of protective reaction of the organism. It has the function of
recognizing and removing foreign bodies so as to maintain internal balance and stability.

From the results mentioned above, it is obvious that the action of the emitted qi on the
organism is to improve the immunity and increase its defensive, self -stable and surveillance
functions. We think that is one of the major mechanisms of qigong or of the emitted qi from
qigong masters in curing and preventing diseases as wel as prolonging one’s life. However, the
organism is a sophisticated whole. The immune system is regulated by the nervous and

• 23 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

humoral systems, and immune cells themselves have a sense function, so problems such as
how the emitted qi produces an effect on organisms and how it regulah >s organisms and makes
them reach internally balanced states still need to be further studied.

A STUDY OF THE INFLUENCE OF QldONG

ON THE DECLINED INTELLIGENCE OF THE AGED

Sun Fuli, Lei Sumping and Yan Yiai

(Xiyuan Hospital, China Academy of Traditional Chinese Medicine, Beijing, China)

He Qingnian

(Institute of Traditional Chinese Medicine, Beijing, China)

Because the average life expectancy of the human beings has been increasing, the
symptom of declined intelligence, which is common among the aged, brings about more and
more problems for many families and society. In order to search after the role of qigong in
preventing and curing the declined intelligence of the aged, we made the following researches.

1. Determination of the intelligence ageing level.

We made use of the microcomputer and the method of talking between man and computer
in our research. According to the characteristics of psychological indexes, which changed
along with the increasing of the age, a computer program edited by BASIC was used in our
test. Our test included 7 indexes of fluid intelligence; speed of mental arithmetic, digit-
symbol, choice reaction time, count, visual number span, tracing reaction and recognition of
meaningless figures. We found out the mathematical model of the intelligence aging from 506
subjects and a measuring system for the intelligence aging level was established. It could find
out the subject’s aging level and mental physiological age. This method is suitable for mental
workers of 46-75 years old. The measuring accuracy among the subjects of 50-70 years old is
higher.

2. Cross-sectional investigation.

We tested two groups, and in each there were 48 subjects. The subjects in Group I were
mental workers who had been doing the qigong exercise for some years. The subjects’
conditions in Group II were just the same as Group I except the qigong exercise experience.
The test result showed the qigong exercise could obviously improve people’s thinking response,
limb flexibility, short term memory and attention quality and it made the average mental
physiological ages 1. 62 years younger than the actual ones.

• 24 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Ri)00701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

3. Longitudinal observe.

Among the 19 retired mental workers sticking to the qigong exercise for 6 months, we
found that 3 items among their 7 indexes of fluid intelligence had been improved obviously.
The mental physiological age decreased from 66. 34 + 8. 21 years (before the qigong exercise)
to 65. 02 + 2. 44 years (after the qigong exercise) . This result proves that qigong can really
delay the intelligence decline of the aged.

4. Changes of EEC.

Through the spectral analysis and multiple stepwise regression techniques, we created the
mathmatics model of physiological age of the brain based on 58 subjects ’ characteristics of
EEG parameters. We used this model to calculate the physiological age of the brain for 8
subjects who stick ed to the qigong exercise. The result showed that the physiological age of the
brain were younger than their actual ones.

5. Comparision with drugs benefiting intelligence.

46 subjects were divided into two groups according to their age and education
background. One group took the qigong exercise. Another group took drugs benefiting
intelligence (the Preserving Youth Pills). 3 months later we found that the group taking drugs
obviously improved in speed of mental arithmetic, digit-symbol and choice reaction time. The
mental physiological age decreased from 62. 89 + 3. 4 years (before taking drugs) to 61. 00 +
3. 50 years (after taking drugs) . The average age was 1. 85 years younger than before. But
all indexes and mental physiological ages in the qigong group didn’t change except the digit-
symbol index. This result shows that although the qigong exercise can improve intelligence of
the aged, it was difficult for them to grasp the main point of the qigong exercise in short
time. So qigong didn’t take effect so soon as the drug. But once people grasp the main point
of the qigong exercise they can get benefit for whole life. Moreover, qigong doesn’t have any
side-effect as some drugs do. And the environment seldom influences it as well. The qigong
exercise is easy to learn and popular among people. It is an ideal way to prevent and cure the
declined intelligence symptom of the aged.

THE EFFECT OF THE EMITTED Ql REPERFUSION INJURY

OF MY OCRRDIUM

( Oigong Science Institute, Beijing College of Traditional Chinese Medicine, Beijing, China)

Reperfusion injury of myocardium means that instead of benefiting from reperfusion, the

• 25 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

ischemic and anoxic myocardium dies off as a consequence of reperfusion. The clinical
significance of reperfusion injury has attracted people’s attention, bit its mechanism is not
quite clear. We understand that in many diseases, in which recovery is impossible by various
therapeutic methods, qigong proves to be highly effective. The present study is to find out
whether the emitted qi has a beneficial effect on reperfusion injury to ischemic myocardium.
Seventeen Newzealand rabbits undergoing operation for reperfusion of myocardium by 60
min. ligation and 20 min. re-clysis of the left lateral branch of the coronary artery were
investigated in two randomized groups. The qigong group of 10 rabbits) received the emitted qi

for half an hour every morning for 20 days before the operation and

received the emitted qi

model was successful.

on the operation table when the operation was going on. The control group of 7 rabbits as
operated on in the same way but without the emitted qi treatment. The EGG was taken.
Blood samples were obtained for biochemical assay before and after ligation and at the end of
re-clysis. Then the animals were killed, heart was inspected and pieces of ischemic
myocardium from the left venticular wall were sectioned and prepared for microscopic
examination. The serum level of creatine phosphate kinase (CPK/ , glutamic-oxaloacetic
aminotransfrnase (GOT) , lactate dehydroqenase (LDH) and its iscjenzymes LDH1 , LDH2
were determined.

The experimental results showed that the reperfusion injury
Immediately after ligation of the left lateral branch of the coronary artery, there appeared an
elevation of the S-T segment of leads II and III in the electro-cardiogram; the left ventricular
wall distal to the ligation became pale in color, contracting weakly and bulging out slightly
through the 60 minutes duration of ischemia. During the stage of
myocardium returned to a somewhat deeper color and showed a shight
S-T segment in the electro-cardiogram. It was found that the enzymes
the serum at the time of myocardial ischemia and reached a high le

This was especially marked in LDH1. The mean LDH1 content in the qigong group was
significantly (P<0. 05) lower than that of the control group. The (mean TDP content was
significantly (P<C0. 05) lower in the qigong group (42. 75 umol/mg) than in the control
group (97. 98, umol/mg) . Thus the mean ATP/ADP quotient ( qigong group 0. 088, control
group 0. 056) was significantly higher in the qigong group; (P
examination of the myocardium revealed that most muscle fibers appeared to be swollen with
hydropic degeneration, and some muscle fibers appeared to be acidophilic and necrotic with
foci of leucocytic infiltration scattered here and there. Occasionally necrosis of the contraction
band of muscle fibers could be observed. Histoehemical analysis of th
• 26 •

re-clysis , the ischemic
iecline of the elevated,
determined increased in
/el during reperfusion.

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

e myocardium revealed

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

that the LDH concentration in the ischemic region was much lower than that of the non-
ischemic region of the same heart. In comparison, the above mentioned pathologic changes
were less severe in the qigong group than in the control group. This shows that there is more
severe damage of the myocardial cells in the control group and more leakage of enzymea,
especially leakage of LDH1 into the blood. At the same time, we found that the oxygen
comsumption of liver cells in the qigong group was much lower than that of the control group.
This may suggest that the emitted qi could exert the same effect the myocardium, resulting in
low oxygen comsumption which itself is a protective mechanism of tolerance toward hypoxia.
The same should be true for the lowered rate of platelet aggregation in the gigong grong.

It is concluded that the applicatin of the emitted qi to animals may lead to a regulatory
effect on internal environmental balance and adaptation during reperfusion. As a result,
ischemic tolerance is enhanced and myocardial protection is improved.

A STUDY OF THE IMMUNE REGULATION EFFECT OF THE
EMITTED QI ON IMMUNOSUPPRESSED ANIMAL MODEL

Zhang Li, Yan Xuanzuo, Wang Shuhua, Tao Jundi, Gu ligan. Xu Yin, Zhou Yong and Liu Dong

(Institute of Qigong Science , Beijing College of Traditional Chinese Medicine , Beijing , China)

Recently, there have been many papers about strengthening of the immune function of
an organism by the emitted qi , but few papers deal with the immune regulation effect of the
emitted qi on immunosuppressed organisms. The present paper reports the immunosuppressed
model of mice induced by cyclophosphamide (CY) , which is used to investigate the immune
regulation effect of the emitted qi.

In this experiment, NIH mice were divided randomly into three groups; (1) CY group;
CY 2mg/ (20mg body weight) were administed ip only on the first day. (2) CY -Remitted qi
group; Besides CY, mouse received the emitted qi 10-15 min/day for 7 days. (3) Control
group; Physiological saline 0. lml/ (20mg body weight) was administed ip only on the first

day.

Then the thymus index, thymus structure, T cells proliferation and the activity of
interleukin-2 (IL-2) were used to investigate the immune regulating effect of the emitted qi
on the immunosuppressed model of mouse.

The results are as follows;

Firstly, we found the effect of the emitted qi on mouse thymus, A decline of thymus

• 27 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : GIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R|)00701 080001-1

index was seen after CY was given. The index was obviously lower than that of the control
group (P<0. 001) . It indicated that proper dosage of CY could injure thymus. But the
thymus index in CY + emittcd qi group was obviously higher than the CY group (P<0. 005).
The result showed that the emitted qi could relieve the thymus injury of the mouse imduced by
CY. Simultaneously, we found that the emitted qi also alleviated injury of the thymus
structure of the mouse induced by CY. In comparison with the CY group, the group of CY +
emitted qi showed the following variations. The cortex of thymus was thickened (P <
0. 001), medulla was thinned (P<0. 05) . The number of pyknotie thymocytes obviously
decreased, the degenerate or necrotic cpithclia rcticular cells and medul ary Hassall’s corpuscles
obviously decreased too (P<C0. 001).

Secondly, we found the effect of the emiited qi on the mouse spleen T lymphocyte. It
was seen that T cell proliferation rate of Group II was lower than that of the control group (P
<C 0. 01) . However, the T cell proliferation rate of Group II was obviously higher than
Group I. It indicated that CY could suppress the T cell proliferation of the mouse spleen. But
the emitted qi could relieve the suppression induced by CY. We also found CY could suppress
the IL-2 activity of the T cells of the mouse spleen, as compared with ;he control group (P<
0. 01). The emitted qi could also relieve the suppression induced by CY (P<0. 01).

At present, it is generally accepted that qigong could improve immune function, our
experiment results also proved that the emitted qi can induce the biological effect to enhance
the cell-mediated immune response of the immunosuppressed model of the mouse.

THE EXPERIMENTAL STUDIES OF THE EFFECT OF
THE EMITTED QI ON MOUSE SPLEEN CELLS AND TUMOR

CELLS IN VITRO

Gu Ligang, Yan Xuanzuo, Tao Jundi, Zhang Li, Xu Yin and Zhou Yong

(Institute of Qigong Science , Beijing College of Traditional Chinese Medicine, Buijing, China)

Hai Neihou, Zhong Xulong and Liang Shanhe
(Tangshan Health Institute for Woman and Children, Hebei province, China)

This paper will report the enhanced effect of the emitted qi of qigong in vitro on the
proliferative response to concanavalin A (Con A) and interleukin-2 (IL-2) production of
murine spleen cell and inhibitory effect on 3H-TdR incorporation into DNR of the mouse H-22

• 28 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

ascites tumor cells.

1 . The effect of the emitted qi on the proliferative response of spleen cell to Con A
stimulation. The emiffed qi could not directly stimulate the proliferation of the mouse spleen
cells. However , the modulating action on proliferation of the mouse spleen cells to Con A
could be increased by the message of the emitted qi; the 3H-TdR incorporation cpm of the
experiment group was significantly higher than that of the control group (P<C0. 001). In
contrary, there was a inhibitory modulating action by the message of the emitted qi; the 3H-
TdR incorporation cpm of the experiment group was significantly lower than that of the
control group (P<0. 02).

2. The effect of the emitted qi on IL-2 production of the mouse spleen cell; The
production of IL-2 in the mouse spleen cell could be increased by the emitted qi. IL-2 activity
was measured by 3H-TdR incorporation into active lymphocytes. The difference was
significant in comparing the experiment group with the control group (P<C0. 001).

3. The inhibitory effect of the emitted qi on 3H-TdR incorporation into DNR of the
mouse H-22 ascites tumor cells; In this study the experimental tumor cells received the
eimitted qi for 15 mins. The control tumor cells did not receive that. The result showed that
cpm of the experimental tumor cells significantly reduced (P<C0. 001). It suggested that the
emitted qi had inhibitory effect on the tumor cell proliferation.

AN EXPERIMENTAL RESEARCH ON THE NEURAL
MECHANISMS OF THE QIGONG STATE AND THE EFFECTS

OF THE EMITTED QI

Liu Guolong, Cui Rongqing, Niu Xin and Peng Xueyan

(Beijing College of Traditional Chinese Medicine, Bcjing, China)

1. By using the methods of auditory, visual, somatosensory and somatosensoryspinal
evoked potentials we observed that extensive areas of the cortex were inhibited in different
degrees while some local areas were excited during the qigong state (or meditation) . It is
important that the inhibition occurring in the qigong state is greatly different from that in
sleep.

2. The areas from the brainstem to phypothalamus where the chief autonomic nerve
center regulating the internal organs lies, were facilitated durging the qigong state. It has
provided neurophysiological evidences to explain the fact that the activity of the internal

• 29 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

organs were affected and consciously regulated during the the qigong state.

3. The somatospinal evoked potential s (SSEP) were either facilitated or inhibited during
the qigong state, It indicates the physiological mechanism of the muscle relaxation and the
strengthened muscle force. It is perhaps the descending inhibitive system or the descending
facilitated system affected the spinal anterior horn cells on the basis of facilitation of the
brainstem.

4. Compared with a healthy person, the alpha power spectrum was augmented, the
dominant peak frequency of the alpha wave was reversed from the occipital lobe to the frontal
lobe, the alpha rhythm of the whole cortex synchronized and the dominant peak frequency
moved to the left during the qigong state.

The performer’s EEG power spectrum was increased, dissynchropized and the dominant
peak frequency was moved to the right near the beta rhythm while the performer emitted his
qi.

5. When it was applied to healthy subjects, the emitted qi can make the alpha rhythm of
EEG synchronize and the power spectrum increase, which is similar ;o the changes of EEG
during the qigong state, i. e. , the frontal-occipital reverse of the alpha dominant peak
frequency.

6. The measurement of the characteristics of the infrasonic sound in the emitted qi
proved that there was infrasonic radiation in the emitted qi . The dominant peak frequency of
the infrasonic was between 8 and 12. 5 Hz, closely coinciding with the alpha frequency of
EEG. The infrasonic intensity of the emitted qi was 60 to 75 dB. It should be mentioned that
the receivers of the emitted qi showed their dominant alpha peak frequency tended to
synchronize with the dominant peak frequency of the infrasonic of the emitted qi. It suggested
that the infrasonic is one of the most effective elements in the emitted qi that makes the
receiver’s EEG change.

7. By using a infrasonic generator that simulates the emitted qi we found the effect on
the receiver’s EEG. The receiver’s EEG power spectrum was increased and synchronized, and
these changes have a certain latency and after effect. It indicates that the human body can
receive infrasonic and respond to it, the effect is similar to the emitted qi 9 so we postulate
that the infrasonic or the infrasonic component in the emitted qi may make the circulative
pathway of neurons in the hypothalamus resonate and alter the EEG power spectrum.

8. The effects of the emitted qi and infrasonic on EEG and evoked potentials were more
or less similar but not all the same. It indicates that the infrasonic may be one effective
element of the emitted qi or perhaps a main element that effects on the central nervous

• 30 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

system, especially on the hypothalamic neurons.

THE INFLUENCE OF THE EMITTED QI ON THE AUDITORY
BRAINSTEM EVOKED RESPONSES (ABER) AND AUDITORY
MIDDLE LATENCY EVOKED RESPONSES (MLR) IN CATS

Liu Guolong, Wan Pei, Peng Xueyan and Zhong Xuelong

(Beijing College of Traditional Chinese Medicine, Beijing, China)

1. It is known that the emitted qi alters the EEG and the cortical evoked potentials in
man in our previous studies. In order to exclude the psychological influence when the emitted
qi is applied to man, we carried out the experiment in the anesthetized cats and observed the
effects of the emitted qi on the ABER and MLR.

2. The ABER was significantly facilitated and the peak latency prolonged in 10 out of
12 cases when the emitted qi was applied to the cats. The component of ABER consisted of
5-7 waves which reflected the activities of the brainstem in different levels. Wave I originated
from the acoustic nerve, Wave II from the cochlear nucleus of the medulla, Wave III from
the superior olivary complex of the pons, Wave IV from the inferior colliculus of the
mesencephalon, Wave V from the counterlateral inferior colliculus and Waves VI and VII from
the levels above the mesencephalon, or mainly from the hypothalamus in cats. The emitted qi
could facilitate the IVth to Vllth waves of the ABER and prolonged the peak latency. It proved
that the activities of the brainstem, especially the part above the mesencephalon, were
increased but the conductive velocity between the nucli of the brainstem was decreased.

3. The amplitude of the ABER was significantly inhibited and the peak latency prolonged
from Wave IV to Wave VI in 2 cases out of 12 cases when the emitted qi was applied to the
cats. It indicated that the effects of the emitted qi not only facilitated but also inhibited the
activities of the brainstem above the mesencephalon. It explains the fact that the emitted qi
may regulate the activities of the interal organs through changing the functional behavior of
the brainstem.

4. The emitted qi facilitated the MLR in 6 cases and inhibited MLR in another 6 cases.
The MLR is the primary component of the acustic cortical evoked responses, indicating the
active level of the primary acoustic cortex. The emitted qi is similar to ABER but not all the
same.

5. These results in our present research has provided an animal experimental foundation

• 31 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792RQ00701 080001-1

for studing the neuromechanisms when the emitted qi is

applied to the subjects.

A PRELIMINARY EXPLORATION OF THE NEURAL MECHANISMS
OF THE QIGONG STATE BASED ON THE METHOD OF
AUDITORY EVOKED RESPONSES

Cui Rongqing and Liu Gulong

(Beijing College of Traditional Chinese Medicine, Beijing, China)

This paper is intended to approach the neural mechanisms of the qigong state from three
levels; the cortex, the brainstem and the peripheral.

Method; 38 subjects with normal audition (32 male and 6 females ) , aged 2 1-50 years,
and 2-30 years for qigong practice was chosen. Evoked potential was Averaged by using an
Evoked Response Recorder (model MEB-5 100) . Middle Latency Response (MLR), Auditory
Brainstem Response (ABR) , Electrocochleargram (EcochG) and post-auricle potential (PAP)
were measured before the qigong exercise, then the subject was ordered to enter the qigong
state. The response was done 10 min. later. Then the subjects were called out and recorded
30 min. after the exercise.

Results; The results showed that there were significant difference between the control
period (before the qigong exercise) and the qigong state in measurements, (1) The waves of
the MLR were inhibited, during the qigong state, i. e. Wave Po decreased by 31. 43%; Na
decreased by 72.1% (P < 0. 01); Pa decreased by 54.72% (P < 0. 05) . (2) The

amplitudes of the ABR, on the other hand, were facilitated except Wave VII was inhibited,
i. e. Wave I increased by 63. 14% (P<0. 05) ; Wave II increased by 71. 35% (P<0. 001) ;
Wave III increased by 67. 59% (P<0. 01) ; Wave IV increased by 138. 42% (P<0. 001) ;
Wave V increased by 91. 93% (P<0. 001); Wave VI increased by 41. 65% but Wave VII
decreased by 4.47%. (3) The amplitudes of the EcochG were increased, i. e. Wave SP

increased by 51. 93% (P<0. 01) ; N1 increased by 51. 3% (P<0. 001) ; N2 increased by
50.7% (P<0. 05); N3 increased by 110. 74% (P<0. 05) . (4) Tie amplitudes of PAP
were increased too, i. e. Wave N1 increased by 43.72% (P<0. 05); P2 increased by

313. 86% (P<0. 001) and Wave N2 increased by 223. 16% (P<C0. 01).

Discussion. The decrease of the amplitudes of MLR showed the activities of the temporal
acustice cortex and the nuclei polysensory thalamus were inhibited by the qigong state. The
brainstem is the center of adjustment of the internal organ activities. The ABR potential
change reflected the facilitation from the acustica nerve to the medulla oblongata, midbrain
and interbrain, but the part near the acustica cortex was inhibited. This supported MLR
• 32 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rb00701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

results. The increase of the EcochG explained the excitability increase of the basilar membrane
of the cochlear and the increase of Ni, N2 and N3 showed the number of the synchronous
neuron of the acustic nerve was increased during the qigong state. It supported the result of
ABR. PAP belongs to the muscular electric response that was evoked by the sound stimuli.
Increase of PAB showed the excitability of the facial and the middle ear muscule is increased
too during the qigong state. It may resulf from the brain stem facilitation because the centers
of its reflex arc are situated in the brainstem. To sum up, the results suggest that the cerebral
cortex and the hypothalamus were inhibited, while the facilitation occurred from the interbrain
to the perpheral nerves and receptors during the qigong state. These provide a basis for further
expounding the theory that “when the internal organs are active the brain is quiescent” during
the qigong state.

THE EFFECT OF THE EMITTED QI AND INFRASONIC SOUND
ON SOMATOSENSORY EVOKED POTENTIAL (SEP) AND SLOW

VERTEX RESPONSE (SVR)

Peng Xueyan and Liu Guolong

(Beijing College of Traditional Chinese Medicine, Beijing, China)

Methods ;

The qigong practitioners who can release their qi were tested and the intensity of qi was
more than 70dB. We also used the instrument which could generate infrasonic (60-90dB) .
The subjects were recumbent comfortably in sofa in a shield room. SEP and SVR changes
before, after and during the course of receiving the emitted qi or infrasonic were observed.
Equal number of subjects were examined as a contral group. SEP and SVR were recorded
with a “Neuropack-II” . The SVR recording electrodes (0. 6cm in diameter tin discs) were
attached to the skin over the vertex and both ears were given click stimuli at a rate of 0. 5 /sec
(duration 0. 1 ms). 64 responses were averaged, analysis times of 1000 ms and the frequency
response of 0. 5-30c/sec were used.

Results ;

1. When the healthy subjects received the emitted qi the amplitude of most SEP waves
decreased obviously (P<0. 01), but the latency of the waves did not change significantly.
The amplitude of N4 increased in some cases. The changes were similar to those in
meditation.

2. SVR amplitude in 7 out of 14 healthy cases increased obviously when they received

• 33 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

the emitted qi (P< 0.001) . The latency was prolonged (P<0. 05) . The amplitude of
another 7 cases decreased and that of one diminished (P<0. 01) . The latency did not change
significantly.

3. The SEP changes in 20 infrasonic caused by the infrasonic were different from that
caused by the emitted qi and meditation. The N1 amplitude decreased ( P<0. 01), and the
amplitude of N2 and N3 increased (P<0. 05) and the latency of each wave did not change
much.

4. The infrasonic sound caused the amplitude of SVR waves to decrease in 12 out of 17
cases (P<0. 01) . Another 5 case had no significant change. The results were obviously
different from that of the emitted qi.

Discussion :

1. The emitted qi may change SEP of the healthy subjects. It is suggested that the
emitted qi may be received by the living body and it may influence the activities of the brain
and have some similar effect in meditation. This might provide theories far explaining that the
emitted qi can regulate the function of the living body.

2. The SVR changes caused by the emitted qi reflect the state of different cortical
inhibition. This state is generally considered to have a protective effect and to diminish the
effect of harmful agents. The phenomena of increased SVR amplitude and prolonged latency
were similar to that of II and III phase of sleep, but not entirely the same. They might have
similar nervous mechanism.

3. The emitted qi and infrasonic sound both have obvious effects on the nervous system,
but they vary significantly. We cannot say that the effective component of the emitted qi is
the infrasonic sound, but we can assume that the infrasonic sound is an important agent in the
emitted qi or a carrier for other components. The infrasonic effect on the nervous system may
cause the hypothalamic neuron circuit synchronize.

INVESTIGATION OF THE BIOLOGICAL EFFECT OF THE EMITTED
QI OF QIGONG WITH FLUORESCENCE PR OBES

Wu Rongqing, Li Xiaoming, Chen Ling and Qi Songping

(Beijing College of Traditional Chinese Medicine)

In this paper, the effects of the emitted qi of qigong on the fluidity of rat liver
mitochondrial membrane are investigated with the fluorescence probes A NS, As and NPN.

• 34 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R600701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

ANS is considered to be located near the membrane interface region and is a fluorescence
probe often used in studies of the glycerol region of the lipid bilayer. As is bound to the
medium layer. NPN is lipid soluble and penetrates deeply into the membrane hydrocabon
region. Two kinds of qigong which are called weak qigong and strong qigong respectively were
done by the qigong master in the experiment. Weak qigong is nourishing and belongs to the
general qigong state. Strong qigong is penetrations and belongs to a more advanced qigong
state. In this experiment the changes of fluorescence of the mitochondrial membrane were
investigated while the mitochondrial membrane received the emitted qi of the two different
kinds of qigong .

Results and Discussion

1. Effect of emitted qi on the fluorescence of ANS-labeled membrane.

The experimental results showed that when the membrane was worked on by the weak
qigong the fluorescence slightly increased and then decreased, and when worked on by the
strong qigong the fluorescence decreased more markedly than in the former case. But the
changes of fluorescence were not accompanied by a shift of the fluorescent emission
maximum. The decrease in fluorescence probably means that under the effect of the emitted qi
the structure of membrane at the interface region of the lipid bilayer will loose, becoming
disordered, and the fluidity of the mcmbrance will increase. The effect of weak qigong causes
the fluorescence to increase slightly and then decrease which is consistent with the procedure of
the emission of qi in the weak qigong , in which there is first contraction and then release.
And the two procedures have the same relaxation time.

2. Effect of the emitted qi on the fluorescence of AS-labelcd membrane.

The results indicate that the weak qigong has no effect on the fluorescence of AS-labeled
membrane while the strong qigong induces a decrease of the fluorescence. It is possible that
because the weak qigong emits less energy and has weaker penetrability, it is not strong enough
to influence the structure and ordering of the medium layer and induce any change of the
fluorescence , while the strong qigong emits more energy and has stronger penetrability , it alters
the ordering of the medium layer , decrease the fluorescence and increase the fluidity.

3. Effect of the emitted qi on the fluorescence of NPN-labeled membrane.

The experimental results indicate that when the duration of the fluorescence is induced by
both weak and strong qigong , but if the qigong master emits strong qi for 8 minutes, the
decrease of fluorescence , i. e. the alteration of the ordering and the increase of the fluidity of
the deep layer, can be observed.

Conclusion

• 35 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rf)00701 080001-1

The results indicate that the emitted qi can alter the fluidity of biomembrane. The strong
qigong is more effective than weak qigong and a long duration produces a more marked effect
than a shorter duration. The emitted qi not only alters the ordering of the surface layer but
also penetrates into the medium and deep layers. It probably is one of the mechanisms of
qigong in curing diseases.

AN OBSERVATION OF THE POWER SPECTRUM AND
TOPOGRAPHY OF EEG IN THE QIGONG STATE

Pan Weixing, Zhang Lufeng, Xia Yang and Xu Aimin

(Beijing College of Traditional Chinese Medicine, Beijing, China)

The aim of the present study is thmrough observing the power spectrum and topography of EEG,
to research on the frequeuncy and distribution change of electroencephalogram during the qigong state
with the help of a computer.

In a well shielded room, 27 practisers (22 men and 5 women) by the average age of 28 years old
and with 5 years in the average in qigong practice were tested with a rheoencephalograph and a signal
processor. Polygram and real time analysis were adopted. 12 recorded electrodes were fixed
respectively at points F pl ,F P2 ,F 7 ,F S ,T 5 ,T 6 ,0, ,0 2 ,F Z ,P Z (10 — 70 international system) . The
reference electrodes were fixed on the two earlobes ( A, +A 2 ) . Hamming window and linear average
method were adopted. The number of averaging is 10 times. The total sampling time was 50 seconds.
Samples were taken twice before entering the quiescent state. Samples were also taken 20-30 minutes
after the qigong state at least every five minutes for once. Then 3 samples were taken 5-20 minutes
after the practice. The power value was compared with the tested results of th? average samples taken
before, during and after the practice. Moreover, 12 cases, who were not qigong practicers sat quietly
with closed eyes, were tested in the same way.

The practicers were divided into two groups according to their psychological characteristics of
different ways in entering the qigong state. One group was doing “Yi Shou Gong * and the other “Non Yi
Shou Gong” . Experimental results showed that the change of the brain wave during the qigong state
occured mainly in theta and alpha ranges and there were some differences of cjhanges between the two
groups.

In most of the first group, there appeared theta rhythm. In topography of EEG, theta power
around the frontal mid-line increased markedly. In the power spectrum graph, theta peak which
showed concentration of energy appeared. The peak reached its maximum po nt at F z , even higher
than the main peak of alpha at the point. The phenomenon could generally conlinue during the practice
and disappeared completely after the practice. It was found by “t test” on the theta power value at
• 36 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R 000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

point F z , that there was a significant difference between them before and during the practice (P<
0. 01) , while no significant difference before and after that (P>0. 1) . The theta power at F z point
of 1 3 cases in the second group , however , had no significant difference between that before and
during the practice (P>0. 05) , even though the theta power increased .a little for a few of them. The
control group which did not do qigong exercise had no changes in the theta power (P>0. 1).

It was reported that the appearance of the theta rhythm on the frontal mid-line related to “inner
experience”, such as “thinking on something in earnest” was the same as that in the first group. The
increase of the theta power on the frontal mid-line and good meditation feeling of the qigong practices
are synchronous. The increase of the theta power, especially appearing of the theta peak, is suggested
to be used as an indication of entering the qigoiig state for the first group.

The change of power and topography of alpha are complicated. Both increase and decrease of
alpha power can be seen. On the topography, it was found that alpha superiority of 6 cases transferred
from the occipital area to the frontal area, 4 cases from the left to the right and that 5 cases showed
alpha double peaks during the qigong state, because of dissynchronization between alpha L and alpha 2 .

THE EFFECT OF DIFFERENT QIGONG EXERCISES
ON EEG MANIFESTED BY THE COMPUTER ANALYSIS

He Qingnian, Zhang Jianzhou and Li Jingzen

(Beijing Institute of Traditional Chinese Medicine, Beijing, China)

The present study was undertaken to analyze the effects of qigong on 12-channel EEG
compressed spectral array, EEG brain topographic mappings, the statistical T-test topographic
mappings and the correlation coefficient topomappings for different practisers of qigong .

Total number of the subjects were 30, among whom 10 were long-term practisers of
qigong (called qigong masters), 10 were short-term practisers (called qigong beginners), the
other 10 were in the control group without any qigong exercise. All the members were in good
health, and had no history of neurological disease or head injury.

The method of the study was as follows;

The subjects sat comfortably in chairs in a quiet chamber while EEG recordings were
made from silver disc electrodes at the following locations* Fp 1 , Fp 2, C 3, C 4, F 7, F
8, T 5 T 6, Fz, Pz and 01 , t 02. EEGs were recorded on paper, and were simultaneously
recorded onto a 21 -channel analog*magnetic taperecorder (SONY A-821) . EEG signals were
recorded for 5 min. prior to, 10 min. during, and 5 min. after the qigong exercise.

The EEG was continually monitored in order to minimize the effects of muscle activity,
drowsiness, eye blinks on off-line computer processing (SIGNAL PROCESSOR 7T17s) . The

• 37 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

computer program involved: (!) initial sampling processing; (2) window and periodogram
arithmetic processing; (3) compressed spectral array processing; (4) linear three-dimensional
interpolation processing; (5) topographic mapping processing; ( 6 ) statistical T-test topographical
mapping analysis and (7) correlation cofficient topographical mapping processing.

The spectral analysis was performed on the background of EEC using to FFT for the
delta band, the theta band, the alpha 1 band, the alpha 2 band, the b£ta 1 band and the beta

2 band.

The results showed that the EEGs for qigong masters (with over 10 years of experience)
during the qigong exercise were different from that of the others. In :he compressed spectral
array, the alpha rhythm originally predominant in the parieto-occipital regions decreased and

the relatively unmarked alpha rhythm in the frontal region increased. The T-test topographical
maps showed that in alpha 1 topographical map only the T values of ihe anterior half of the
brain were over T (9) =2. 4536, therefore, the increase in alpha 1 component in the frontal
regions was significant. Moreover, we found that the alpha 1 component gradually increased
and alpha 2 component gradually decreased during the qigong state. This indicated the slowing
of alpha peak frequency during the qigong state. In comparison with that of the qigong masters,
the T-test topographic mapping for the qigong beginners showed that the increase in alpha 1
component in the frontal regions was not significant during the qigong exercise. There was no
change of the alpha rhythm in the contral group (without any qigong exercise) who were in
the resting state with eyes closed.

Quantitative analysis of EEGs in subjects in the process of qigong exercise and in the

resting state showed that changes in EEGs during the process of qigong exercise were specific,
and different from patterns associated with awakening and drowiness, or any state between
these two extremes. The EEGs of 10 qigong masters in the process of qigong exercise were
clearly different from those recorded during a resting state with eyes closed.^ The peak
amplitudes of alpha rhythm increased during the qigong state in all 10 qigong masters and this
change was statistically significant, especially in the frontal regions. This result was the same
as the result of T-test topographical mapping, which showed that the increase in alpha 1
component in the frontal regions was statistically significant (P<0. 05) . The change in alpha
rhythm in the posterior regions was not significant. Thus, the qigong state appears to be a
special and unusual state of excitation.

• 38 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R300701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

EEG COHERENCE AND TOPOGRAPHY
IN SUPERQUIESCENT STATE

Wang Wei (Metrology College of China)

ZhOU Bomin and He Zhongji (Zhejiang Unirersity, Zhejiang province, China)

The superquiescent state is a special physiological state. Chinese qigong, Indian Yoga and
transcendental meditation can all completely free a person from external and internal
disturbances, bring about protective inhibition of the activity of the cerebral cortex and make
a person enter the superquiescent state.

The quiescence index is an objective measurement of the degree of quiescence. One of
the important features of the superquiescent state is the synchronism of EEG in all regions, so
we used EEG coherence which reflected the synchronous degree of two signals as one item of
the quiescence index, and defined the conherence index as the number of times the coherence
peaks above the 0. 95 threshold during a 2. 5min. period EEG topography is an important tool
in clinical neurophysiology. In order to study the space apearance of EEG in the
superquiescent state, EEG power topography and EEG coherence topography were developed.
Two signals in EEG coherence analysis were derived from F3, F4 (International 10-20
system) with Cz used as ground. The derivations were dipolar and referenced to linked Al. In
EEG topography recordings from Fpl , Fp2 , T3, C3, C4, T4, 01 and 02, the derivations
were monopolar and reference to linked Al. EEG signals were digitized on-line to 8 bits at 60
samples per sec per channel. A power spectrum was obtained by Fast Fourier transformed
with 128 data points. A cosine slope window was added to decrease spectral leak. Coherence
was computed for each 4. 12 esc. epoch of data using the average of 12 overlapping frames of
128 smaples , each increment with 12 samples between frames. The EEG index in power
topography analysis was the spectrum of each EEG band (there were 6 bands as well as delta,
theta, alpha 1, alpha2, betal, beta2), or the total EEG spectrum. In EEG coherence
topography the value of the Fpl derivation was the EEG coherence index between signals from
Fpl and Fp2. The value of other recording derivations were the EEG coherence index between
signals from those areas and Fpl. Linear interpolation was used in topography analysis. The
value of any point was the EEG index weighted average of the three recording derivations
which were closest to that point. The weight factor was inversely proportional to the distance
between two points. There were 1960 display units which consisted of a pararound area in
topography. A topography map was produced by a printer, with 11 homogeneous grey degrees
which were expressed by density of the printed unit. With an APPLE-II microcomputer an

• 39 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

on-line analysis program with 6502 assemble language and BASIC was accomplished.

In our experiment, the EEG of the subjects was individually measured according to these
protocol: 5 mip. of quite sitting , 30 min. of the qigong exercise and 5 min. of quite sitting
again. The meditator was asked to close eyes in all processes. Communication to the subject
was via an intercom at a low volume. Eight channels of ND-82B polygraph were used for
primary amplification and paper chart recording. Before the signals were digitized the
polygraph outputs were reamplified by an eight channel amplifier with 6 dB settings at 40. 8
Hz.

After 34 experiments, the following was found:

1. The control group (14 males with a mean age of 25) ; after 30 min. of quiet sitting,
the frontal EEG coherence index had no significant increment. The EEG power toporaphy and
EEG coherence toporaphy also had no outstanding change. The EEG pcjwer was mainly in the
occipital region with a dominant frequency in band alpha2.

2. Exercisers with short-term training (12 males, 3 females with a mean age of 44 and
the period of practice 2-48 months) • After meditating for 5 min. the frontal EEG coherence
index showed a little increment though it did not reach the significant evel, but there was a
marked increment after 30 min. (P<0. 01) . In the EEG coherence topography, the index
value of the frontal and occipital region showed an increment with no notable change in other
regions, The EEG power distribution in band alphal had changed, and ihere was a power shift
from the occipital to the frontal lobe.

3. Exercisers with long-term training (5 males with a mean age of 52 and over 48
months of practice) : The frontal EEG coherence index increased greatly after meditation (P<C
0. 005) . There was no difference in EEG coherence topography before meditating compared
with the matched controls. But after beginning to meditate the coherence index increased in all
regions. The increase was more obvious in the left hemisphere 10 min, later whereas there
was a stead increment with greater amplitude in the right 30 min. later. It indicated that the
connection between the two cerebral hemispheres was enhanced in the later period of training.
In the EEG power topography, the EEG power rose sharply and the dominant region was
shifted from the occipital to the left frontal region and the right temple with a dominant
frequency decrement from band alphal to theta.

From the abovementioned analysis, we believe that the following factors must be
considered when discussing the quiescence index :

(l)the EEG coherence in all regions; (2) the increment of the EEG spectrum in all regions;
(3) the decrement of the dominant frequency ; (4) the shift of the dominant EEG region.

• 40 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

AN EXPERIMENTAL STUDY OF FAST WITH
QIGONG EXERCISES

Huang Guanghua , Shen Xiaojun and Zhou Zhenhe

(Zhejiang Research Institute of Traditional Chinese Medicine, Zhejiang province, China)

Zhang Yongtang

(Hangzhou Railway Inspection Office, Zhejiang province, China)

Fast with qigong exercises is a historical health-preserving approach. It refers that the
performer does not eat any food in a period of time. In March , 1988* under the strict design
we made a scientific experiment on it for 21 days.

The subject of the experiment was Zhang Yongtang, a qigong master working at the
Hangzhou Railway Inspection Office. He has practised qigong for over 20 years. During the
period of experiment, he stayed in a hospital and was observed 24 hours a day by the
researchers. Every day, he was given nothing except the following liquid: boiled water

700ml, 0. 9% NaCl 150ml, 40% honey 100ml.

Physiological data; Physique exam, ECG, EEG, T, R, Hr, Bp, height, count of
consumption and grip strength.

Biochemical data : Blood-cell analysis, immune serum globulin, lymphocyte

blastogenesis , serum protein, CHOL, TRIG, CRE, BUN, SGPT, SGOT, AMY, GLU,
HBDH, K+,Na + , SlgA, ptyalin, urinalysis, stool analysis, xylose absorption, etc.

Results of experiment; (1) During the period of fast, his daily life e. g. teaching,
study, walk were under observation. On an average, amount of activity is 2917 Kg-cals
every day, and the intake provides only 196. 8 Kg-cals a day. AMY and ptyalin were in
lower level. However, the biochemical was stable. (2) During the period of fast his body
weight was reduced by 9 Kg. According to the change of HBDH in blood and KET in urine ,
it is considered that the energy of the body came from the stored fat, and in the process of
acclerating metabolism of fat, acidosis was not seen. In the later days his CHOL and TRIG
became lower gradually. Immediately after fast, they did not come up to the original level.
(3) During the period of fast, the level of immune serum globulin was raised markedly,
continuing to be on a higher level after the fast. It is considered that fast with qigong exercises
can improve the immune function, and it has an action of two-way adjustment. (4)The result
of test of xylose absorption showed the function of absorption of the small intestine was good.
(5) According to the theory of modern medicine the condition of starvation can decrease

• 41 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rp00701 080001-1

synthesis of various kinds of protein , esp. albumin. Our experiment indicated serum protein
was at higher level.

Conclusion: (1) Fast with qigong exercises does no harm to the body. Druing the period

of fast one can have normal activities without feeling hungry. (2) It is certain that fast may
make metabolism acclerate without presence of acidosis. So this practice is valuable in decrease
of corpulence and blood-fat. (3) Whether there is another way to intake protein it should be
studied because the quantity of serum protein was stable.

MOLECULAR BIOLOGICAL EFFECTS OF
THE EMITTED QI ON MAN

Luo Sen, Chai Shaoai, Yi Weiyuan, Ren Hetian and Cao Ba>zheng

(Zhejiang Institute of Traditional Chinese Medicine, Zhejiang Academ; r of
Medical Sciences, Zhejian University, Hangzhou, China).

Methods;

1. Blood samples were acted upon by the emitted qi from point Lasgong (P 8) (cAMP
group received 5 minutes of the emitted qi, T-lymphocyte group, 2 minutes. ) The control
group did not receive the emitted qi .

2. 10 cases with various chronic diseases and low blood hemoglobin , WBC, platelet count
were treated by the emitted qi. The right index finger, middle finger and ring finger of the
qigong performer touched lightly the Cunkou of the receivers (the middle finger was directed to
the posterior artery of the wrist).

Results ;

1. After acted upon by the emitted qi, serum (cAMP) of the blood samples increased.
Performer A raised this value by 6. 0 pmol/ml than that of the control group. Performer B
raised the value by 2. 0 pmol/ml. No effect was seen by the action of hard qigong . The
emitted qi can elevate T-lymphocyte count in peripheral blood and i;s replication rate by
6.9-49.8% (P <C 0. 05) . It proves the obvious biological effects of the emitted qi on
macromolecules.

2. In the 10 cases receiving 16 times of continuous emitted qi, hemoglobin, WBC and
platelet were obviously changed. The average platelet count rose from 67 000/ mm 3 to 82000/
m 3 (P<0. 01) . Average WBC count, from 4493. 8/ mm 3 to 5187. 5/ mm 3 (P<C0. 05),
while blood hemoglobin content tended to be modulated in opposite directions. 10 cases with
low hemoglobin before the therapy had an elevation from 9. 98% (average value) to 10. 44%

• 42 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

(p<;0. 01) . Another 7 cases receiving simultaneous evaluation proved to have an instant rise
in 7 parameters out of 8 (RBC, WBC, HCH, HGB, MCV , MCHC, PLT, MCH) with the
exception of MCHC. One hour after receiving of the emitted qi, they experienced a continous
increase. After the qi released, however, there appeared an obvious decrease of these
parameters in the qigong performer. These proved qigong has both instant effect and after
effect.

Discussion :

1. By observation on the effects of the emitted qi on blood samples and the human body,
the emitted qi proves to have an effect not only on biological macromolecules (cAMP, DNA
replication in lymphocyte) , but also on human hemopoietic system in a short time (instant
and after effect). The emitted qi is transmitted in the form of energy or information.

2. The experiment exemplified the relationship between qi and blood in traditional
Chinese medical theories, from both molecular and systematic point of view. Not only this
provides a modern argument for the theory “blood circulation activated by qi flow”, “qi
commanding blood circulation,” but also it confirms the medical value of the emitted qi when
it is applied to human blood samples or the human body.

INFLUENCE OF ELECTRICAL LESION
OF THE PERIAQUEDUCTAL GRAY (PAG)

ON ANALGESIC EFFECT OF THE EMITTED QI IN RATS

Yang Kongshun, Guo Zhongliang and Xu Hong
(Guiyang College of Traditional Chinese Medicine, Guizhou, province, China)

Lin Housheng

(Shanghai Qigong Institute, Shanghai, China)

Zhao Bangzu and Zhou Daohong

(Guiyang College of Traditional Chinese Medicine, Guizhou province, China)

Our previous work showed that the emitted qi had an analgesic effect on rats, which
could be partially prevented by naloxone. The aim of the present work is to investigate into
the analgesic effect of the emitted qi after bilateral lesions of the ventral PAG. By means of
K+ penetrating the tail of rats, the stronger the current the more K + penetrated, the current
intensity (mA) of the vocalization was taken as an indication of pain threshold. The pain
threshold was decided by an average value in series of three times (interval 30 seconds) . The
Qigong performers emitted their qi on the head and tail of rats from their Laogong (P 8) and
the index finger, with a distance of 10-30 cm for 15 minutes. After the qi stopped to emit,

• 43 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

pain threshold was immediately measured, then the measurement was taken every 10 minutes.

The rats were divided into four groups; 1) Control group; 2) Group receiving the
emitted qi; 3) Group with injection of naloxone and 4) electrical lesion of PAG group. 6 rats
were in Group III. 3 mg/kg naloxone was preinjected into the abdominal cavity of rats, then
the qigong performer emitted his qi to the rats for 15 minutes. The change of pain threshold
was immediately measured. 48 hours later , the same group of rats were preinjected saline and
experiments were done in the same way. 8 rats were anesthetized with phenobarbitalum
natrium (30 mg/kg) . Under a stereotaxic instrument, the single pole insulated electrode was
bilaterally implanted into ventral PAG, according to the rat brain atlas of J. Bures (P6. 5
LRO. 0. 2-0. 5 H6. 0-7. 0) . The parameters of lesion of PAG were as follows; intensity at
3mA, time 30 sec. In 12 rats, electrode was only implanted but no lesion was done.
Localization of the lesion region was identified by the Prussian blue reaction. In all of the
experimental processes, a double blind method was adopted. The main results were as follows;

1. In Group I (n=8) , pain threshold was quite stable.

2. Pain threshold obviously elevated after the rats got the emitted qi for 15 minutes in
12 rats, the difference was significant as compared with the basic pain threshold of the same
group (P<0. 01 or P<0. 001).

3. By preinjection of naloxone, pain threshold slightly elevated except 30 minutes after
cease of emitting of qi. While by preinjection of saline, pain threshold obviously elevated as
compared with the basic threshold of the same group, the difference was very significant ( P<(
0. 05 or P<0. 01).

4. In 8 rats with destroyed bilateral ventral PAG, pain threshold had no elevation after
the emitted qi was received. While in the sham lesion group, pain threshold obviously elevated
after the emitted qi is received (P<0. 001).

The above results showed that the analgesic effect caused by the emitted qi was obviously
reduced after bilateral ventral lesions or by injecting of naloxone, indicating that PAG played
an important role in emitted qi analgesia. It was regarded as a strong evidence for the
participation of endogenous opiate in emitted qi analgesia. In our experiment, we also found
that analgesic effect could be partially blocked by injection of opiate antagonist naloxone,
suggesting that analgesic effect of the emitted qi was related to other factors. The analgesic
mechanism of the emitted qi is worth further studying.

• 44 «

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1
ANALGESIC EFFECT OF THE EMITTED QI ON WHITE RATS

Yang Kongshun, Xu Hong, Guo Zhongliang Zhao Bangzu and Li Zhaohuei

(Guiyang College of Traditional Chinese Medicine, Guizhou province, China. )

Qigong exercise has been regarded for a long time as one of the effective methods in
preventing, treating diseases and prolonging life. The emitted qi is thought a special energy
flow from a well- trained qigong master. Recently the emitted qi has been used to treat patients
with satisfactory results. Particularly, it has better analgesic effect on pains. Previous
investigations were only performed on the human body. But the analgesic mechanism and
whether psychological factors are involved are still unknown. The present study was
undertaken to determine the analgesic effect of the emitted qi on white rats and investigate its
analgesic mechanism.

In the experiment K + was penetrated into the tails, causing nocuous stimulation, the
stronger the electric current the more K + pentrated. The maximal current intensity (MA) was
decided at the moment the rat cried owing to pain and it was taken as an indication of the pain
threshold. The pain threshold was determined by the average value of three tests in series with
an interval of 30 seconds. Then the qigong master emitted his qi for 15 minutes to the head
and tail of the rat from point Laogong (P 8) and the tip of the index and middle fingers. His
hand was at a distance of 10-3 Ocm from the rat. As soon as he stopped emitting his qi , the
pain threshold was measured, then the measurment was repeated every 10 minutes.

The subjects of this study were divided into four groups; (1) Control group (not any
emitted qi received) ; (2) Experimental Group I and Group II (receiving the emitted qi from

two independent qigong masters; (3) Simulated group (an untrained layman doing simulated
test); (4) Naloxone injected group.

The results are as follows; In the control group (n=12) the pain threshold was quite
stable and the difference was not significant as compared with the basic pain threshold (P!>
0. 05) . In Experimental Group I (n=15) and (n=16), the pain threshold obviously
elevated. The difference was significant as compared separately with the basic pain threshold
(P<0. 01 or P<0. 001) . The peak of the elevated pain threshold was at the 30th .or 40th
minute after stopping of qi emitting. Both experimental groups showed a lasting after effect
for a few hours. In the simulated group (n=6), no change of the pain threshold (PX). 05)
was seen. In order to investigate the analgesic mechanism of the emitted qi , naloxone
(0. 2mg/kg) was injected into the tail vein of 5 rats after their pain threshold was obviously
elevated by the emitted qi. It was found that the pain threshold distinctly reduced as compared
with the period when naloxone has not been administered.

• 45 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rp00701 080001-1

The above results showed that the emitted qi has analgesic effect
psychological interaction. This effect may be related to the action of e:
The emitted qi may promote synthesis and release endogenous morphine,
found that naloxone could only partially block the analgesic effect
suggests that the analgesic effect of the emitted qi may be related to oth4
remain to be solved.

on rats without any
ljidogenous morphine.
In this study we also
the emitted qi . It
r substances , which

A PRELIMINARY OBSERVATION OF THE INHIBIT^
THE EMITTED QI ON TRANSPLANTED TUMO

IRY EFFECT OF
IN MICE

Zhao Shan, Mao Xiaoyun,Zhao Bangzhu,Li Zhaohui a:

(Guiyang College of Traditional Chinese Medicine Gut:

ijid Zhou Daohung

zhu province, China)

There experiments were made to observe the inhibitory effect of
different qigong doctors on transplanted malignant tumors in mice.

Experiment 1 was designed for the purpose of observing the effect
diminishing ascitic cancer (EAC) cells in lab beakers.

Ascitic fluid was aspirated from mice which had been transplanted
(EAC) for 7 days. After being diluted with normal saline to a conc<
cells/ ml. the fluid was divided intd two equal portions kept under the sai
the portions was treated with the emitted qi for an hour, and the
untreated for control. Sample fluid was taken from both portions
immediately after the treatment with the emitted qi ) , 12 hours and]

stained with trypan blue so as to count the surviving cells. The same
four times. The results showed that the average number of the surviving
portion was greater than that in the experimental portion each time,
cells in the experimental portion sharply decreased during the hour wheh

otm

exercised onto the fluid, the diminishing rate being 20 J

'0 9

6. 6 times as

control portion (P</0. 01) . The reduction peak appeared in 1-12 hoi:
earlier than that in the control portion which appeared in 12-24 hour:
suggests that the emitted qi may directly eliminate cancer cells, thus ac<
cell-diminishing process in conditions outside the animal body. After the
the rate of cancer cell diminution of both the experimental group and the
to be in comformity with each other.

• 46 •

the emitted qi from

of the emitted qi in

with ascitic cancer
:4nt.ration of 188x1 0 5
e condition. One of
Ler portion remained
1 hour (that is ,
24 hours later and
Experiment was done
cells in the control
Le number of cancer
the emitted qi was
high as that in the
rs , occurring much
s. This experiment
qelerating the cancer-
Tiod of qi emission,
Jcontrol group tended

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-OO792R0OO7O1 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Experiment 2 was designed for the purpose of observing the effect of the emitted qi in
inhibiting ascitic cancer (EAC) cells in the mouse body.

20 mice (all male, weighing 18-22g) were randomly separated into 4 groups of 5 each.
Three of the groups were used for experiment, the remaining one group for control. All the
mice were injected with ascitic cancer (EAC) fluid (concentration; 27 X 10 6 cells /ml;
dosage; 0. lml/lOg body weight) . The experimental groups were respectively treated with the
emitted qi produced by three qigong doctors for 7 days, once 2 day, 20 minutes a time for
groups 1 and 2, and 10 minutes a time for group 3.

The mice were killed on the 14th day, and the ascitic fluid of each mouse was collected
and stained with trypan blue. By measuring the amount of the fluid and counting the number
of cancer cells, it was observed that the fluid volume of experimental groups was smaller than
that of the control group, (the average value of diminution of each group was as follows
respectively; 1.68 ml, 2.8ml, and 1. 44ml. ) and the cancer cell number (concentration x
fluid volume) of Group 1 and Group 2 was both less (the average value of diminution of
Group 1 being 1612. 2 X 10 5 and that of Group, being 2639. 96 X 10 s ) than that of the
control group, displaying a notable distinction (P<C 0. 01); the cell number of Group 3 was
also less though no statistical difference was evident. The result indicates that all qigong
doctors 7 emitted qi can inhibit EAC cancer cells when powerful enough to be effective, no
matter whether the qigong exercise is of the same or not.

Hb, RBC and WBC of the blood were also examined. It was proved that the amount of
Hb and number of RBC in the experimental groups were both slightly greater than those of the
control group, though this was of no statistic significance, and that the average WBC count of
Groups 1 and 2 and 3 was obviously higher than that of the control group, being respectively
4. 2, 3. 9 and 1. 9 times of Group 4 (the control group) . This suggests that the emitted qi
may have the effect of reinforcing the immunity of mice.

Experiment 3 was designed for the purpose of observing the inhibiting effect of the
emitted qi on Si 80 sarcoma in mice.

Suspension of Si 80 sarcoma cells diluted with normal saline (1 : 3) was injected
hypodermically at the armpits of 19 mice (dosage; 0. 1 ml. lOg body weight), which were
then randomly divided into two groups (7 in one group for experiment and 12 in the other for
control) . The smaller group was treated with the emitted qi for 10 days, once a day, 20
minutes a time. On the 14th day all the mice were killed and the tumors were removed and
weighed with an analytic balance. It was revealed that the average weight of the tumors taken
from the mice of the treated group was 901. 8mg while that of the untreated group was

• 47 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R300701 080001-1

1719. 2 mg, presenting a difference of 817. 4mg (P<0. 05).

These experiments proved that the emitted qi generated by different qigong doctors, had
the effect of inhibiting transplanted malignant tumors in mice, and this effect might be partly
due to direct elimination of the cancer cells and partly due to reinforcement of the immunity
of the animal.

AN OBSERVATION OF IN VITRO EFFECT OF THE
EMITTED QI ON HUMAN PERIPHERAL BLOOD LYMPHOCYTES

Ye Ming, Shen Jiaqi, Yang Yuanjin

Fan Juefen, Liu Guizheng and Wu Xiaohong

( Qigong Institute, Shanghai Academy of Traditional Chinese Medicine, Shanghai, China. )

We have studied the in vitro effect of the emitted qi on human peripheral blood
lymphocytes. Qigong master, qigong exercisers and non-qigong exercisers were tested for their
potential of the emitted qi on the function and surface markers of the lymphocytes. The
participants were told to act as if they were thinking of “nourishing” or “killing” the cells.
Specimens which were not treated by the emitted qi were tested as the controls, and the
percentages of lymphoblast transforming cells, total E rosette forming cells (Et • RFC),
active E rosette forming cells (Ea * RFC) and the polylayer Et * RFC and Ea • RFC were
used as indicators. A total of 10 experiments, 50 indicators per group, were performed.

The results showed that the qi emitted by qigong exercisers caused significant changes of
the function or surface markers of the lymphocytes, which were 41/50 (82%) and 35/50
(70%) respectively (P<C0. 05), and the coincident rate of thinking of “nourishing” or
“killing”in these two groups were 34/50 (68%) and 22/50 (44%) respectively (P<0. 01).
The qi emitted from the non-qigong exercisers caused little change of the nbove indicators, the
rate being 2/50 (4%) . There was a significant difference between this group and the

master’s group or the qigong exercisers’ group (P<C0. 001).

In the aspect of thinking, the coincident rate of the “killing” group was higher than the
“nourishing” group (P<0. 01) . And the Ea • RFC and polylayer Ea RFC were the most
sensitive indicators toward the effect of the “emitted qigong

* 48 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-OO792R0OO7O1 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

LOW-DIMENSIONAL CHAOS IN PRACTISING QIGONG

Yagu Lin, Jijun Gao and Huo Lu

(Shanghai Qigong Research Institute, Shanghai, China)

Electroencephalographic techniques (EEG) have been widely used in medical diagnosis,
psychophysiological investigation and studies on the characteristics of the functional state of
physiological activities, etc. This electrical information of the brain activity may be analyzed
in various ways in order to obtain some clues regarding the effects of the brain functions.
Although the effects of EEG in the course of practising qigong were reported long ago, it was
not until recently that Kaczmark, I. K. (1977), Nicolis, G. (1985), and Skarda, C. A.
and Freeman, W. J. (1987), Xu Jinghua and Xu Nan (1987) reported the systematic
complexity and chaos of the brain electrical signals by the analytics of dimensionality in
studies of the chaotic dynamics of the biological system. They provided a new method for the
study of time series in such fields as human brain activity. But there are few reports dealing
with studies of the brain electrical signals during the qigong functional state by this method.

In this paper, we used this method to analyze the change of attractor dimensionality d
values of the brain electrical activity by means of ordinary EEG recording at OlAl and 02A2
from a person who had 6 months of experience in Nei-yang Gong exercises. Each of the brain
electrical signals was recorded ten minutes in the durations before, during and after the
exercises, which represents the electrical activity of the two hemispheres. After amplification,
these signals were sent into a tape recorder (LJ-401), and a microcomputer was used for a
random two-second sampling of each set of brain electrical signals. The samples were
calculated by the micro-computer for the dimensionality d. The results are ; Low-
dimensionality d values were presented in the durations before, during and after qigong
exercises. Before exercises ; d=l. 8; during and after the exercises; d = 2. 1. But there was a
raised d value to 3. 6 on the left hemishphere as the person was right-handed. According to
the reports, * in a healthy and quiet person, the d value is about 4. 0 or slightly higher. The d
value during and after qigong exercises indicates that the after-effect can also be reflected in
the dimensionality. These results show that qigong exercises can change the characteristics of
brain activity, causing a lower complexity under conscious conditions, increase the orderliness
and decrease the randomness. They may explain qigong’s effect of “warding off distraction
thoughts or evils” and may play a leading role in all the functions of qigong which affect the
person who practises the exercise.

• 49 ♦

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R 300701 080001-1

Besides, the existence of the fractional attractor in EEG signals shows that the brain as a
dynamic system has a. high sensibitity to the initial conditions. Here, the initial conditions are
the functional state of the neurons of the brain. It must be pointed DUt that in practising
qigong , the function of thought in the mind relative to the extensive excitation of brain
activity is only a slight change in the initial condition. Then how do the changes of the initial
condition influence these physiological or phathological functions which have more significant
reactions? We believe that the key to the settlement of the question lies in studying the
mechanisms of qigong’s curative functions in the initial conditional sensitivity. Therefore, the
qigong functional state as a specific integrated physiological state will f ul y bring out the latent
capacity of the brain activity.

ANTITUMOR METASTASES ACTIVITY OF THE EMITTED
QI IN TUMOR-BEARING MICE

Cao Xuetao, Ye Tianxing and Gao Yetao

(Dept, of Microbiol. &. Immunol, and Changhai Hospitial,

Second Military Medical College, Shanghai, China)

The effect of the emitted qi preventing tumor metastased in vivo in tumor-bearing mice is
reported in this paper. The experiment was conducted with the help of the famous qigong
master Hu Jiefu who emitted his qi to C57BL/6 mice inoculated with 2 X 10 5 B16 melanoma
tumor cells via the tail veins. On days 3, 5, 7, 9 after the tumor cell noculation, the mice
received the emitted qi for 30 min. each time. On day 13, the lungs were harvested and the
number of metastatic tumor nodules on the lung surface were counted. The another group of
mice were observed for length of survival. Some mice inoculated sc witn 1 X 10 s B16 tumor
cells were treated with the emitted qi as above and the growth of tumor were determined by
measuring the size in perpendicular diameters. The results showed that the emitted qi strongly

prevents tumor metastases in vivo. It markedly decreased the number of B16 melanoma

pulmonary metastases nodules in the experiment group (40. 8 + 11. 93) as compared with the
control group (87.4 + 15.53), the difference being very significant (P<0. 01) . The
survival period of the experiment mice (31. 4 + 5. 27 days) was much linger than that of the
control group (21. 4 + 2 . 70 days) (P<0. 01) . These results showed that the emitted qi has
the ability to prevent tumor metastases in vivo in experimental tumor- bearing mice. It can
also inhibit intradermal tumor growth. Its mechanisms of enhancing the immune function
• 50 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

against tumors will be reported in the next paper.

THE EFFECT OF THE EMITTED QI IN ENHANCING THE
INDUCTION IN VITRO OF LYMPHOKINES IN RELATION TO

ANTITUMOR MECHANISMS

Cao Xuetao, Ye Tianxing, Gao Yetao

(The Second Military Medical College, Shanghai, China)

The effect of the emitted qi in enhancing induction in vitro of lymphokines including
Interleukin-2 (IL-2) , Interferon-gamme (IFN-r) and Lymphotoxin (LT) from spleen cells of
C57BL/6 mice have been studied in this experiment. The mice of the experimental group
received qi emitted by the qigong master Ru Jiefu for 30 min. each time on days 1, 3, 5, 7.
On day 10 the mice were killed and spleen cell suspensions were made ( 5 X 10* / ml) in
several parallel portions for inducing lymphokines. The 1st portion of the cell suspensions was
incubated with 10 ug/ml Con A in 37°C, 5% Co 2 for 24 hrs. and then the supernatants were
taken for titration of IL-2 with IL-2-dependent cell line (CTLL-2) by the method of
determination of 3 H-TdR incorporation. The 2nd portion of the cell suspensions were
incubated with the same amount of Con A as above for 72 hrs. and the supernatants were
taken for titration of IFN-r with the method of cytopathic effect inhibition assay. The 3rd
portion of the cell suspensions, by adding lOu/ml PHA-P, were incubated as above for 48
hrs. and then the supernatants were taken and the LT activity was calculated through
determining the OD 570ll m of target cells L 92 9 . The results showed that; (1) The activity of
IL-2 in the control group was 74. 5 + 22. 34u/ml, which was much lower than that of the
experimental group (125. 6 + 32. 45 u/ ml) . The difference between them is very significant
(P<0. 01) . (2) The titer of IFN-r of the experimental group was 460. 0 + 257. 41u/ml,

which was much higher than that of the control group (166. 4 + 61. 82u/ml) . The difference
is also very significant (P<0. 01) . (3) The LT activity was also enhanced in the

experimental group (74. 19 + 16. 80u/ml) as compared with that in the control group (61. 07
<6. 22u/ml) . The difference is significant (P<0. 05) . These results demonstrated that the
emitted qi has the ability to enhance the induction of lymphokines with an anti-tumor
function, including IL-2, IFN-r, and LT, which indicates that the emitted qi’s action against
tumors probably through the enhancement of an anti-tumor immune function. Further studies
are under way.

• 51 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792RP00701 080001-1

AN OBSERVATION OF T-LYMPMOCYTES BY ANA

STAINING IN

THE CLINICAL APPLICATION OF QIGONG

Xu Hefen, Wang Guomin, Xue Huining and Zhang Chengining

(Jiangsu Provincial Institute of Traditional Chinese Medicine, Jiangsu province, China)

Wang Juninei and Qi Yueqin

(Jiangsu Provincial Hospital of Traditional Chinese Medicine, Jiangsu province, China)

Malignant tumor is known as one of the common diseases, and by
who died of such disease are as many as 800 thousand every year, aver A
min. Therefore we should pay close attention to the prevention and
general, we have treated such patients with comprehensive treatment in
survival periods. In recent years qigong has been used as an importan
comprehensive treatment for malignant tumors, and its mechanism I
discussed by observing the immunological function — the determination
acid a-naphthyl acetate esterase staining (ANAE for short) , of wh:
report.

1. Subjects observed;

272 persons were observed in total, including 72 healthy pers<
qigong exercise (the 1st group) , 50 healthy persons (the 2nd group)
in keeping bees (the 3rd group), 50 patients suffering from malignant)
the qigong exercise (the 4th group) and 50 patients with malignan
practise any qigong exercise (the 5th group) . All the malignant tum<jx
and diagnosed by pathological biopsy.

2. Methods;

Blood smears were made of blood from their fingers or ear lobes,
were put into a kind of solution for 20-30 sec. for fixation. Then
rinsed with distilled water and dried. They were put into a kind of inc
hrs. Then the precipitate was rinsed with the fountain water , dried in
stained with methyl green for 1-1. 5 min. . Lastly, the smears were
immersion microscope and 200 lymphocytes should be counted. Of their
minute particles were T-lymphocytes , while those not having su
lymphocytes.

• 52 •

jstatistics, the patients
ging one patient per 4
treatment of it. In
order to prolong their
1 integral part in the
as been explored and
of T-lymphocytes by
ch the following is a

ft'

ions who practised the
50 persons specializing
tumors and practising
tumors who did not
«rs had been identified

fter being dried, they
:hey were taken out,
ibative soolution for 2
ozen condition and re-
observed under the oil-
those having dark red
jeh particles were B-

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Material :

Fixing solution. Na 2 HPO„ 20 mg
KH2P0 4 lOOmg
H.O 30ml
Acetone 45 ml

40% Formaline 25 ml PH 6. 6

Incubative solution.

(1) Parafuchsin solution; 2g of parafuchsin mixed with 50 ml of 2N Hcl, reserved in a
refrigerator of 4°C.

(2) 4% NaNo; solution; 0. 4g of NaN0 2 dissolved in 10 ml of distilled water (to be made up
when it is to be used).

(3) Drip 3 ml of 4% NaN0 2 solution slowly into 3 ml of parafuchsin solution, let them
mixed fully and set the mixture aside for one minute, to be made up at the last moment).

(4) 2% a-naphthyl-acetate solution- 2g of a-naphthyl acetate dissolved in 100 ml of methyl
glycol, stored in a refrigerator of 4°C and kept in a dark place.

(5) M/1,5 PH 7. 6 phosphoric acid buffer solution;

Solution A; 100 ml containing 9. 08g of KH 2 P0 4 and water.

Solution B; 100 ml containing 9. 47g of NA 2 HP0 4 and water.

Mix 13 ml of solution A with 87 ml of solution B when they are to be used.

(6 ) Make up the incubative solution when it is to be used.

Mix fully 89 ml of M/ 15 PH 7. 6 phosphoric acid buffer solution and 6 ml of parafuchsin-
NaN0 2 solution. 'Drip slowly 2.5 ml of 2% a-naphthyl-acetate solution into the above
solution to make a perfect mixture with PH 5. 6-6. 4.

Methyl green staining solution; 0. 5g of methyl green dissolved in 50 ml of distilled water,
assisted by heating.

3. Result and Discussion;

The value of. X + SD of ANAE determination of the 1st group was 74. 9 ±11. 61%,
while that of the 2nd group was 65. 60 ±8. 9%. By comparison, the difference was
significant (P<0. 01) . The value X±SD of the 4th group was 69. 2± 12. 77%, while that
of the 5th group was 42. 82 ±7. 09%. By comparison, the difference was significant (P<
0.01). And the value of ANAE of the 3rd group was 76.87 ± 11.06%. From this
observation, we could find that the mean value of the 3rd group was obviously higher than
that of the 2nd group or the 5th group.

The results mentioned above showed that the value of ANAE of these persons who had

• 53 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

practised the qigong exercise or who specialized in keeping bees was obviously higher than that
of. the healthy or those patients who did not practise the qigong exercise. Besides, the value of
ANAE of the cancer patients who practised the qigong exercise was much higher than that of
those cancer patients who did not practised the qigong exercise.

The results of observation suggest that the qigong exercise may enhance and promote
human immunological function, resulting in strengthening the defensive resistance and
recovering from such diseases as malignant tumors. Therefore it is suggested that we should
continue to carry out systematic and intensive research on the relationship between the qigong
exercise and the immunological function of the human body , with which we can further
elucidate and make the mechanism of treatment of malignant tumors by means of the qigong
exercise understood.

AN EXPERIMENTAL RESEARCH ON THE RELATIONSHIP
BETWEEN QIGONG AND CHOLEREs|lS

Wang Jia Lin (Yunnan Anthropotomy Research Institute, Yunrfan provi

In 1979 I started to do research on the relationship between qigong and choleresis. The
first experiment was done on myself. Later, there were 5 subjects altogether. The
experimental conditions were cholecystectomy and implantation of a T tube to drain bile out of
the body for observation. In the course of the experiment, the subject went on a diet and
respitation was controlled to ensure even movement of the diaphram. Various factors (total
bilirubin and total cholesterol) were observed together systematically during the inner
consciousness action process of qigong . The grades of quality of the inner consciousness action
process are good , common’ and *weak” according to the condition o:' the tested subjects.

We have found in our experimental research:

1. The inner consciousness action process of qigong can marked y affect the secreted
amount of hepatic bile. Changes in the secreted amount of hepatic bile during the qigong state
has a close relationship with the quality of the inner consciousness action process. In subjects
experienced in qigong, the amount increased 2. 5-3. 8 times as compared with that during the
resting state before and after practising qigong ; during weak inner consciousness action process

(4 persons practised qigong only for 3-12 months) 13. 5-96. 97%. In two of the tested

subjects the amount varied with the quality of the inner consciousness action processs during
• 54 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-OO792R0OO7O1 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

the qigong state in different experiments. When the process was good , the amount of secretion
increased by 69. 7 % and 28. 2% respectively; when the process was common, the amount

increased by 24. 0 % and 20. 0 % respectively; and when the process was weak, the amount

increased by 11. 0% and 11. 7%. During the whole process of each experiment in each tested

subject, the quality of the inner consciousness action process was unstable, i, e. the good,

common and weak states appeared alternately. It was a dynamic changing process, in which
the amount of secretion increased or decreased with the changes in the quality of the process.

2. The inner consciousness action process can significantly affect the biochemical
constituents of the secreted bile, such as total bilirubin and total cholesterol. In two patients
with weak inner consciousness action process (they practised qigong for 3 months) , the total
bilirubin increased by 18. 32% and 18. 09% respectively as compared with that during the
resting state before and after practising qigong , and the total cholesterol increased by 10. 9%
and 7. 68% respectively. As the inner consciousness action process is a dynamically
changeable one, i, e. the good, common and weak states appear alternately, the biochemical
constituents of the bile (total bilirubin and total cholesterol) increase or decrease with the
changes in the quality of the process.

3. The inner consciousness action process has a great effect on blood pressure. The effect
changes according to the locations where the inner consciousness action process takes place.
The results obtained from a tested qigong master showed that before and after practising qigong ,
the mean B. P. was 138.9 /90.6 mm Hg, whereas when the inner consciousness action
process took place at the navel Dantian, the mean B. P. was 124.0/ 83.8 mm Hg, at
Yongquan (K 1) 121. 5/81. 3mm Hg, and at Baihui (Du 20) 167. 2/126. 6 mm Hg.

I know from these experimental results that:

(1) The conscious process in which the "involuntary activities” of the human body
change apparently during the qigong state is an objectively existing process.

(2) Supposing the indices of involuntary functional activity in the qigong state and in the
resting state before the exercise are equal to g (t) and g 0 , then the change of the involuntary
functional activity during the inner consciousness action process is as follows;

Ag(t) =g(t)-g

(3) When the inner consciousness action process takes place at different locations and is
produced by different gestures, styles and contents, it has different effects on the involuntary
functional activities.

(4) The degree of change in involuntary functional activity Ag(t) depends mainly on the
quality and strength of the inner consciousness action process.

• 55 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

(5) The inner consciousness action process is a basic prerequisite for the production and
development of the qigong state.

A PRIMARY OBSERVATION ON MICROCIRCULATION OF NAIL
FOLD AND IMMUNOGENICITY AFTER QIGONG PRACTICE FOR

SHORT PERIOD

Hong Shunhua, Tao Chun, Han Liantang et al.

(Wcifang Medical College, Shandong province, China)

Many facts have proved that qigong is helpful to the health of the people, but the
mechanism has not been studied in detail. We tried to compare the changes of immunogen icity
and microcirculation of nail fold in 38 persons who did qigong exercise before and after twenty
days to research the effect of it. The 38 persons we selected were the students of Chanmi Gong
class. There were 16 persons who had practised various qigong exercises, the others had not
done any qigong exercise ever. The youngest was 18 years old and the oldest was 71 years by
age. Most of them were healthy, but there were patients with hypertension, coronary heart
diseases and diabetes. We used a WX-253 type microcirculating microscope made in China to
examine the microcirculation of nail fold of the persons who did the qigong exercise twenty
days before and after. At the same time, we took the vein blood oi each one, with 1640
medium for lymphocyte cell culturing, (37°C, culturing for 48 hours), using 3 H-TdR uptake
of lymphocyte transformation essay, using the serum with seroptotein eletrophoresis on
cellulose acetate sheet and AT AGO optic densitometer scanning to determine the ratio of serum
albumin and al , a2 , (3 , y globulin. Since there were less in cases and difference in ages or
health conditions, so above indexes were compared with before and after the qigong exercise by
self-control, then statistical analysis by an Apple II computer was done,

The results of our studies are as follows;

1. Microcirculation of nail fold; The mean of the abnormal tubes of the group who did
not do the qigong exercise ever decreased in number after the exercise for twenty days. There
was significant difference ( X + SD : 2. 55 zt 1* 68and 1. 68 + 1. 17; t = 2. 84, P<C0. 01). It
can be considered that qigong can improve the microcirculation of the body. The mean of the

abnormal tubes of the group who had done qigong ever also decreased in number after the

\ \

exercise for the same duration ( X +SD ; 2. 88 + 1. 78 and 2. 31 + 1. 4 ) . (But t=l. 5, P>
0. 05) It had no significant difference. However, there was.no marked difference in the

• 56 *

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

length of the tubes and the numbers of tubes.

2. Lymphocyte transformation test; There was high difference before and after the qigong
exercise in the two groups (P<C0. 01), when we did not lead with PHA. It may be thought
that qigong could effect the level of basic proliferation of lymphocyte. When we led them
with PHA, there was significant difference in the group who had done exercise (t = 2. 31, P
<C 0. 05) . The other group’s lymphocyte transformation level increased too, but it had no
significance by statistical treatment (P>0. 05).

3. Serum with seroprotein electrophoresis on cellulose acetate sheet; The ratio of the
percentage of immunoglobins of the two groups were increased after the qigong exercise for
twenty days, there was significant difference ( X + SD ; 36. 29 ±5.0% and 48.03 +
7. 53%. t=6. 02, P<0. 01) . It can be considered that qigong can raise the immunogenicity
of the body.

Through our studies we have observed that qigong can prevent and cure diseases, one of
the mechanism is that qigong can improve the microcirculation and elevate the immunogenicity
of the body. Especially it is suitable for preventing and curing common diseases of the aged,
such as cardiovascular diseases and cerebral vascular diseases.

CHANGES OF BLOOD VISCOSITY AND RCG
IN 44 CASES WITH CARDIOVASCULAR
DISEASES AFTER THE QIGONG EXERCISE

Chu Weizong et al

(Shanghai Qigong Institute, Shanghai, China)

1. Material and method;

Fourty-four patients of about 60 years old (30 males and 14 females) with
hypertension, ischemic heart disease or cardio insufficiency, etc. were divided into 2 groups
to undergo the qigong training. The qigong exercise used was a combination of quiescent and
dynamic forms. The traning lasted 4-6 months.

The BJ values were computerized from 8 items by blood rheological examinations; whole
blood viscosity, hematocrit, cellular electrophoresis, sedimentation rate and its k value,
plasma viscosity and reduction viscosity. The blood viscosity was considered normal when the
BJ value was 50 and abnormal if the value reached 51—70, and “ warning” as it exceeded 71.

In addition, we examined the rheocardiogram (RCG) in 39 cases, including SV, Co and
Cl.

2. Results and discussion;

(1) BJ value* In the 1st group among 27 cases the mean BJ value was 69. 41 + 26. 85

• 57 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : Cl A-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792 r|)00701 080001-1

before the training, and 54. 25 + 26. 8 after the training. The decrease was statistically
significant (P<C0. 02), though the value remained in the abnorma. range. In 12 cases of
hypertension the Bp*dropped from 141. 5/84. 7mmHg to 127. 3/75. 3mmHg when they had
gone through the course of qigong training, in the meantime the blooc viscosity decreased and
the symptoms relieved.

The 2nd group included 17 cases. After the training the BJ valr.es decreased from 66. 2
+ 22. 8 to 62. 8 + 23. 9, although there was no significance in statistics, but in the control
group (9 cases) its BJ values increased from 40. 59 + 25. 4 to 59. 7 + 24. 6 (P<C0. 05), the
difference between them was found to be very significant on the X 2 test (P<0. 025).

On the other hand, for some patients who did not do the exercise well, the results were
negative.

(2) The changes of impedance rheogram ; 39 cases were examined with RCG, it was
found each index of RCG was increased; SV ; from 85. 02ml to 112. 8ml, CO : from 5. 89L
to 7. 69L, Cl; from 3. 48 to 4. 58. These changes were much significant after statistical
treatment (the t test) (P<0. 001).

According to Liang Zijun et al, the blood viscosity is high in most cases of blood stasis
and is lowered after the treatment with Chinese medicinal herbs to promote blood circulation
and remove blood stasis. The qigong exercise, a non-medication treatment may act. to promote
blood circulation and remove blood stasis, and possibly, the cerebral cortex and neurohumoral
factors may play a key role in its mechanism.

A PRELIMINARY STUDY OF THE RELATIONSHIP
BETWEEN QIGONG AND ENERGY META] HOLISM —

THE CHANGES OF THE BLOOD ATP CONTENT
IN QIGONG MASTERS IN THE QIGONG STATE

Wang Zhengchang, Huang Jian and Wu Zijuan
, (Shanghai Qigong Institute, Shanghai, China)

Recently it has been reported that the emitted qi by qigong masters may have material
foundation and the internal qi cultivation can promote health. In this paper, the relationship
1 between qigong and energy metabolism was studied. The ATP content was measured with 20 pi
blood drawn from the ring finger of the qigong masters before and after the qigong exercise,
and at rest by the method of bioluminescence assay. The instrument (FG— 30 Type
Luminescence Meter) and the chief reagent ( lucif erase— luciferin) we*e produced by Shanghai

• 58 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Plant Physiology Institute,

The experiments were conducted in three groups.

1. The experimental group; The blood was drawn from a qigong master’s ring finger after
he had taken a short rest before he exercised qigong and entered the qigong state. If he could
emit qi 9 he would do it for 5-10 minutes. If he exercised internal qi cultivation , he would do
it for half an hour. After the qigong exercise the blood was drawn again. After rest for half
an hour the blood was drawn once more. 2. The control group; The above procedure was
repeated on the second day but the qigong masters did not exercise qigong . 3. The healthy
group; Healthy persons did as the qigong master did in the same time.

The results are as follow;

In 10 healthy persons the blood ATP contents were constant during the experiment. In 9
qigong masters in the control group the blood ATP contents did not change markedly. The
blood ATP contents in 1 1 qigong masters after emitting their qi decreased markedly (the mean
decrease by 1. 31 X 10 -4 M) compared with that of the healthy group (P<C0. 01). The blood
ATP contents in 16 qigong masters after cultivating the internal qi increased markedly (the
mean increase by 0. 54 X 10~ 4 M) compared with that of the healthy and the control group (P
<C0. 05) . The blood ATP contents in both groups of qigong masters were recovered after rest.
5. Qigong masters were observed continually. First, they exercised qigong, cultivating the
internal qi, then they emitted their qi. The blood ATP contents changed as above.

Typical cases;

1. Qigong Master Lin, Male, 46 years old, having exercised “Shaolin Neigong” for more,
than 30 years, is able to treat or anaesthetize patients with his emitted qi, Gu Hansen who
worked in the Atomic Nucleus Institute of the Chinese Academy of Science confirmed that the
emitted qi by Lin is “infrared wave with slow modulation. ” The blood ATP content was 7. 5
X 1CH 4 M 5. 9 X 10 _4 M and 7. 3 X 10 -4 M respectively before and after the qigong exercise
and after rest.

2. Qigong Master Chai, Male, 49 years old, having exercised “Three Way Relaxation
Qigong” for more than 20 years. His blood ATP content was 5. 9 X 10~ 4 M, 5. 6 X 10 _4 M
and 7. IX 10“ 4 M respectively before and after the qigong exercise and after rest.

The results were discussed. The emitted qi may have the material foundation because the
blood ATP contents decreased after the qi emitted. It promotes anabolism and increases cAMP
level during the internal qi cultivation so that health may be improved.

Lastly, three main factors which affected these results were discussed.

1. The changes of the blood ATP content after the qigong exercise and after rest varied

• 59 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

with the pattern of exercise and his on condition.

2. The duration of qigong practice influenced the changes of the blood ATP content.

3. The qigong masters could hardly entered the completely normal state in the
experiment.

AN EXPERIMENT OF THE EMITTED QI ON ANIMALS

Liu Tehfu, Wan Minsheng and Lu Oulun

(Shanghai Medical University-II , Shanghai, China)

To prove if the emitted qi has an effect on destroying sarcoma cells completely, we
invited, in June 1986, four qigong masters who all had the experience for treating some
chronic diseases with their emitted qi. They emitted their qi for 5 times in the experiment and
one of them repeated his test twice.

The animals used as the subjects of experiment were 60 BABL/C thoroughbread.

The experiment began firstly with the sarcoma SI 80 tissue embeded under the skin of the
right axilla of the mice. In 10 days 7 time, the sarcoma grew into 1 cm 3 in size. Then it was
extirpated and broken into pieces for transplanting under the same region of the mice used in
experiment. On the 4th day after the sarcoma were planted, hemoporphyrin 0. 4-0. 5 ml.
(lOmg/kgm body weight) was injected into the peritoneum of 30 mice. Another 30 mice (the
control group) were injected normal saline of the same dosage (hereafter simply called “blood”
and “water”).

24 hours after the injection, the qigong masters began to emit their qi. The room
temeprature was 20° C — 22°C. Every qigong master emitteef his qi to 6 mice, including 3
(blood) and 3 (water). The mice in the control group were also 3 (blooi) and 3 (water).

During the experiment the qigong group mice were placed on the operating table with the
sarcoma region exposed. They received the emitted qi one by one for 5 minutes, twice a day,
one in the morning and one in the afternoon. The control group was treated in the same way
except without receiving the emitted qi. The experiment lasted for 3 days, each mouse
received the emitted qi for 6 times. Afterwards, the mice were still fed for a day. Then, all
the mice were killed and their sarcoma were extirpated for weighing, smears were made for
examination. The blood smears of every mouse were also made. At last the sarcomas were
fixed up for microscopic and electron microscopic examination.

Results •

1. The weight of the sarcomas treated by the emitted qi all were lighter than that of the

• 60 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

control group (P<0. 001).

2. Observation under a microscope;

( 1 ) The numbers of mitotic phenomenon of the qigong group were 50 % less than that of
the control group.

(2) Smear observation; The qigong group showed the nuclei condense, nuclei broken and
nuclei dissolved. The control group did not show these phenomena.

(3) The blood smears- of the mice in the qigong group and the control group all showed
sarcoma cells, but the numbers of the sarcoma cells were less in the qigong group.

(4) Observation under an electron microscope;

The control group ; A. Sarcoma cells arranged in order ? B. Plenty of mitochondria with
inside structures perfect; C. Lysosomes seen.

The qigong group? A. Form-changed of many vacuoles in the nucleolus, part of the
nuclear membrane ruptured; B. Swollen mitochondria with the cryistals broken and vacuoles;
C. Markedly bigger lysosomes about 2-3 times than the lysosomes seen in the control group,
more materials swallowed seen inside the big lysosomes. Under an electron microscope
although there were lots of dead sarcoma cells in the qigong group, few sarcoma cells with
mitoses could be seen.

This experiment lasted for 3 days and the qigong masters felt tired. We concluded it was
difficult to destroy the malignant tumor completely only by the emitted qi . A combination of
the emitted qi with the internal qi formed in trained patients for curing the malignant tumor is
an interest subject to be studied.

A STUDY OF BIOLOGICAL EFFECTS OF THE EMITTED QI WITH
TRADESCANTIC PALUDOSA MICRONUCLEAR TECHNIQUE

Sun Silu and Tao Chun

(Wcifang Medical College, Shandong province, China)

Scientific experiments have confirmed that the emitted qi can be used to produce different
effects on external objects, such as plants, human beings, etc. The emitted qi also has a
special function in medical treatments. What is especially noteworthy is that it can be used to
treat difficult cases and cancer.

The tradescantic paludosa micronuclear technique established by Professor Ma Dehsiu of
Western Illinois State University in the United States was used to determine that the qi emitted
with the intention of protecting flowers will decrease the rate of appearance of micronuclei in

• 61 *

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R300701 080001-1

the tetrads formed after meiosis of the pollen mother cells and that the qi emitted with the
intention of injuring the flowers will increase the rate of appearance of micronuclei in the
terads.

According to statistics there is a significant difference between the experimental group
and the control group.

The experiments show that the qi emitted under control of the mind has a bi-directional
effect on the chromosomes of hereditary materia^. It may protect aid also destroy. The
protective effect provides theoretical evidence for using the emitted qi to prevent and treat
cancer, and counteract the hereditary toxicity imposed on the body by radiotherapy and
chemotherapy. And it also proves that the emitted qi has a marked protective effect on the
hereditary material before and during the chromosome damage caused by chemotherapy.
Therefore, when the emitted qi is used for medical treatment , the emphasis should be on
prevention and early treatment.

This paper also suggests that the appearance rate of micronuclei may serve as a
measurement of intensity of the active factor, so it is possible to use the skill of tradescantic
paludosa to determine the force of the emitted qi.

The experiments show that the effect of the emitted qi is related to the mental activity of
the qigong master. It can be said that the emitted qi has the properties of a mental message.
This'‘furthers the studying of the nature of the emitted qi.

THE EFFECTS OF TAOIST QIGONG ON THE PHOTON EMISSION
FROM THE BODY SURFACE AND CELLS

Liu Yaning, Zhao Xinhua and Cao jie

(Xidiaoyutai Hospital, Beijing, China)

Hu Yulan and Zhao Yungsheng

(Special members of Chinese Qigong Science Research Society, Beijing, China)

By the ultra weak luminescence measuring technique, we have preliminarily approached
the photon emission from qigong masters* body surface before and after the qigong exercise, and
explored the effects of qigong on the spontaneous luminescence from cells.

1. The photon emission from the' qigong masters* body surface.

A probe of our Single Photon Counter was gently put on the right Laogong (P 8) of the
qigong master in a dark room and the emission intensity counts were measured (the spectral

• 62 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792RQ00701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

response was 300-650nm; the integal times were 10 sec. )

The results showed that when the qigong exercise was being done, the photon emission
from the master’s Laogong (P 8) was distinctly less than that before the exercise (their counts
were X, — 67, SD, = 7. 3;X 2 = 1559, SD 2 = 33. 7 respectively) (P<0. 001) . It has been
reported that the body spontaneous luminescence in the 300-650nm region is mainly due to
lipid perosidation , corresponding to a consuming process, and the body surface photon
emission from the aged smokers and patients suffering from inflammation was evidently
greater than that from the healthy persons.

It might be deduced that besides the apparent biological function the qigong exercise may
show significant automodulating effects on the masters themselves, i. e. , enabling them to
enter a highly exciting state, as well as reducing their unnecessary and even harmful body
dissipation to a great extent.

2. The effects of qigong on the spontaneous luminescence from cells.

(1) The effect on the “mitosis radiation” of the bean sprouts; Ten bean sprouts were
placed on the bottom of a cuvette, and their luminosity was counted. Then the cuvette was
placed on a qigong master’s right Laogong (P 8) and the effect of qigong on them was
observed. The comparison of the emission intensities before and after the qigong exercise was :
X l = 2510,SDi = 10,2;X 2 = 3122,SD 2 = 71. 3 respectively. It proves that qigong may
increase the spontaneous luminescence from the bean sprouts (P<C 0.001) . Those photon
emissions were regarded to be caused by the cell mitosis, so we might consider that qigong is
able to promote the root cell division of the bean sprouts.

(2) The effect on the fetal hepatocyte ; The photon emission from the fetal hepatocyte
suspensions (both in 199 culture and in cryoprotcctive agent, DMSO) and from their control
blanks (solutions of 199 culture and DMSO) were measured before and after the qigong
exercise. Before and after the exercise, the intensities counts of the two control blanks showed
no significant differences (for 199 culture, counts were 119. 4± 13. 2 and 139. 5+14. 2; for
DMSO, 181 + 22. 8 and 194. 5 + 2. 3 respectively (P>0. 05) , but the photon emission from
the hepatocyte suspensions after the qigong exercise was obviously greater than that before the
exercise (the counts were 647. 0 + 85. 1 and 243. 3 + 8. 8, 392. 3 + 28. 5 and 181. 3 + 15. 6
respectively ( P ■+ 0 . 001)). Other had no such evident effects on the same cell suspensions.

It should be mentioned that after the qigong exercise and the hepatocyte suspension was
remaining standing still for 2 minutes, the luminosity counts decreased to a low level for
about 172 + 2. When the exercise was done again the counts immediately increased up to
239. 8+141. 1. Then another cessation followed, the counts decreased rapidly down to 174. 3

• 63 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792 r|)00701 080001-1

±2. 1, much lower than those before the qigong exercise (392. 3 + 28. 5).

The above data verifies that qigong may enhance the hepatocyte sponta neous luminscence,
but its mechanism still needs further investigation.

AN EXPERIMENTAL RESEARCH OF QIGONp FOR
ANTISENILITY, KEEPING FIT IN MIDDLE-AGED INTELLECTUALS

Yang Runliang, Yang Intang and Hong Hoqiao

32 managers and administrators studying at the Gangsu Economic |vlanagement College
were tested. All of them were males by an average age of 35. 71.

The Contents and methods of study.

Testing indexs?

TSH, FSH, LH, IgG and Fe-Protein.

The pattern of the qigong exercise? Quiescent form of qigong exercise was done 3 times
(morning, noon and night) for about 30 minutes for each time. A month later the duration
prolonged to an hour for each time. The change of the five testing indexes are as follows?

Index

Before the qigong After the qigong

10. 22 + 1. 28
' 8. 72 + 3. 25

7. 29 + 5. 20

8. 30 + 3. 37

9.8 + 1.04
4. 81 + 2. 69
4. 73 + 3. 57
12. 09 + 5. 20

Fe-Prot.

181. 55 + 130. 7 2838 + 178. 1

>0. 05

< 0 . 01

0. 01<P<0. 05
< 0 . 01
< 0 . 01

Discussion :

The human body is an integrated self-adjusting system. It is said in traditional Chinese
medicine that “blood is commanded by qi. ” It means the circulation of blood is generated by qi
which in turn is based on the energy of blood. In performing the qigong exercise through the
regulation of the body, mind and breath, a qigong functional state appears. The energy
produced by this state would be changed and increased from quantity to quality. Therefore,
useful physiological changes; in the* body would occur alongside the gradually deepening of the
self-adjusting function. ^

The blood sample was taken from the tested persons before and after the qigong . exercises
for 90 days. The separated serum was kept in a refrigerator. Results w^is obtained with the

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rb00701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

analytical method of radio immune RTA.

The normal Fe-protein value is 160 + 152 ng / ml in the Lanzhou areas. It greatly
increased after the qigong exercise, indicating that the metabolism of the brain accelerated, the
functions of the nervous system, immune system, digestion absorption and muscular
movement strenthened.

IgG is an important substance of immunity and it is of about 75% of a gram of serum.
The neutralization of the exotoxin of bacteria is its important function because it can combine
the exotoxin quickly and clear away the toxicity of it, providing more energy of antitoxins in
the body where the toxins were infected. The amount of IgG in the serum can be greatly
increased after the qigong exercise. That is to say that the qigong exercise can improve the
immunity and anti-infectious immunity

TSH (thyroxine hormone promoter) showed slight decrease after the qigong exercise. It
may be a result of the physiological activity of the hypothalamus changing from randomness to
nonrandmness after the qigong exercise.

The decrease of LH (Luteum hormone promoter) and FSH (ovum growing hormone
promoter) which are secreted by the hypophysis to the normal ranges after the qigong exercise
indicates a regulation of the function of the process from the sex ability to a condition of
storing of the sperm of the middle-aged. Then the imbalance endocrine of the body can be
regulated and the organs be strenthened, and finally the kidney function is activited.

AN EXPERIMENTAL RESEARCH OF THE CHANGES OF
BLOOD VOLUME IN THE BRAIN AND THE CHANGES OF
THE HEART BATE IN THE QIGONG STATE AND PSI STATE

Wei Shouzhang et al

(Taiyuan Railway Hospital, Shanxi province, China)

The qigong state consists of two still state and dynamic state. Those who have Psi can

show their psychokinesis state. These states are all relatd to mental activities. People doing
qigong exercise all stay awake, but their awake feelings are different from others.

According to our working hypothesis , the same instrument and leads , and the method of
comparison with the same persons before and after experiments were used to investigate the
physiological brain effects in the qigong state and Psi state. The subjects in the experimantal

• 65 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

group , having calmed down for 15-20 minutes, closed their eyes and ha 1 a REG test. When
the experiment began, detailed records should be kept. Their mean value was determined by
three rhythmical waves of REG. The mean value of the heart rate was determined by
intervals of the three waves of REG. These data were used as the objective criteria in
comparison in the experiment. There were three persons in the experiment. One of them did
the quiescent qigong exercise. The second did the dynamic qigong exercise, The third had Psi.
According to the method mentioned above, the first two persons were tested by REG for 34
times respectively. The last one was tested 45 times. There were 73 persons in the control
group, 53 of which conducted mental arithmetic. The remaining people were sitting quietly.
73 people were all given REG test too. The data of the experimental $roup were compared
with those of the control group.

The experiment indicated that the amplitude value of REG was reduced from 0. 1594Q
(before doing qigong exercise) to 0. 1157Q (P<70. 001) after they had done the quiescent
qigong exercise with their eyes closed and their mind concentrating at the lower abdominal area
(or Dantian) , and that the amplitude value of REG reduced from 0. 2544Q (before doing
qigong exercise) to 0. 2359Q (P<0. 01) in those who had done the dynamic qigong exercise,
but their heart rates had no obvious change. The experiment showed thal the blood volume of
the cerebral blood vessels of the forebrain of those who did the qigong exercise obviously
reduced, while their heart rate did not apparently change. When the pec pie entered the qigong
state, these changes were not identical to those of the normal physiological rules of the body,
because there appeared an inherent self-adjustment in the brain and the whole body. Those
people who had Psi showed their psychokinesis, their amplitude value of REG increased from
0. 276Q (before the experiment) to 0. 38 IQ (P<0. 05) . It indicated :hat the blood volume
in the cerebral blood vessels of the forebrain increased obviously , but the change of their heart
rate was not apparent (P > 0. 25) . When the persons having Psi did not show their
psychokinesis, their amplitude value reduced form 0. 313Q (before the experiment) to
0. 278Q (P<0. 02) . It indicated that the blood volume in the brain wis obviously less than
that before the experiment, and the change of the heart rate became obviously slow (P<
0. 01) 0 It has been shown by the experiment that the change of the blood volume in the
brain was out of proportion to that of the heart rate and was not identical with that of the
normal physiological rules of the body. We can see that there is a close connection between
the change of the cerebral function and the change of the blood volume in the cerebral blood
vessels of the forebrain when the persons having Psi show their psychokinesis. This is because
their brain is in a state of special function when the persons having Psi show their

• 66 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

psychokinesis. In the 53 cases of the control group the process of mental arithmetic could
cause the reduction of the blood volume in the cerebral blood vessels of the forebrain and the
increase of the heart rate (P>0. 001) . Furthermore, in the control group, another 20
persons were sitting calmly only. There were no apparent changes of REG and the heart rate
30 minutes later (P>0. 05).

For this reason, it shows that the qigong state, whether in quiescent or dynamic state and
Psi state evidently, has a typical function of their own.

EFFECTS OF THE QIGONG EXERCISE ON THE CONTENT OF
MONOAMINE NEURO-TRANSMITTERS IN BLOOD

Liu Binghuai, Jiao Jle and Chen Quanzhu

(Anhui College of Traditional Chinese Medicine, Anhui province, China)

Li Yefu, Shang Lili

(Affiliated Hospital, Anhui College of Traditional Chinese Medicine, Anhui province, China)

It is well accepted that qigong contributes to preventing and curing of diseases and
prolonging life. To study its mechanisms, the authors observed by means of fluoresence
spectrophotometry in 68 subjects the variations of blood contents of monoamine neuro-
transmitters before and after the qigong exercises ( 5-hydroxytamine , 5-1 IT; norepinephrine,
NE; and dopamine, DA). 44 of the subjects were males, 24 females, their age ranging from
25 to 68 years old, with an average age of 48. They all had practised the qigong exercise for
one month. All of them were patients of common chronic diseases, such as hypertention ,
coronary heart disease , gastric ulcer , gastritis , pul monary emphysema , chronic bronchitis ,
joint system diseases, neurasthenia and neurosis.

Results observed;

1. A comparison of monoamine neurotransmitter contents in the blood of the subjects pre-
and post-exercise showed a general reduction in 5-HT, averagely from 0. 42 + 0. 21 to 0. 21
+ 0. I 3ug/m] ,' close to the normal value (normal value 0. 15 + 0. 04pg/ml) . The difference
was notable (P<C0. 001) . Variations in NE and DA tended to go up, averagely NE being
from 0. 27 ± 0. 13 to 0. 35 ± 0. 27pg/ml, DA from 0. 86 ± 0. 69 to 1. 19 ± 0. 81pg/ml.
Variation of DA displayed a statistical difference of P <0. 02. The above description showed
that the effect of the qigong exercise is closely related to the monoamine neuro-transmitters in
the body fluid.

• 67 *

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

2. Effects of the qigong exercise on the blood monoamine neurotransmitters of patients of
different diseases*

The subjects were divided into 5 groups according to the nature of their disease. Subjects
in each group showed reduction in blood 5-HT content 'after they had practised the qigong
exercise.

(1) The group of cardiovascular disease: from 0. 4 3 + 0. 34 to 0. 16 + 0. llpg/m] (n=

13).

(2) The group of gastric disease ; from 0. 38 + 0. 19to 0. 22 + 0. 13tg/ml(n = 20)

(3) The group of joint system diseasejfrom 0. 44 + 0. 21 to 0. 18i 0. 13pg/ml (n = 10)

(4) The group of respiratory system disease : from 0. 44 + 0. 2+ to 0. 22 + 0. 12pg/ml(n =

8 )

(5) The gruoup of other diseases (neurasthenia, neurosis) : from C. 42 + 0. 22 to 0. 25 +

0. 14pg/ml(n=13).

In all the groups except the fourth group, variations in 5-HT content in comparison with
the pre-exercise values, were respectively P (0. 01, (0. 01, <0. 05, <0. 05. The difference was
obvious. The post-exercise blood content of DA in various groups roijse up remarkably. An
evident difference was seen in the 2nd group (P <0. 05) . The NE content was seen to rise in
the 5th group (P <0. 05), while in other groups the variation was not obvious. In all the
above groups, the content of vasoconstrictor substance 5-HT dropped to the normal
concentration level, resulting in sufficient blood supply for the local tissues and organs. It
also improved blood flow, promoted metabolism and strengthened the physiological function of
the cells in the tissues, thus helping restore health, adding to the efficacy of qigong.

The authors claim that the qigong exercise helps regulate the function of the neuralgic
system, and the monoamine neuro-transmitters participate in the whole process.

1. The qigong exercise helps regulate the neuro-body fluid inner environment. Through
regulating the 5-HT blood concentration in the neuro-transmitters of parasympathetic nerve, it
causes the extra high blood 5-HT of the cardiovascular patients to drop to the normal level. It
also dilates the coronary artery, improves the physiological functions, resulting in the relief of
symptoms.

2. The qigong exercise helps build or strengthen the physiological function of the digestive
system. The exercise exerts an influence on the control of nerves that govern the activities of
the internal organs. It is shown by variation in the blood content of neuro-transmitters NE,
DA, and 5-HE, with 5-HE getting lower and DA getting higher, facilitating local blood flow
and metabolism in the tissues.

• 68 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

3. Through regulating the concentration of pain producer 5-HE in the peripheral blood,
the qigong exercise achieves an analgesic effect. The drop of 5-HE content is relative to the
result of analgesia. This fact shows the drop of 5-HE is good for invigorating blood circulation
and reducing extravasation, which is a proof of the TCM principle; “pain removes when block
is eliminated”.

The qigong exercise results in preventing and curing of diseases. It helps regulate the
nerve-body fluid inner environment, promotes activities of organs and maintains dynamic
equilibrium of the organism through self-stabilization.

A PRELIMINARY STUDY ON THE CARDIAC FUNCTIONAL
POTENTIAL EVOKED BY THE QIGONG EXERCISE

Bao Guojin and Feng Shaoxiang

(Xing Cheng Air Force Sanatorium, China)

In order to probe into the effect of the qigong exercise in excitation of the cardiac
functional potentials, and in prevention and treatment of cardiovascular diseases we have
observed the physiological effect of the heart function influenced by the qigong exercise 30
days before and after practice and measured the physiological loading intensity and the thermal
effect of acupoints during the exercise with a PWCm function test. The subjects were divided
into two groups. The qigong group included 60 healthy people by an average age of 40.5
years, the control group consisted of 20 healthy people who were undergoing craunotherapy.
Their average age was 36. 4. The experimental results are as follows;

1. PWCm function test; We measured the PWCm value of the qigong group who
exercised Shaolin Noijin Yizichan qigong 30 days before and after practice. The exercise done
twice a day, 54 minutes for each. The control group’s PWC value was measured 30 days
before and after the craunotherapy. The subjects were given two different loading, 3 minutes
for each with an interval of 3 minutes. At 2. 5 munites the measure of the heart rate was
done for half minute. Then the PWC 17 o value and V0 22 max was calculated. The result
indicated the finished power of the qigong group was raised by 574. 94 kg. m/m in. after the
qigong exercise while the control group only increased by 83. 75 kg. m/mi n. (P (0. 05) . The
qigong group’s V0 2 max increased by 0. 97L/min. after the exercise, whereas the control
group’s by 0. 14L/min. (P <0. 05) . It shows that the qigong exercise has a marked effect on
excitation of the cardiac functional potential.

* 2. The physiological loading intensity; We measured the resting state heart rate before the

• 69 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

qigong exercise and the recovery heart rate 10 minutes after the exercise with a PV-701
WRIST-WANTCH-STYLE PULSE MONITOR. The heart rate during the exercise (lasting for
54 minutes) was measured every two minutes. The resting state heart rate was 73. 4 per
minute before the exercise, the average rate was 94. 3 per min. anld the highest rate was

124. 4 /per min. During the exercise the recovery rate was 82. 7/per min. after the exercise.

These results tell us that the qigong exercise is a kind of light endurable loading exercise, its
physiological loading intensity does not exceed 50% of the maximum intaking oxygen. It is a

small amount of exercise suitable for the patients of heart trouble.

3. The thermal effect of acupoints ; We measured the change of the skin temperature of
the middle fingertip, Laogong (P8), Yintang (Extra) , Baihui (Du 20) and Sanginjiao (Sp
6) before and after the exercise with a semiconductor point thermometer. Here is the result.
There was a very significant change of temperature’ at Laogong (P 8) before and after the
exercise (P<0. 01), the average temperature increasing by 1. 3°C; temperature on Baihui (Du
20) increased by 1°C; temperature on the middle fingertip and Yintang (Extral) increased by

0. 7° C and 0. 8°C respectively; temperature oh Sanyinjiao (Sp 6) decreased by 0. 1°C. The
increase of skin temperature of acupoints shows that the qigong exercise can promote blood
circulation and expand the capillary.

According to the above tests we can conclude.

1. The qigong exercise can excite the cardiac functional potential, i > WG 170 function test is
a measurement for the quantitative exercise tolerance test of the heart function. PWGuo value
is depended on the heart volume, and people who have a larger volume gained higher power,
which increased by 148% after the exercise than before. It shows that the qigong exercise can
bring cardiac reserve into full play, increasing the cardiac systole and diastole volume, and

, enhancing the heart muscle contractive power.

2. When those who did the exercise bore a smaller physiological loading intensity, their
heart rate is 128% of that in the resting state, helpful to lighten the burden of the heart and
decrease the myocardial oxygen consumption. This exercise is advisable for the weak old

j people and for those having chronic diseases, especially heart trouble.

3. The acupoint thermal effect was markedly seen during the exercise. The increase of
acupoint skin temperature is helpful to increase the excitability of the muscle and nervous

j system and to heighten metabolism and cardiovascuclar function.

• 70 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

SPECULATION ON THE MEDIA OF QIGONG

Manaka , Yoshio (Kitasa to, Institute. Sir oganc 5-9-1. » Minato-ku, Tokyo, Japan)

Qigong exercise is not mere physical training, and qigong treatment is not a simple
physiotherapy. What is essentiacl is that qigong procedure is an art in which qi plays an
important role. However, it is not easy to define it with scientific terms. The author has
much interest in the “biological information system” and the “media” which are unbelievably
minute and accurate in the system, but often too fine to detect them in detail. The author has
enough reason to believe that certain part of the concepts of qi indicates such delicate biological
information media which have many characteristics in common with qi , untouchable, invisible
or inaudible, yet one can recognize their functions one way or another.

The author proposes several topics about some biological information media which might
give certain suggestions to explain the modus operandi of the qi activities.

(1) OMURA^s TEST applied to the abdominal diagnosis.

(2) MANAKA*s COLOUR-TEST of the five element points.

(3) KATSUMATA’s molecular wave. -
( 4 ) K ATSUMATA’s afterimage-agent
(5)MANAKA/s series-effect

(1) OMURA ? s 0-RING-TEST*consists of “a” input and “b” output. For example, if one
touches a point where pathological occurrence exists, “a” input causes finger muscle tonus
reduction, “a” is too minute to be called as nervous stimulation to occur nervous reflex. It is
just an agent in the information system. The author has verified the fact that if one gives a
right signal on a right point on the extremities, it can affect the concerned point on the
abdominal area and one can check it with OMURA’s test on the point in question.

(2) In 1986 Manaka demonstrated the fact that if one applies the five element points with
proper colouring, i. e. red on the the fire point, yellow on the earth point, white on the
metal point and so on, these effects can be checked by OMURA’s test.

(3) Katsumata demonstrated in 1987 that any molecules of asymmetric structure emerge
a wave while spinning, and studied the charactaristics of the wave. It could affect the
OMURA ? s,test either.

(4) Katsumata also proved if a substance stayed at one position for a certain period, there
remained so-called molecular wave alias (aftemirage agent).

• 71 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rp00701 080001-1

(5) In 1988 Manaka demonstrated that if one gave signals in certain series, they caused

particular (therapeutic) effect. It might give explanation to that particular formula of
movement of qigong which has special effect.

THE DIFFERENCE OF DIRECTION OF QI
CIRCULATION IN THE SMALL QI CYCLE
BETWEEN MAN AND WOMAN

Toshihiko Yayama, Tomohiro Shiramizu and Klyosi Inoki chi

(Saga Prefectural Hospital, Kouseikan, Japan)

The function of the human body is controlled by twelve main meridians which are
divided into six yang meridians and six yin meridians. Yang meridians are superintended by the
Du Meridian and yin Meridians by the Ren Meridian. To obtain the circulation of the energy
or qi along the Du and Ren Meridians is said the small qi cycle. When small qi cycle has been
achieved , the stagnation of qi in the twelve main meridian is dissolved , . and the flow of qi in
the human body goes around smoothly. The achievement of small qi cycle is one of the
important purposes in qi training. Rut the process to accomplish this is not clear yet, it is
difficult for common people to do it, and furthermore, the real meaning of it is not
elucidated. We have practised various classical qi training to make clear the process of the
small qi cycle. Traditionally , it had been suggested that the flow of qi in the small qi cycle
ascended along the Du Meridian and descended along the Ren Meridian, But because we feel
the . discrepancy between man and woman in our training process, we build up a new
hypothesis that in woman the flow of qi in the small qi cycle ascends along the Ren Meridian
and descends along the Du Meridian. We report here the data that testify this hypothesis and
make the proposal that this hypothesis is useful to achieve the small qi cycle.

Materials and methods;

The subjects were fifty healthy adult men and fifty healthy adult women. The direction
of qi flow in the small qi cycle was measured by means of O-RING TEST (Omura’s test) , by
using the stimulations of magnetic force or ultrasonic scanning on the Da and Ren Meridians.
It is said that by this O-RING TEST the biological effects of subtle stimulation can be detected
as the alteration of the finger muscle strength. Though the mechanism of this O-RING TEST
is not revealed, it is known that the benificial stimulations enhance the finger muscle
• 72 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

strength , but the harmful stimulations weaken it. The subjected person made a circle using the
thumb and an index finger (O-RING) , and the examiner also made O-RING with the same
fingers of each hands passing through the subject's O-RING. We measured the degree of
separation of the subject's O-RING fingers pulling toward right side and left side by the
examiner's O-RING before and during the stimulations by the magnetic force or the ultrasonic
scanning on the Du and Ren Meridians.

Result *

1. Ninety-eight percent of the subjects altered their finger muscle strength by the stimulation
by the magnetic force or the supersonic scanning on the Du or Ren. Meridian.

2. The men's finger muscle strength was enhanced by the stimulation of the magnetic force or
the ultrasonic scanning ascending in the Du Meridian and descending in the Ren Meridian, but
the women's was weakened.

■ 3. The man's finger muscle strength was weakened by the stimulation ascending in the Ren
Meridian and descenting in the Du Meridian, but the woman's was enhanced.

4. Two subjected persons on whom the stimulation had no effects reported that they realized
the small qi cycle in high degree.

5. The persons who developed the qi felt that the progressive stimulation which enhanceed the
finger muscle strength was comfortable, but the regressive stimulation which weakened the
finger muscle strength was discomfortable , and they also felt some tenderness on some
meridians by the regressive stimulation.

Discussion :

The stimulation of the magnetic force and the ultrasonic scanning, which cannot be
precepted, can make some effects on the human body. If the qi in the human body goes
around smoothly by the stimulation, the finger muscle strength can be enhanced. It is
revealed that the direction of the magnetic force and the ultrasonic scanning which enhance the
finger muscle strength is reversed between man and woman. This fact may be one ground for
the new hypothsis that the direction of the qi flow in the small qi cycle is reversed in man and
woman. The small qi cycle may be achieved more facilely considering the difference of the
current between man and woman stimulatied by the magnetic force or the supersonicn
scanning. And the application of the small qi cycle toward health care may develop.

• 73 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rj)00701 080001-1

TREATMENT EFFECT AND TENTATIVE WORKING
THEORIES OF AUTONOMOUS QIGONG EXERCISE

Everlyn Fung Lee, (National Taiwan University, Taiwan, China)

A fairly simple method has been developed to turn on somebody to exercise autonomously
by him or her following his or her own flow of qi.

Based on yoga exercises and the modified yoga routine gradual conditioned reflex

the trainee would autonomously and subconsciously promote qi flow

By continuous practicing the atounomous exercise, one feels better either physically or

mentally, especially to those with diseases. Some with hemiplegia woulc gain muscle power to

their weaker limbs. Some with arthritis would lessen their pain or even become symptoms

free. Some with toxic hyperthyroidism would become less agitated emotionally and symptomes

free. Some with cancer still receiving radiotherapy or chemotherapy , would have less

complications after each treatment, namely, they would find their leukocyte count lower but

less than before and arise again much quicker. They also feel they can tolerate much more to

their treatment. To the ones with acute or chronic injury, they would make their own qi flow

to the local regions and to the corresponding points.

How can the autonomous exercise come to work and why it has such benefit to one’s
health? As a medical professional, I can only use my own scientific thinking logic to
approach. I think I have come to an assumption very close to the fact.

First of all, you have to find a quiet place, avoid all kinds of external stimuli, and
also, prepare your mind to a quiet and relax state, then follow the instruction, do relaxing
exercise to warm up the body and relax all the joints, gradually let go of yourself, let your
feeling float up, and follow your feeling. If you feel your body wants tc move, let it be.

It is more tentative to explain why it works.

The human mind is controlled by two aspects, namely, conscious level and subconscious
level. Conscious level controls the irritation coming from the outside wodd, but subconscious
level controls the irritation coming from inside of our body. In conscioui level, we think and
do things accordingly. We think it is logic, and order our body to do so. If the body can
tolerate, usually the body would not complain, though it might not be absolutely good to the
body. In subcouscious level, we feel and let the body express as it desires. It is the true voice
• 74 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-OO792R0OO7O1 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

of the body.

In the modern way of living, people usually rush their lives, they use more ordering in
conscious level, suppressing their feeling, and they think they are taken care of their health,
actually, they may do more harm than good.

Autonomous exercise , in the contrary way , allows the body to express its own voice and
the exercise is following the body’s own demand. Of course it works wonderfully.

Qi seems to be a hidden part of the body structure, waiting to be found. Therefore qi is
born with. Qi should be a very active system since birth, but gradually loses its function after
one is growing up by not knowing how to use this system. Since it is built in, qi can be arisen
by any form of qigong practice, autonomous exercise is only one of them.

A STUDY OF STRENGTH FEAT CONCERNING THE
HUMAN SELF-CURATIVE POWER

Wang Chuan-Fu (Taiwan, China)

Human beings are born to an innate ability to resist diseases , called “ self- -curative power”.
Such power keeps our body permanently in normal and healthy condition. In physiology , such
strength is also designated “homeostasis” . This power can enable the body to produce
resistance against illnesses, eliminate causes of disease and facilitate the body recovered.

The function of both physicians and medicine docs not lie in curing diseases directly but
in helping such curative power do execution. Provided the body is possessed of great self-
curative power”, it would not experience any illness. Even though sick, it can also be
recovered within a -short time. Such power is so integral that we should increase and stimulate
it every day. In such way, the genuine avenue to health can be reached.

The way to health is composed of four elements; air, sunlight, water and
electromagnetic wave. It goes without saying that air, sunlight and water are very important.
As far as the electromagnetic wave is concerned, it is a very significant treasure, verified
recently by scientists. In addition to sunlight , the sun also radiates a kind of magnetic wave
of six million meter length. For billions of years, the incessant illumination of sun magnetic
wave makes the earth turn out to be an enormous magnetic field. Due to the illumination of
the magnetic wave on the earth, the iron material in the body is subject to magnetization
which effects the blood circulation in order to keep growth of life. The magnetic waves of

• 75 *

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

both the sun and the earth are natural superlong waves, integral to the maintenance of human
health. However, the function of our body is decaying day by dry, so is the natural
resistance therein. In order to restore health, the magnetic wave, si ould be reinforced for
health-keeping and disease-curing effect.

From the medical viewpoint, such methods as receiving injection and taking medicine can
be called chemical therapy , also known as “first medicine” . On the other hand, some people
discover the curing methods like massage, sun bathing, hot-spring bath, which can be called
physical therapy , also recognized as “second medicine” . The first anc second medicines may
be available for superficial therapy, but infeasible for basic cure. Since the first and second
medinines are facing an invisible wall which will not be broken through unless the magnetic
wave increases as an auxiliary.

According to the evidences of clinic tests undertaken by such famous medical institutions
as the Medical College of Roman University, the magnetic line of force cannot only enhance
health, offer power but increase the human self-curative power to a lirge extent, make the
abonrmal neurotic system adjusted, provide blood circulation, create new cells and renew
tissues in the body.

Different from ordinary electric currents, the electromagnetic wave can flow beyond the'
surface of objects. It is also unlike X ray because the latter cannct penetrate the bones
whereas the electromagnetic wave can reach deep into the muscle, fats , the internal parts of
marrow and release neurotic tension. Such electromagnetic wave will ne ver cause any unplea-
sant feelings, for example, pain or shock, etc. On the contrary, it will result in comfortable
and warm vibration. Such vibrant phenomenon gives rise to what is called Joule’s heat, which
can strenghten the function of cells and produce analgesic and anti-inflammatory function.
Passing through the internal tissues, the electromagnetic wave will create the induction current
so as to further the metabolism of tissues and ensure its vitality. Besides, by going through
the tissues in the body , the electromagnetic wave can keep the internal secretions normal and
each organ healthy.

The electromagnetic wave magnetizes the iron material in the body, forwards the
function of blood circulation and reinforces the circulation action of lypmh. In such a way,
the fresh blood is endowed with the ability to transport nutrients fully aid the whole cells are
provided with resources of energy. At the same time, owing to the vibration of the iron in the
red corpuscles, the cholesterin in the vessels is removed little by little so that such diseases as
hypertension and paralysis will therefore obtain the fundamental prevention. Most important,
it can increase the self-curative power in our body , make the human body produce strong
• 76 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R600701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

resistance against diseases and get rid of fatigue as rapidly as possible. If under the appropriate
guidance of expert physicians to the proper accompaniment of the first medicine of chemical
therapy and the second one of physical therapy, the so-called third medicine of magnetic wave
therapy will be undountedly reinforced in view of its medical effect. The feat of strength is,
in fact, the eletromagnetic wave, because the feeling of strength is heat, electricity (static
current) and magnetic field (power) , which are combined into the electromagnetic wave.
What the feat of strength means is by enhancing the electromagnetic wave in the human body
under the control of human consciousness. The feat of strength in itself is a traditional name,
the scientific designation of which is the electromagnetic wave. Accordingly, the curing and
reinforcing effect of the feat of strength is also that of the electromagnetic wave as described
above.

The feat of strength used by this sect is characterized by the personal performance of the
teacher to imbue his own power as acquired by his own cultivation into the body of students
for molding a body of strength, reinforcing its power, opening simultaneously the requisite
blood circulation , make the students accopmlish their body of strength and furthermore
applying it to the treatment of diseases on oneself or others.

This sect of strength feat can cure not only the diseases of one*s own but those of others
to relieve them of pain, except for the patients with serious illnesses, who should be treated,
accopmanied by other above-mentioned therapies.

The feat of strength of this sect is derived from the electromagnetic wave in nature,
which can be assembled in the human body for reinforcing the body. Its supply is
inexhaustible and its application is limitless. It would never be involved in such drawback that
the strength will become weak if performed in an excessive degree, unlike current feats of
strength.

A PRIMARY STUDY OF THE INDUCING FUNCTION OF THE
EMITTED QI OF QIGONG ON THE BIOLOGICAL COMPOSITION
OF a-AMYLASE IN WHEAT SEEDS

Liu Haitao et al

(Weifang Medical College, Shandong province, China)

This paper is a primary study about the biological effect of the emitted qi of qigong on the

• 77 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : Cl A-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792RQ00701 080001-1

basis of enzyme study. According to known reports, we know that the emitted qi of qigong can
raise the budding rate of rice seeds. Our experiment also shows that supplying the emitted qi to
wheat seeds and corn seeds for a period of time can affect them when they later begin
budding. If the purpose of the qigong supplier is to promote the budding, the budding rate may
be comparatively enhanced. The budding process of seeds is a very complex physiological and
biochemical one. What actual segment the emitted qi affects is something still unkwown.

Wheat seeds contain 72 percent starch, which is a fairly high amount. The starch
hydrolyzes and becomes the main source of nourishing matter needed by the embryo’s growth.
The hydrolysis of starch calls for a-amylase and 3-amylase. 3-amylase exists even before the
budding of the seeds, and it forms quickly when the seeds are swelling and it is formed from
the zymogen which formerly existed in the endosperm. Usually it begins to show its vitality
three hours after swelling. The porduction of a-amylase is more complex; when the see^s
bud, the embryo produces gibber ellin (GA) . GA is transported to the endosperm and
promotes the composition of some particular mRNA , therefore translatin g a particular protein-
— a-amylase. It shows its vitality much later than 3-aniylase, as it shows after the seeds are
drenched for 24 hours. The inductivity of GA to a-amylase is a very specific reaction. If we
deprive the seeds of their embryos, without the inductivity of GA the seeds cannot produce a-
amylase. The exogenous GA has* a similar inducing function.

Before the experiment we cut off the embryos of the wheat seeds and cultivated them for
28 hours. After supplying the emitted qi to the experimental group, the seeds were cultivated
for another 21 hours. Then the amylase vitality of the seeds was tested and compared with
that of the control group. The result is that the difference between them is not obvious (P>
0. 05) . The experiment was repeated. In addition to the gigong group and the control group,
we had two other groups; the group of seeds supplied with GA, the g'oup of seeds supplied
with the emitted qi and GA. After using the emitted qi for 40 hours, the vitality of each
group was tested respectively, and the results were compared. We found that the vitality of
the group supplied with the emitted qi was much higher than that of the control group (P<C
0. 05) and the emitted qi did not have much effect on the GA treated group (P<C0. 05) . The
experiment shows that the emitted qi can affect the vitality of wheat seeds. The influence
shows very obvious after the supplying of the emitted qi for a comparatively long period
(more than 24 hours) . This matches with the fact that a-amylase shows its vitality after a
long period. We can draw a primary conclusion; the emitted qi of qigog mainly has an effect
on the vitality of a-amylase. In the study of the inducing function of GA on the biological
composition of a-amylase it is believed that GA takes part in the translating process of
• 78 *

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R 300701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

protein. The emited qi has the same inducing function as GA. Its mechanism might also have
something to do with this. Besides, when GA exists, the inducing function of the emitted qi is
not obvious, which also shows that they may compete with each other, just because they have
a similar affecting point in the composition of a-amylase.

This experiment is only a primary study of the microcosmic mechanism of the biological
effect of qigong* Its conclusion needs to be supported by other scientific experiments.

EFFECTS OF THE EMITTED QI ON THE SPONTANEOUS
DISCHARGES OF CEREBELLAR NEURONS IN RATS

Yao Yuzhong, Zhang Jinmei, Liu Gangquan and Wang Liwei

( Sun YaKscn University of Medical Sciences, Guangzhou, China)

The cerebellums of 12 rats were exposed under anaesthesia. The spontaneous discharges
of cerebellar neurons were recorded with glass microelectrodes. According to the request of the
experimental designer to excite or inhibit the neuronal discharges, the qigong master emitted his
qi with different mind power to the animal from a distance of 1-2 meters for 1-2 minutes.
After the frequency of discharges was restored to the original level, the above procedure was
repeated once or twice. An untrained person imitated the qigong master to give off his qi as a
control.

The mean value of interspike interval was analyzed by a computer. The effects of the
emitted qi were compared with that of the control group. 25 neurons were measured, 6 of
whicli showed excitatory responses on the excitatory mind power of the qigong master. Their
discharge frequencies increased. The mean interspike interval shortened from the original 84
ms to 16 ms (P<C0. 05) . 8 neurons showed inhibitory responses to the inhibitory mind power
of the qigong master. Their discharge frequencies decreased and the mean interspike interval
increased from the original 12.6 ms to 211.6 ms (P < 0. 05) . 9 neurons showed a
bidirectional response , i. e. both excitatory responses to the excitatory mind power and
inhibitory responses to the inhibitory mind power. The mean interspike interval for the former
shortened from the original 83. 1 ms to 32. 6 ms (P<0. 05), and for the latter increased
from the original 24.5 ms to 491.2 ms (P<0. 05) . 2 neurons, anyhow, showed no
response to both kinds of intentions. In control experiments , the mimic qi did not cause any
change.

The onset of neuron responses to the emitted qi was different in different neurons and

• 79 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R|)00701 080001-1

could be divided into two patterns. One pattern was with rapid onset. tTh$ response appeared
as soon as the qigong master entered the laboratory and became more intense during the action
of the emitted qi . The other type was with late onset. The response started 1-2 minutes after

the beginning of the action of the emitted qi. Yet both types had a corjnmon characteristic of
the after-effect. The response continued and lasted 1-|- minutes to 1-jj- hours after the
ceasstion of the emission of qi.

The results mentioned above indicate (1) The emitted qi is en objective biological
message. (2) The effect of the emitted qi on the spontaneous discharges of the cerebellar
neurons in rats varies. It can cause excitatory, inhibitory and bidirectional responses of the
neurons. And these responses are controlled by the mind power of the qigong master. (3)
There is a period of after-effect of the emitted qi on the discharges of the neurons after the
cessation of the emission of qi.

CHANGES OF SKIN TEMPERATURE DURING EMI!

SION OF QI

Tokuo Ogawa (Aichi Medical University , Japan)
Shigemi Hayashi (Chinese- Japanese Institute of Qigong )
Norihiko Shinoda (Shakti Acupuncture Clinic, Japan)
Norikazu Ohnishi (Aichi Medical University, Japan)

The concept of qi is philosophical or psychological and its efficacy has been poorly
evidenced scientifically. Previously we examined effects of Nei-i^igong on cutaneous
autonomic nervous activities and demonstrated changes in skin temperature and sweat rate
during the practice of qigong • In the present study, we observed changes of skin temperature
of the hands of the qigong master and the recipient during the emission of qi by means of
infrared thermography. The effect of the combination of quiescent and dynamic qigong was
also examined.

Methods* Experiments were carried out with cooperation of two qigong masters, one male
and one female, and several volunteers of both sexes as recipients of the emitted qi. A few of
the latter had been practicing qigong for some time. In a climatic chamber controlled at the air
temperature of 23° C and the relative humidity of 40 % 9 the qigong master was directed to
practice the quiescent qigong and emit his qi. Qi was transmitted to the tip of the second and
third fingers and emitted towards the meridian point , Laogong (P 8) or Hegu (L 14) of the
• 80 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Ri)00701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

recipient. During the whole session, skin temperatures of the hands and fingers of both the
master and the recipient were monitored by an infrared color thermograph (Fujitsu Infra-Eye
160). The same practice was repeated immediately after the dynamic qigong practice.

Results: The skin temperatures of the palm and fingers elevated after the start of the
qigong exercise. Transmission of qi to the peripheries reached the maximum in 3-4 min. , the
temperature was as high as 4°C. They returned to the original level within a few minutes
after the cessasion of the exercise.

Soon after the start of qi emission towards Laogong (P 8) area, the palmar temperature
of the recipient began to rise and the maximum rise up to 4° C was reached in 4-5 min.
Occasionally, the skin temperature of the recipient’s palm became higher than that of the
master’s fingertips. A trend was noted that the skin temperature of a trained recipient elevated
more readily than that of an untrained recipient. The skin temperature of the recipient
lowered to the original level in several mintues after qi emission was discontinued. Qi emission
towards the Hegu (LI4) area was less effective than that towards the Laoqong area, and only
a rise of 1-2°C in its vicinity was observed.

The skin temperature of the hands of the qigong master showed a considerable rise after 1
the practice of the dynamic qigong was completed. Howerver, the effects of the exercise as
well as that of qi emission were similar to those before the dynamic qigong practice.

Discussion; The inner energy, qi, is said to be accumulated at the fingertips by the
practice of qigong and emitted to the hand of the recipient by the practice of qi emission, but
the entity of the emitted qi has not been clarified. It may be possibly to assume that qi
comprises electromagnetic waves including ample far-infrared spectra. It should be considered ,
however, that radiant heat dissipation from the recipient’s hand may be blocked by the
master’s fingers and the recipient may be unconsciously practicing qi transmission to the hand
by his (or her) mental concentration during the session.

Dynamic qigong showed no immediate effect on the efficacy of the qigong exercise as well
as qi emission practice on the skin temperature. However, it may augment the efficacy of the
qigong training.

• 81 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

A BIOENERGY STUDY OF THE CHINESE MERIDIAN SYSTEM
IN PHYSIOLOGICAL CONDITION— AN OBSERVATION OF 483
HEALTHY HUMAN SUBJECTS

Julia J. Tsuei, Chieh Chung, Frederick M, K. Lam, Jr. and Ming-pi Mi

(Center for East-West Medicine, University of Hawaii at Manoa, Honolulu, Hawaii, U. S. A. )

The electric and magnetic nature of the human body has long been recognized by
traditional Chinese medical practitioners. It has been proved by a lot of researchers in their
experiments. They find that the points known as “acupuncture points” have a lower electrical
impedance and a higher electrical conductivity than the adjacent areas.

This paper intends to discuss the bioenergetic measurement of the normal population in
different gender and age groups.

348 male and 135 female subjects of varying age were recruited.

To study the bioelectric activities of the body the principles of the electroacupuncture
method according to Voll were used. With this method the authors selected two groups of
points— whole-body acupuncture points and specific acupuncture points and compared the
whole-body points with the the specific points to find out the key of biol Dgical energy.

As regards the influences of age and gender to the biological energy, it is very interesting
to observe that the values of the whole-body measurement points in males were higher than
that in the females and, by using the regression study the relationship with age was found to
be linear in males but of significant in three-out-of-four measurements in females. Since this
means that the measurement value decreases with an increase in age, it fits the general
observation of the difference between genders in vitality and activity; with an increase in age
it fits the general observation of the differece between genders in vitality and activity; with
higher age, the energy of the males decreases, but in the females it is less obvious. On the
other hand, there is no significant relationship in gender and age iii measurement of the
specific points. This further indicates that the two groups of points are measuring two levels of
biological energy of the body; the whole-body points may present the general biological energy
and the specific points are expressing the bioenergy of a specific organ. It may be that the
bioenergetic activity of a specific organ is expressed through this measurement by changing the
conductivity and the permselectivity of the specific points on the skin.

It is hoped by the authors that these findings would be important for considerations in
medical diagnosis.

• 82 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rp00701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

EFFECTS OF QIGONG ON CEREBRAL BLOOD
FLOW (CBF) AND EXTREMITIC BLOOD FLOW(EBF)

(Zhao Baofeng Beidaihe Qigong Rehabilitation Hospital, Hebei, China)

In order to probe some characteristic physiological changes on the human body under the
qigong state , and to probe the length of the time the practiser of qigong must need according to
this data, the CBF, EBF etc. were checked on 25 patients who practised qigong exercises to
compare with 10 patients in the control group. During this experiment, we got initial
significant results.

Out of the 25 patients, 10 practise Zhoutiangong , 5 internal qigong , , 5 Xuminggong , 5
Fenxin&ryonggong . They did the qigong exercises four times daily, one hour for each. At the
same time, they must do Daoyiimng qigong to prevent deviation, each time for half an hour.

Before the qigong exercise, each patient was examed of CBF, stroke volume (SV) , upper
limb blood flow (ULBF), lower limb blood flow (LLBF) and breathing frequency (BF) .
Then they did the exercise under the guide of a qigong master. Two months later, the
percentage of each item under the qigong state and normal physiological state was calculated.
The control group was examed and calculated in the same way.

Through observation there was no marked difference in CBF, ULBF, LLBF and BF in 5
minutes or 10 minutes after the qigong state either in the qigong group or in the control group.

Two months after the qigong exercise, the BF, CBF in the qigong group decreased by 26
percent , 3. 9 percent respectively. The BF and CBF in the control group decreased by 3. 9,
1. 6 percent respectively (P<70. 01) . There was remarked difference on statistics. This shows
that the slowed CBF and decreased BF are two important items in the qigong state.

Although the BF and CBF have droped remarkably 5 minutes under the qigong state, the
BF and CBF have increased 3. 2 percent and 0. 2 percent respectively 10 minutes earlier. This
indicates that these people are in the primary stage, conforming to the ancient saying “the
primary stage needs 100 days in Xiaozhoutian” . In other words, the qigong practisers who are
at the beginning stage at least do the qigong exercise for two months.

Clinically, 10 oftt of the qigong group suffered from different chronic disease. After two
months of practising Zhoutiangong , they all recovered to some extent. 2 out of 10 were cured,

7 were on the mend. Only one patient failed. This tells us that the Zhoutiangong is effective to
some chronic disease.

• 83 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

A CLINICAL AND LABORATORY STUDY OF THE
EFFECT OF QIGONG ANAESTHESIA ON THYROIDECTOMY

Lin Houshen

(Shanghai Qigong Institute, Shanghai, China)

Qigong anaesthesia (hereafter called QA) has recently presented satisfactory results in the
resection of thyriod gland tumour and operations on tongue cysts. It has been shown by
experiments that QA has sedative and analgesic effects.

The cilnical results are obvious. Once when I was emitting my qi Irom the centre of my
palm to treat a patient of stomach cancer, I found coincidentely that his pain was relieved
immediately. This hints that the emitted qi has a certain effect of relieving pain. With the
same kind qi I treated a patient of schizophrenia when he went to sleep within less than five
minutes sitting on the bench. This indicates the emitted qi has the sedat ve effect. The above
phenomena in the clinic inspired the assumption to make use of qigong as an anaesthetic in
performing the resection of thyroid gland tumour and cyst.

The cilnical applications of QA have won success. From May to Ju re in 1980, 34 cases
of resection of the thyroid gland tumour and cyst were successfully operated on under QA with
the assistance of the Shanghai No 8 People’s Hospital, the affiliated Shuguang Hospital and
Longhua Hospital attached of the Shanghai College of Traditional Chinese Medicine, the
Zhongsan Hospital and the E. N. T. Hospital the Shanghai Medical University, and the Hefei
No 1 People’s Hospital. Judged by the Anaesthetic Effect Standards stipulated at the National
Conference of Acupuncture Anaethesia, 17 cases reached grade I; 14 cases grade II; 3 cases
grade III. Grade I and II accouted for 91. 1%, showing that QA had fairly good effects in
surgery.

Experiments have to be done for further study. I emitted my qi from the centre of my
palm to a rabbit about 10 cm away, aiming at a certain acupuncture point. As the rabbit
received my qi , its cellular electric pulse changed greatly. Meanwhile the temperature on the
tip of its nose raised 3°C. I emitted my qi through the centre of my palm which was about
one metre away form a liquid crystal board and turned its colour from black to blue.
Experimenting on a thermal imaging system, I emitted the same qi from about 1 metre away.
The photos produced by this system showed that there was a ring of light around Laogong (P
8) in the centre of my palm, and the skin temperature at Laogong (P 8) increased 2. 8°C.
Emitting my qi to colonies of fluorescent germs about 15 cm away, I made the germs give out

• 84 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R300701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

68% more light. My palm was put in front of a low temperature infrared tester about 1
metre away when qi was emitted from Laogong (P 8) . The instrument showed that this is a
kind of infrared magnetic wave modulated by low frequency. I issued my qi for 30 patients
when they were treated. Meanwhile, a control group who did not receive QA was established
to observe the effect of QA on the pain threshold. There existed great difference in the pain
threshold between the patients who had accepted QA and those who had not. The L-EK
determination was also performed before and after QA, showing a significant post GA increase
in the L-EK content. The average rate raised per person was that in one case, before and
after the giving of QA, blood samples had been taken to rule out the possibility of the
influence of other factors such as surgical stimulus, L-EK still raised 30%. From the foresaid
example we can see the emitted qi can promote recepients’ L-EK to release, so to elicit the
analgesic effect. As to the different influences of QA and drug anaesthesia over NK cells, we
compared the immune activity of NC cells in 4 QA cases with that in 4 cases receiving drug
anaesthesia. It was found that in the QA group, the NC immune activity was weaker before
QA than in the QA process. In the drug anaesthesic group, however, the finding was just the
opposite. This indicates that QA is an unharmful anaesthesia.

Three qigong doctors’ ATP and energy were determined before and after QA. It was
found that QA resulted in tremendous reduction of ATP, their contents implying that QA
performance was a strong energy consumption process.

QA, as a trial following the experiment of acupunctural anaesthesia, has shown certain
clinical results. Our experiments have perliminarily explored its material basis and analgesic
mechanism and laid a foundation for further study.

A RESEARCH ON “ANTI-AGING” EFFECT OF QIGONG

Wang Chongxing, Xu Dinghai, Qian Yusheng and Kuang Ankun

(Shanghai Institute of Hypertension, Shanghai, China)

Substantial data have shown that with the increase of age, the organism degrades
gradually and aging causes diseases, which in turn accelerates the aging process, forming a
vicious cycle. It is advisable in the anti-aging research to combine intimately the anti-aging
methods with the procedures for prevention and treatment of the geriatric disesaes. Since 1958
We have focused on a research of qigong for the prevention and treatment of geriatric diseases

• 85 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

and anti-aging process. Here is a preliminary report.

1. 204 hypertension patients were randomly divided into the qigoig group ( qigong with
small dosage of antihypertensive drugs, N = 104) and the control group (with small dosage of
antihypertensive drugs only, N = 100), there is a comparability in age, sex, occupation,
duration and stage of disease, blood pressure levels, program and directions for drug
administration between two groups. After a period of 20 years, foil mv-up results were as
follows: (1) • The effective rates in the qigong and the control groups were 85. 00-90. 20%
and 66. 67—69. 07% respctively (P<C0. 05—0. 001) . (2) During thj period of 20 years,
accumulative mortality rate in the qigong group was 17. 31%, its stroke mortality rate was
11. 54%, while in the control group, they were 32. 00% and 23. 00% respectively. Both
rates in the qigong group were much lower than that in the control group (P<0. 05—0. 001) .
(3) 20 years follow-up showed that the blood pressure levels gradually rised in the control
group, while it was relatively stable in the qigong group (4) When hypertension was
controlled, various accompanying geriatic diseases (e. g. coronary heart disease and diabetes)
and aging manifestation were relieved. These results indicate that jigong is an effective
measure for preventing and treating geriatric diseases, and anti-aging process.

2. With the application of the biocybernetical principle and method of a computer

analysis, the EEG of 220 subjects was made. All the subjects were divided into four groups.
83 healthy adults, 42 healthy aged, 33 hypertensive patients practising qigong and 62
hypertensive patients who didn't practise qigong. Analysis indexes included height and width of
low frequcency power spectrum, high power spectrum of Q band, frecucency shift of power
spectrum peak of a band and amplitude smoothing of transfer function. Experiment showed
that the incidence of abnormal indexes in the aged group was higher i han that in the adult
group, while the incidence of abnormal indexes in the hypertensive group was the highest in
the aged group. In the hypertensive group, the incidence of abnormal indexes of EEG
information was 40.3%, 48.4%, 19.4% and 41.9% respectively, while in the qigong

group, they were 27. 3% , 30. 0% , 0% and 33. 3% , respectively. The above results indicate
that qigong plays a major role in the improvement of the brain function of the hypertensive
aged patients.

3. Abnormality of sex hormones was an important cause in disesaes and aging process.

(1) The concentration of estradiol and estradiol (E2) /testosterone (T) ratio in the

plasma of 70 male patients with hypertension was higher than those of the healthy male
subjects. These patients were allocated to the qigong (N-42) and control groups (N = 28) .
After one year treatment, E levels, E2/T ratio in plasma of patien:s in the qigong group
• 86 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

decreased 22. 41 + 4. 14 (pg/ml) and 4. 83 + 1. 28 (x 10“ 3 ) respectively, whereas there was
no significant change in the control group.

(2) Female aging process was associated with failure of the ovarian function manifasted
by decreased estradiol and testosterone levels.

The levels of sex hormones in plasma were measured in 22 menopaused femele patients
with hypertension. After one year treatment, the decreased concentration of E2 and T was
elevated and values determined were 51. 6 ± 3. 5 (pg/ml) and 37. 2 + 2. 2 (ng/dl)
respectively.

These results suggest that qigong can regulate the abnormal sex hormones though the
patterns in males and females are somewhat opposite. Qigong can nourish the essence of life,
reinforce the kidney and delay aging process.

4. From the theroy of TCM, premature aging is mainly due to the imbalance of yin and
yang . According to the physiological function and the nature of two-direction regulation of
cAMP and cGMP, there is an interioar relation between cyclic nucleotides changes and yin
and yan deficiency. The level of plasma cAMP in the ^in-deficiency group was elevated,
while in the yang- deficiency group the level of plasma cGMP was elevated and cAMP/ CGMP
ratio was decreased.

70 hypertensive patients were diveded into ^-deficiency (N = 32) and
yang- deficiency (N = 38) types based on traditional Chinese medical classification. Each of
the two types was subdivided into the qigong and control group. After one year of qigong
practice, the elevated cAMP level tended to decrease in the ^-deficiency patients, while the
elevated cGMP also tended to decrease and the lowered cAMP / cGMP ratio tended to rise in
the yang- deficiency patients, whereas, a significant change could be seen in the two control
groups. These results suggest that qigong can correct both yin deficiency and yang deficiency
syndromes and provide a scientific basis for the theories of tradictional Chinese medicine.

The above study indicates that qigong is an effective measure in preventing, treating
geriatric diseases and delay the aging process.

• 87 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R))00701 080001-1

A BENEFICIAL EFFECT OF QIGONG ON IMPROVING THE HEART
FUNCTION AND RELIEVING MULTIPLE
CARDIOVASCULAR RISK FACTORS

Wang Chongxing, Xu Dinghai, Qian Yuesheng and Huang Meiling
(Shanghai Institute of Hypertension, Shanghai, China)

Hyrertension is a common disease among the middle-aged and elderly people. It is also
one of the important risk factors for coronary heart disease (GHD) . In order to study the
effectiveness of qigong therapy in treating CHD, comparison of clinical and experimental study
of 120 cases of hypertension incorporated with CHD was performed. The paper presents the
results of a preliminary study of this subject.

1 > 1 20 cases of hypertension with CHD who had consistently taken antihypertensive drugs
were divided randomly into the qigong group ( qigong with small dosage of routine
antihypertensive drug N=60)and the control group (with routine antihyj»ertensive drug N=60
only) . There was a comparability in age, sex, course, blood pressure, retinopathy, ECG
manfestation , as well as administration of antihypertensive drug. After one year treatment,
in the qigong group blood pressure in 86.7% cases went down, 62.6% showed relief of
clinical symptoms. ECG manifesation improved in 52. 6% cases, while in the control group,
they were 65. 0%, 34. 8% and 22. 2% respetively (P<(0. 05 — 0. 001) . The result suggests
that qigong is effective to hypertention with CHD.

2. Systolic time interval (STI) was measured in 30 hypertensive patients with coronary
heart disease. Before practising qigong , the mean cardiac output (CO) was decreased, but the
mean total peripheral resistance (TPR) and ratio of PEF / LVP w ere increased. After
practising qigong for one year, the observated results showed that CO was increased, TPR was
decreased, and the ratio of FEF/LVEFP tended to be normal. Ultrasonic, cardiogram (UCG)
was also performed on 30 patients. Before practising qigong, the Ejection Fraction (EF) and
mean velocity of circumferential fiber lengthening (mvcf) was decreased. After one year’s
qigong practice, the EF and mvcf tended to be increased.

The results mentioned above indicate that qigong has a regulatory effect on haemodynamic
alteration as well as on improvement of the left ventricular function.

3. Before and after 6 months practice of qigong , plasma Dopamine-f -Hydroxylase activity
(DBH) was measured in 20 hypertensive patients. Before treatmen; mean plasma DBH

• 88 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

activity was 19. 67±1. 45Ip, after 6 months of practising qigong , mean plasma DBH activity
was 18. 27 ± 50I|i. (P < 0. 05) .It suggests that qigong can reduce the excitability of
sympathetic nervous activity.

4. Before and after qigong practice for 6 months, blood viscosity and platelet aggregate
were measured in 30 hypertensive patients. After 6 months of practising qigong , plasma TC
and Ch concentration were decreased, while plasma HDL-c level was increased significantly.

6. Plsama testosterone (T) and estrediol (F2) were measured by radio-immunoassay in
58 male patinets with hypertension. These patients were divided into the qigong group (N =
34) and the control group (N = 24) . After treatment (one year), the result was quite
different between the two groups, indicating that qigong has a definite regulatory effect on
abnomal sex hormones.

According to our past and present investigations, we believe that qigong plays a major role
in improving the heart function and relieving the mutiple cardiovascular risk factors and is an
effectice measure for preventing and treating CHD.

CHANGES OF CEREBRAL BLOOD FLOW AND
MICROCIRCULATION UNDER THE QIGONG STATE

Chu Weizhong et ai.

(Central Laboratory of Shanghai Qigong Institute, Shanghai, China)

In this paper the effect of a quiet mind (or mood stillness) and breath holding on
cerebral blood flow and microcirculation is reported and the qigong mechanism is discussed on
the basis of the relation between qi and blood.

1. Material;

115 patients suffering from different chronic diseases participated in this test. Among
them there were 55 men and 60 women, aged from 27-29. They learnt the qigong exercise
and became well cooperated during the examination. In addition, the microcirculation of 5
gunia pigs and 2 mice were also examined.

2. Method;

(l)State of relaxation and stillness.

We observed : A. Cerebral blood flow with an instrument of impedance electrogram

(bridge type) and amplitude of differentiation of electrical impedance. B. Registered

• 89 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

fingertip’s pulsation with a physiological recorder. C. The microci:
capillary with a 80 X anatomical microscope under a reflected cold light

(2) State of breath holding.

A. When the patients were entering the deep and slow breath:
examined the cerebral blood flow. B. we examined the microcirculati
laboratory animals during breath holding in the simulated qigong state.

3. Results;

(1) State of relaxation and stillness.

A. Cerebral blood flow ; 12 cases were examined with the bric(;
examined with differentiation, the amplitude obviously decreased in all
± 0. 05Q to 0. 123 + 0. 056Q (P<0. 05) and from 9. 75mm to 8.
respectively. 16 cases of the control group had very slight change frc|]
0.150 + 0. 05Q (P< 0. 05) . B. Fingertip pulsation; 34 cases w<
minutes after the qigong state, the pulsation increased from 9. 86 ±

7. 3mm (P<0. 001), and then gradually returned to the level beforj
Nail’s microcirculation; Total 26 cases were examined, in which 7 cases
nail became more clear, the number of capillary loops in 2 cases inc
loops increased in 8 cases and the speed of blood flow increased in 12
220. Op/sec. to 512. 5 + 254. 6p/sec. (P<0. 001).

(2) Breath holding state.

A. Cerebral blood flow ; In 49 cases with breath holding for 30 sej
amplitude increased from 0. 154 + 0. 06Q to 0. 170 + 0. 07Q (P<0.
deep breathing, the amplitude decreased form 0. 187 + 0. 05Q to 0. 165
B. Microcirculation of meninges in laboratory animals in simulated breaj:
showed vasodilatation and increased blood flow. But the breath holding
30 sec. , the blood flow gradually decreased from 30 Op/ sec. to 10 Op/
became sluggish and finally stopped;

4. Discussion;

(1) When patients entering the relaxation and stillness state, the c<
decreased and the peripheral circulation was improved.

(2) When patients were in the state of breath holding for 30 secj
flow was decreased (same to that of the laboratory animal) . The opi
holding was 15-20 sec.

(3) The above is due to the changes of qi and blood in the qigong stj

• 90 •

riculation of the nail’s

Source.

ing state, we again
on of the meninx in

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

ge type and 15 were
patients, from 0. 143
:63mm (P< 0.001)
m 0. 160 + 0. 05Q to
ere examined 6. 8—11
1. 28mm to 15. 75 ±
2 the qigong state. C.
capillary loops of the
r eased, the length of
(bases, from 315. 6 +

onds , the impedance
(|5) ; in 20 cases with
0. 05Q (P<0. 05).
h holding for 30 sec.
lasted for more than
$ec. and blood stream

:^rebral blood flow was

, the cerebral blood
fional time for breath

ate. The mechanism is

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

to be explored.

A STUDY OF TREATMENT OF SENSORINEURAL
HEARING LOSS BY QIGONG

Zhu Jiru and Pei Xirong

(ENT Hospital, Shanghai Medicine University, Shangnai Qigong Association, Shanghai, China)

42 cases (76 ears) were treated by the qigong therapy in our hospital from 1985-1986,
They had been treated by Westen medicine or tradifional Chinese medicine with failure.
Among them 34 cases were bilateral deafness, 8 were unilateral deafness. 30 cases were men,
12 were women. The average age was 43. 5 years old (from 20-70) and the average course

of deafness was 7. 2 years (from 3 months — 15 years).

Pattern; Wudang qigong was practised. It included three parts; the quiescent, dynamic
accessoy qigong exercises. The first one consisted of two forms; the Wuji form and Taiji
form; the second consisted of twelve movements; the third consisted of five movements. The
patients did the exercises collectively for one hour from 6-7 o’clock in the morming. The
practice lasted for 2 months and in this period no medication was given to improve hearing.

Criteria of effect; We used the average value of the air conduction of the speech
frequency (500, 1000, 2000 Hz) as the criterion of hearing . For elusion of errors we
adopted the same audiometry (DZ-IB type electric audiometer) , technician, time (8-9 A. M. )
and method of examination. Examination was done before and after the course of treatment.
For those who decided to do the exercise for 3 months, anotner audiometry was conducted in
the middle when the term ended. At least lOdB hearing increase was considered effective.

Therapeutic effect; Among 76 ears effectiveness was found in 18 ears (the effective rate
was 23. 7%), among which, the hearing of 6 cars increased more than 15dB (7. 9%) .
Among the 42 patients, 28 (54 ears) had tinnitus, which decreased subjectively in different

degrees to 29 ears (53. 7%)

Types of deafness and therapeutic effect; There are six types of deafness; Sudden
deafness, drug toxic deafness-, senile deafness, noise deafness, deafness due to multiple causes
and others. The last one includes hereditary deafness (2 cases, 4 ears), deafness after
radiotherapy for nasopharyngeal carcinoma (1 case, 2 ears) , deafness after brain concussion
(1 case, 2 ears) . According to the treatment qigong therapy was ineffective to the hereditary

• 91 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R300701 080001-1

deafness, poor effect to the drug toxic deafness and noise deafness, but it had better effect on
the senile deafness, 2 cases of which (4 ears) after doing qigong exercises for one and a half
month, had a decrease of speech frequency of air conduction for 7-10dIl in the first one and a
half months for qigong practice, but in another one and a half months, the hearing didn’t
continue to decrease. We assume that the qigong therapy may prevent the development of
senile deafness.

Types of deafness and therapeutic effect

Hea

ring increased at

Types of deafness

Cases

Ears

least 10 dB

Ear

Sudden deafness

22. 2

Drug toxic deafness

14. 3

Senile deafness

33. 3

Noise deafness

16. 7

Deafness due to multiples cause

20. 0

Others

25. 0

Total

23. 7

Duration of the qigong exercise and the therapeutic effect;

The duration of the qigong exercise varies from one month (13 cases) to 2 months (9
cases) and 3 months (20 cases) . The therapeutic effect was nearly the same for different
duration. We don’t know if prolonged practice can increase hearing.

Among the 20 cases (38 ears) which did the qigong exercise for 3 months, the average
value of the speech frequency of air conduction increased less than 5 dB i:r 5 ears (13. 2 %) ,
but at the low frequency (25 Hz) , the hearing increased 10-15dB (13dB on an average), at
the high frequency (4000Hz), the hearing increase over 5dB was never seen (hearing
decrease 1 dB on an average) . The increase of hearing at low frequency was an accidental
phenomenon. The cause remains to be explored. No side-effect was found in the exercise.

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rj)00701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

FURTHER EXPLORATION OF THE MECHANISM OF QIGONG
IN TREATING BRONCHIAL ASTHMA AND CHRONIC BRONCHITIS
WITH THE AID OF SEVERAL NEW TESTING METHODS

Huang Hua, Shen Bin, Shang Kezhong
(Shanghai No. 6 People’s Hospital, Shanghai, China)

Since 1958 we have used a combined treatment for bronchial asthma with Western and
traditional Chinese medicine, in which qigong takes a main role. From 19 70’s we extended this
combined treatment to chronic bronchitis. On the basis of a comparatively good clinical
effect, its mechanism has been further explored. In order to make more detailed clarification,
we have used three new testing methods in the past three years to test the amplitude of
diaphragmatic movement (by time distance or DT) and its form, the TcPO z and TcPCCh and
the variation of pulsating pressure of the fingertip arterioles (P. P. F. ) before and after the
qigong exercises. All showed significant difference. Here is the report summary:

1. Ventilatory movement of the right hemi-diaphragm studied by video-fluorography
correlated with qigong ; 24 cases skilled in the qigong exercises were observed. Among them, 11
cases did the relaxation qigong exercises, 13 did the “small qi cycle exercise” . Results of the
video-fluorograpgy showed the average value of the sum (DD) of distance travelled during
upward and downward movements of the diaphragm before the relaxation qigong was 54. 6mm
±14. 8mm; while that measured in performing of the relaxation qigong was 72. 6mm ±
23. 6mm, the statistical comparison of DD before and during the qigong exercises showed T=
2. 96 (P<0. 05) . For the small qi cycle exercises the average value of DD before the
performance was 46. 3mm ±24. 7mm; while during the qigong exercises the average value
was 95.4 ±57. 4mm. Statistcal comparison of DD before and during the small qi cycle
exercises showed T=3. 68 (P<0. 01) . Observation of the difference of the movement of
amplitude in the anterior, middle and posterior part of the diaphragm simultaneously : 1/3 of
the anterior was the smallest, 1/3 of the middle the largest and 1/3 of the posterior lies in
between the two. There was no sigificant difference before and during the qigong exercises.
We observed the time distance of the diaphragmatic movement (the distance moved in a fixed
time period , DT mm/ min. ) , and discovered that in the middle stage of DT of the small qi
cycle qigong there was one or more short standstill and a little fluctuation of DT (reverse
movement in the course of respiratory cycle) in persons practising the small qi cycle exercise.

• 93 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rt)00701 080001-1

By video recording, an exact measurement was made of the DT. The statistical analysis of the
values before and during the relaxation qigong showed T = 2. 23 (P<0. 05), whereas the
values before and during the small qi cycle exerciese showed T = 3. 63 (P<0. 01) . The
expansion of DD leads to a decreased respiration frequency. This was more evident in the
small qi cycle exercise. The frequency of respiration per minute reduced to 2-3 times. P<
0. 001 was found before and during the two forms of qigong. Prolongation of DT, reduction
of respiration frequency and reduction of total quantity of diaphragmatic movement showed
that during the qigong exercise the status of exhaustion nature of energy metabolism would be
transformed to a status of energy storage. In terms of the disputed paradoxical abdominal
respiration it was proved by the appearance of the reverse movement of diaphragm seen in the
video recording. The X-ray diaphragm video recording gave better observation of the
diaphragmatic movement than the ultrasound technique? thus a new tesring method to explore
the mechanism of the clinical effect and special status has been found.

2. TcP0 2 and TcP0 2 measurement; 30 cases in total were measured. Among them 22
had better qigong training. After exercises their TcP0 2 all decreased (T==5. 45 P<0. 001). 8
cases did not have good qigong training. Their TcPO and TcP0 2 before and during the qigong
exercise showed no sigificant difference (P<0. 05) . Before qigong exercises the TcPO s value
was lower than normal and increased to the normal value after qigong exercises. It showed that
qigong exercises would change the body status, from that of “energy exhausting (oxygen
exhausting)” to “energy storing” ( TcP0 2 ).

3. Testing by P. P. F. •

It was measured under the pressure 40mmHg, 50mmHg and 60m nHg. P. P. F. showed
changes before and during qigong exercises. There were 10 cases tested under 40mmHg
pressure, 9 cases under 50mmHg and 7 cases under 60mmHg. After qgong exercises P. P. F.
increased to some extent in each case, but all within the normal range. P value was <C 0. 05-
-0. 01. The fact explains the theory of “blood is commanded by qi ” in traditional Chinsese
medicine. Qigong exercises may improve the blood circulation through the regulation of qi and
blood of the human body.

4. Discussion;

According to the results of the three new testing methods, together with the experimental
observation of the various biophysical phenomena in the past, we think that the mechanism of
the curative effect of qigong in treating bronchial asthma and chronic bronchitis may be
explained as follows;

(1) Qigong can regulate the function of cerebral cotrex and vegetative nerve system.

• 94 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

(2) Qigong can improve the function of respiration.

(3) Qigong can regulate qi and blood, ying and yang of the human body.

The X-ray video recording of diaphragm movement, TcP0 2 test and P. P. F. test provide
further evidence for the last two hypothesized mechanisms.

A STUDY OF THE EFFECT OF THE EMITTED QI COMBINED WITH
SEIF-PRACTICE OF QIGONG IN TREATING PARALYSIS

Huang Meiguang

(The General Hospital of PLA, Beijing, China)

43 cases of paralysis, 19 cases of hemiplegia and 24 of paraplegia were treated by the
emitted qi combined with self-practice of qigong .

Method :

1. Qigong masters emitted their qi from Laogong (P 8) and Shixuan (Extra 10) towards the
running course of the meridians of the patient 2-3 times a day.

2. Qigrng masters used his emitted qi to massage points of the patient once every other day.

3. Under the instruction of a master and according to the condition of the myodynamia the
patient did the qigong exercise 1-2 times a day to restore the function.

Result ;

1. Relief of symptoms.

The mental status, sleep, appetite, local perspiration (limbs), speaking ability, etc. were
all obviously improved.

2. Changes of myodynamia.

The myodynamia of the paralytic limbs was improved in most cases (35/34) from 0-2
degree to 3-5 degree, which means the ability of performing active movement. Some of the
cases were completely recovered.

3. Walking.

Before treatment 37 of the 43 paralytic patients had needed support in walking. After
treatment 23 cases could walk without any help. Only 20 cases were still dependent on
crutches. But some patients previously used wheel chairs now could walk with crutches, and
those who originally walked with a pair of crutches now use only one crutch.

4. Managing of dally ilfe.

• 95 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rp00701 080001-1

Before treatment 36 of the 43 cases could not manage their own daily life. After
treatment 34 were capable of taking care of themselves.

In Comparison with the indices before and after treatment , the difference was
statistically significant.

Judged by the indices of rehabilitation commonly used, the effect of treatment was
excellent in 10 cases (23. 25 %) , good in 20 cases (46. 5 %), fine in 1 3 cases(23. 25%) ,bad
in 3 cases (6, 99%) . The total effective rate was 93. 01%. The markedly effective rate was
69.76%.

OBSERVATIONS OF THE THERAPEUTIC EFFECT
ON MYOPIA OF TEENAGERS PRACTISING
“RELAXING AND QUIESCENT QIGONG FOR EYES ”

Wu Binjiang, Jiao Guorui and Zhang Honglin

(Institute of Acupuncture and Moxibustion, China Academy of Traditional Chinese Medicine, Beijing, China)

"The Relaxing and Quiescent qigong for Eyes” designed by our research room has been
used to treat 241 pupiles with myopia (421 eyes in total) in the Dongzhimen High School,
Beijing , and satisfactory result was obtained.

Before the treatment, all the pupils had had myopic and hyperopic examinations,
optometry after mydriasis and fundus examination. Then diagnosis of myopia was given.
Furthermore, identification was made between pseudo-myopia and myopia.

The patients were divided at random into two groups; the treating guoup and the control
group. The former practised "Relaxing and Quiescent qigong for Eyes” and the latter did the
setting-up exercises of eyes.

Criteria of effect; (1) Marked effect; Vision improved by three linss; (2) Effectiveness;
Vision improved more than one line; (3) Unchanged; Vision improved less than one line;
(4) Failure. Vision decreased more than one line.

Results; after 2-month treatment in the treating group the marked effect was 25% of the
total, the effectiveness was 61. 8%, the unchanged was 13. 1% and failure was 0%. The
total effectiveness reached 86. 8% and the total effectiveness for true myopia was 82%. In
comparing with the control group, there was great difference (P<0. 01) . The therapeutic
effect of the treating group was apparently higher than that of the control group. There was
• 96 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

no marked difference of the therapeutic effect in different age group. Effectiveness was in
direct ratio with the duration of practice of qigong. This treatment was not evidently effective
for the refraction change of those with simple myopia (<3. OD).

This qigong exercise is easy to learn with no untoward effect. It is an exercise to adjust
the local and the whole body*

Clinical results show that “The Relaxing and Quiescent Qigong for Eyes” has satisfactory

therapeutic effect in treating myopia, but the mechanism of the treatment needs further
study.

A CLINICAL OBSERVATION OF QIGONG AS A THERAPEUTIC
AID FOR ADVANCED CANCER PATIENTS

Sun Quizhi and Zhao Li

(Kuangan Men Hospital, China Academy of Traditional Chinese Medicine, Beijing, China)

One hundred and twenty-three cases of advanced cancer treated simultaneously with
drugs and qigong has been reported in this paper. These were in-patients of our Department
during the past 5 years. Among them there were 60 males and 63 females, the youngest was
20 years old, the average age was 47 years old. These patients were diagnozed pathologically
as malignant cancer, 70 cases were in the III stage, 53 cases in the IV stage, of which,
cancer of stomach accounted for 42.23%, cancer of the large intestine 31.70%,
mastocarcinoma 11. 29%, and cancer of the esophagus and cardial carcinoma 8. 1%.

The 123 patients were divider into two groups. The observation group including 97 cases
treated with drugs and qigong exercises, the control group, which consisted of 30 cases, was
treated by drugs alone. Similar drug was given to the two groups. Each patient who received
the therapy of drugs and qigong did the qigong exercise for over 2 hours a day, 3 months as a
course, the longest might be up to 6 months. Symptoms, signs, body weight and

immunological indices, etc. were recorded before and after treatment. The results were as
follows :

1. Amelioration of general symptoms. 81.7% of the patients regained strength, 63%
improved appetite, 33. 3% were free from diarrhea or irregular defecation in the observation
group , while the rates of the patients in the control group were 10%, 1 0 % and 6 %

• 97 ♦

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R300701 080001-1

. 01 ).

body weight increased
ore than 3 kg. In the

control group, the patients’ body weight increased or decreased by 3 kg and more, accounting
for 13. 33% and 30% respectively. The difference between the two groups is marked.

3. Phagocytosis of macrophages* In the observation group, the phagocytic rate of
macrophages of the patients was 34. 68 + 8. 90% before the therapy, and it became 46. 98 +
8. 20% after the treatment, increasing by 12. 31%; the phagocytic indices of macrophages
were 0. 45 + 0. 108 and 0. 63 + 0. 130 respectively before and after the combined therapy. In
the control group the phagocytic rate did not elevate, but decreased by 7. 87%, the
phagocytic indices were 0. 63 i 0. 183 and 0. 50 + 0. 138 respectively before and after the
drug therapy alone. There is a marked difference between the two groups.

4. In addition, it has been observed that the erythrocyte sedimentation of 23 out of 93
patients, and the hepatic function of 20 out of them in the observation group have turned to
normal, while there were only 3 cases whose erythrocyte sedimentation, and 2 cases whose
hepatic function have turned to normal in the control group. The difference between the two
groups is significant.

To sum up , it suggests that the qigong therapy is helpful to some extent to ameliorating
the symptoms, improving appetite, strengthening constitution and iricreasing the ability of
self -cure. Qigong can regulate the mind, heart, qi and blood so as to get rid of pessimism and
eliminate the evil factors, therefore it is really an effective, simple, easy and no side-effect
supplementary treatment.

Because limited cases were observed and the time of observation was shorter, it is
necessary to do further study.

QIGOING

Zhao Guang

(Xiyuan Hospital, China Academy of Traditional Chinese Medicine, Bejiing, China)

Xie Qigang

(Beijing Normal University, Bejiing, China)

Cerebroatrophy is a difficult disease with symptoms of dizziness, inert thinking, stupid

• 98 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

A CASE OF CEREBROATROPHY CURED BY

respectively. The difference between the two groups is significant (P<(
2. Body weight; In the observation group, 50. 54%> of the patients’
more than 3 kg, and 5. 4% of the patients’ body weight decreased m

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

facial expression, feeling top heavy and motion impairment.

Case analysis- Xie Shijun, male, 79 yeas old, teacher. He felt dizzy, slow in thinking,
top heavy, motion impairment, etc. He gradually lost his ability of reading and work. He
was always dozing off, and seldom, if ever, liked to talk to anyone. He had been treated by
modern medicine and traditional Chinese medicine with failure.

On January 4, 1987, the patient started to follow my advice and do the “ Quan Zhen
Gong ” twice a day in the morning and evening. He sat still and relaxed the whole body,
expecting or thinking of something like a small ball stirring in the abdomen all around. Each
time it would take him half an hour or so to do the exercise.

On February 5, he went to the hospital for a C. T. examination, which determined his
trouble to be cerebroatrophy. Having sufficient confidence, he made up his mind to follow the
qigong therapy insistently and ceaselessly. He did four times of qigong exercise daily, two in
the morning and two in the evening. His mental energy seemed to be coming back and to
increase. He did not sleep so often and so much as before, he could walk about in the house.

On April 9, he began to receive the emitted qi from me. Immediately after the treatment
he was able to walk about a little.

From July 25, acting upon my advice the patient ceased to come to the hospital but to do
the exercise at home, because he was much better. The patient resumed his self -exercising
under the care of the university’s qigong cum psychology therapy service group.

Now quite a different picture may be presented here about the former invalid. He has
completely come to. He lives and works in normal way. He is mentally active again and has a
spirited complexion. He can walk upstairs and downstairs by himself and walk without a
stick. , quite a different man from the invalid that he was.

On March 30, 1988, the hospital submitted the patient to another C. T. examination. It
was confirmed that his disease had gone off. The back-to-health state was such that his
cerebrum was better conditioned than that of a man of the same age who had not had
cerebroatrophy ever.

• 99 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rb00701 080001-1

A CLINICAL OBSERVATION ON THE LIVER AND GALL
STONES TREATED WITH QIGONG .

Li Jinzheng

(Bcjiing Institute of TCM, Be jing, China)

Liu hekun

(Shenyang Institute of TCM, Shenyang, China)

There were only a few reports concerning with qigong treatmen: of lithiasis in recent
years. But with the development of ultrasonoscopic methods, the detection rate of this
common disease is rising. As there is an obvious effect with Western and Chinese
pharmacotherapy, we gave systematical qigong treatment to 15 cases who did not respond to
Chinese and Western pharmacotherapy. Each case was treated with qigong for 2-3 courses.
The average number of treatments was 20-25 times. Different effects were found after
treatment.

According to a common criterion to determine the effects, among the 15 cases, 7 cases
were cured (47. 6%), the number of effective cases was 6 (40. 0 % ) , and that of non-
effective cases was 2 (13. 4%), the total effective rate being 86. 6%.

Analysis •

1. Site : (1) Of 4 cases of hepatolithiasis , 3 were cured, and the number of effective cases was

1. (2) The 2 cases of choledocholithiasis both were cured. (3) Of 9 cases of

cholecystolithiasis , 2 were cured, the number of effective cases was 5 , and that of non-

effective cases was 2. The results showed that the therapeutic effect in patients with
cholecystolithiasis was not so good as that in patients with hepatolithiasis or
choledocholithiasis.

2. Number and size of stones; The number of cured, effective and non-effective cases in
patients with stones larger than 1. Ocm in diameter was 4, 2 and 1 respectively , whereas that
in patients with stones smaller than 1. Ocm in diameter was 3,4 and respectively. So when
the diameter of the stone is larger than 1. Ocm, the effective rate is smiller.

3. Age : According to the age the patients were divided into 3 groups, i. e. , under 30, 30-50
and 50-60. The number of cured, effective and non-effective cases w|re 3 s 0 * 0 in the first
group, 2 ‘ 4 * 1 in the second group, and 2 : 2 : 1 in the third group. This suggests that the
curative rate is higher in young patients than in old patients , and that it is concerned with

• 100 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

body sensitivity.

The results of the obervation showed that the function of the emitted qi and qigong may
be anti-inflammatory, spasmolysis, anti-stone and stone-dispelling without side-effects. This is
a new way of combining Western with tradtional Chinese medicine and is worthy of further
resarch.

THE ROLE OF QIGONG AND TAIJIQU AN IN
RESPIRATORY REHABILITATION

Sun Yinxing et al.

(Sino-Japan Friendship Hospital, Beijing, China)

The cardiac and pulmonary functions diminished gradually with age. The respiratory
diseases such as chronic bronchitis* bronchial asthma* corpulmonale * etc. seriously impair the
health of the people. The incidence of chronic obstructive pulmonary diseases and occupational
pulmonary diseases is increasing due to cigarette smoking and air pollution. The respiratory
rehabilitation is one of the tasks of the rehabilitation professionals.

Qigong and Taijiquan are the important parts of traditional Chinese medicine.

14 outapatients were divided into qigong and Taijiquan groups at their own will. There
were 13 men and 1 woman, from 58 to 72 by age' (mean 64. 29 ±1. 97 years) . All of the
patients suffered from the cardiac or pulmonary disease. 11 of them smoked for more than 20
years .

A thorough medical history, physical examination and laboratory tests such as ECG,
UCG, blood-lipid and lung function tests were worked out in order to establish definite
diagnosis and to rule out contraindications. Then, they were taught qigong and Taijiquan , 3
times a week. After 3. 5 months patients can do the exercise by themselves.

18 months later, the lung function tests were repeated with the same pulmometer
(Chestac-65 made in Japan).

After 18 months of exercise, the lung function tests were markedly improved.

The vital capacity (VC) of 14 patients increased by 3. 31% on an average (P<0. 05) .
The total lung capacity (TLC) of 14 patients increased by 7. 34% (P>0.05). TLC of 6
patients were abnormal before the exercise and 4 of them became normal after the exercise. 4
of the 14 cases increased by more than 15%. The forced vital capacity (FVC) of all patients

• 101 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rp00701 080001-1

improved by an increase of 16. 11 % on an average (P<0. 001).

These results show that both qigong and Taijiquan are beneficial to respiratory
rehabilitation.

A CLINICAL STUDY OF CHOLELITHIASIS TREATED BY
QIGONG AND EAR-POINT THERAPIES IN 40 CASES

Ma Shuan

(Dongzhimen Hospital, Beijing College of Tradifional Chinese Medicine, Beijing, "hina)

Among the 40 cases, 13 were males and 27 females. Ages were between 41 and 60, 7
eases were 61 + ,3 cases were 40“ .

1. Sandy gallstone (Non-operation).

2. Diameter of the gallstone was 1 ^ cm and the patients refused operation.

3. Patients were treated by Western and Chinese medicine for 3-6 months without
success.

4. Patients were treated by ear-point therapy with failure.

Method :

1. 10 cases were treated by the ear-point therapy as the control grouo (G. I) and 30 cases
were treated by the qigong and ear-point therapies (G II).

2. G II did the qigong exercise two-three times a day, 50 minute each.

3. The doctor emitted his qi to the patients simutaneously to promote the flow of qi and
blood of the patients.

Criterion of cure :

(1) Marked effect: Discharge of stone lg + , symptoms removed.

(2) Effect; Discharge of stone lg , symptoms removed or relieved, yet relapse seen.

(3) Failure; No discharge of stone and symptoms remained.

Effect of treatment;

Among the 30 cases, 21 were markedly effective, 9 were effective. The total treatments
were 486 times and the total discharged stones weighed 357. 92g (C.73g. / time on the

average).

In the control group all of the cases were effective, The total treatment reached 130
times, and the total dischairged stones weighed 14. 38g. (0. llg. /time on the average).

• 102 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Discussion :

1. The qigong and ear-point therapies do not use any drug or operation. It is good for
treating 0. 5 cm diameter stones and sandy stone. The curative effect is not superior to
Chinese and Western medication. Greasy food and high portein can be taken in the treatment
course ,

2. Diagnosed gallstone with B-ultrasonic is different from clinical observation. B-
ultrasonic’s result is only for reference.

3. The cases of gallstone in females are more than that in males, which is considered to
be related to females* climacteric. The development form of the gallstone is connected with the
cholesterol content and endocrine disorders.

OBSERVATIONS OF THE CURATIVE EFFECT IN 103 CASES OF
CHRONIC ATROPHIC GASTRITIS (CAG) TREATED WITH
DAOYING (INDUCING) OR TV IN A
(RELEASING/RECEIVING) THERAPY

(Research Group on Qigong Science,

Institute for Industry Health, the National Mechanical Industry Commission, Xi'an, Shanxi Province, China)

Chronic atrophic gastritis (CAG) is a common yet difficult illness. In our experiment,
Daoying and Tuina therapy was applied to 103 cases. Among them 58 were males and 45
females in an average age of 43. The average duration of disease was 7. 8 years.

The cases had been identified by gastroscopy and biopsy before admission based on the
diagnostic criterion set on the Chongqing Symposium in 1982. Daoying-Tuina exercises
(dynamic-quiescent) were done 4 times a day, an hour each. 79 days made a course and no
medication for gastrosis was given.

31 Cases were checked with gastroscopy and biopsy, 30 cases with electrogram and 34
cases with immunity detection by the end for the treatment course. Analysis was worked out
by comparison both in oneself and with each other.

Criterion of effect;

Marked effect* Disapperance of abdominal distending pain, anorexia, belching,
diarrhea, disappearance or relief of lesions, atrophic gastritis turning to superficial gastritis,
or severe atrophic gastritis turning to mild.

• 103 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rp00701 080001-1

Effectiveness* Symptoms relieved, lesions lessened, atrophy of gland lightened for one
grade.

Failure; No change

Results :

The therapy appeared markedly effective in 72 cases (69. 9%). Tie effective cases were
28 (27. 2%) . There were 3 failures. The total effectiveness was 97. 1%. In gastroscopy and
pathology examination, the rate was 35. 5% , 29. 0% (total; 64. 5%) ; 48. 4 % , 38. 7%
(total; 87. 1/4)) respectively.

Electrogastrogram check; Frequency before meals ; Before therapy; 2. 32 + 0. 58; after
therapy; 2.57 + 0.39 (P<0. 05) . Amplitude before meals : Before therapy; 34.33 +
18.65; after therapy; 57. 5 + 37. 15 (P<0. 01) . Frequency After msals; Before therapy;
2. 69 ± 0. 43; aften therapy; 2. 68 ± 0. 35 (P> 0. 05) . Amplitude after meals ; Before
therapy; 54. 17 + 35. 38; after therapy; 83. 67 + 61. 78 (P<0. 01).

Immunology examinatin : E-rose knot* Before therapy; 51. 3 + 8, 4%; after therapy;
55.3 + 7.7% (P<C0. 05). Lymphocyto transformation rate : Before therapy; 51.8 + 7.3%;
after therapy; 54. 3 + 7. 5% (P>0. 05) . IgG and IgA decreased after the therapy for those
increased before therapy.

It is believed that treatment of CAG with qigong has not yet been documented in China.
Our total effective rate is 97. 1%. The effective rates of Zhang Jingren, Xu Zicheng and
Xian Yuenian in treatment of CAG with herbs were 88.5%, 97.5% & 93.1%

respectively. Our total effective rate in pathology examination was 87. 1 % , lower than
73. 1% , 61. 4% and 71. 7% reported by the three authors mentioned above.

It seems to show that Daohing-Tuina exrcises would improve the stomach function of
those suffering from CAG, improve or adjust the cellular and humoral immunity. The
mechanism of the therapy was also discussed in the paper.

• 104 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rj)00701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

THE BIDIRECTIONAL INFLUENCE ON THE
ELECTROGASTRIC ACTIVITY IN MAN

Feng Yangzheng, Qin Chao, Yu Youmin,

Xie Shanling and Guan Songjiang

(Institute for Industrial Health of National Mechanical Imdustry Committee, Xi'an
(Xi'an Medical University, Xi'an, China)

A traditional sychosomatic therapy known as Daoying-Tuina originated from Shaanxi
province. It was applied to 59 cases with chronic atrophic gastritis and gastroduodenal ulcer.
The patients were divided into two groups according to their surface electrogastrogram : higher
amplitude (>180pv) and frequency ( >3. 5 per minute) ? lower amplitude (<80pv) and
frequency (<C2. 5 per minute) . It was obsersved that the indexes of the first group tended to
come down and that to go up in the second group after 71 + 4 days of practice of the exercise.
In addition, it was found that the changes of electrogastrogram in an empty stomach of the
qigong masters after practice lasted for 1. 5—2. 5 hours, longer than the un -qigong subjects (30
— 40 minutes) . This study showed that the exercise has a bi-direcdtional regulation effect on
the electrogastric activity in man. The possible mechanism of this effect is discussed too. (See
tables 1,2,3)

Table 1. Changes of electrogsatrogram at pre-and post-treatment with the exercise.

Groups

Course of
treatment

Case

Pre-meal

Post-meal

Frequency amplitude
(times/ min. ) (pv)

Chronic

Pre-

2. 23 + 0. 25 41. 63 + 16. 56

2. 58 + 0. 23 64. 39 + 24. 13

Atrophic

Post-

2. 61 + 0. 24 75. 34 + 27. 23

2. 82+0. 35 95. 71 + 31. 56

Gastritis

Gastro-

Pre-

3. 32 + 0. 26 273. 54 + 30. 41

3. 56 + 0. 28 301. 34 + 54. 2

Duodenal

3. 11 + 0. 22 196. 43 + 41. 38

3. 28 + 0. 24 238. 82 + 67. 6

Ulcer

Post-

• 105 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-OO792R0OO7O1 080001-1

Table 2. Changes of higher or lower amplitude groups in pre- and post-treatment with the
exereise

Groups

Cases

Pro-meal amplitude (pv)

Post-n

leal amplitude (pv)

Pre-treatment

Post-

Pre-treal

ment

Post-

Higher

Amplitude

Group

312. 53 + 55. 18

220. 21 + 49. 54

363. 29 +

58. 55

253. 72 + 53. 44

Lower

Amplitude

Group

45. 71 + 20. 25

83. 64 + 26. 32

67. 34 +

|16. 28

107. 32 + 30. 41

Table 3. Changes of higher or lower frequency groups in pre- and post-treatment with the
exercise

groups

Pro-meal frequency (times/ min)

Post-meal

frequency (times/min)

Pre-treatment

Post-

Pre-treatr

lent

Post-

higher

frequency

group

3. 61 + 0. 08

3. 10+0. 15

3. 73 + 0,

3. 25 + 0. 16

lower

frequency

group

2. 18 + 0. 16

2. 54 + 0. 21

2. 54 + 0,

2. 96 + 0. 24

• 106 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-OO792R0OO7O1 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

THE BI-DIRECTIONAL ADJUSTMENT OF BLOOD
PRESSURE AND HEART RATE BY DAOYIN^TUINA
ON THE ARTERIEAL BLOOD AND HEART RATE

Qin Chao

(Xi’an Medical University , Xi’an, China)

Feng Yangzheng and Yu Youmin

(Institute for Industrial Health of National Mechinery Industry Committee, Xi’an, China)

Xie Shanling and Guan Songjiang
(Shaanxi Association of Qingong , Xi’an, China)

Daoyin^tuina is a traditional sychosomatic therapy originated from Shaanxi province,
China. This therapy has been found to be highly successful in the treatment of cardiovascular
diseases, we have observed the effect of it on the rheoencephalogram and finger tip plulsate
plethysmogram of the patients. In this paper, the changes of areterial blood pressure (ABP)
and heart rate (HR) of 38 subjects with hypertension, hypotension and nomotension have
been recorded in the course of its training in 54 + 4. 2 days. The results showed the blood
pressure in the hypertension group tended to come down greatly , that of the hypotension to go
up , and that of the nomotension to be no significant changes after the course of treatment
(See Table 1 ) . Before and after the qingong exercise the higher ABP or the faster HR group
tended to come down, the lower ABP or the slower HR group tended to go up. This study
suggests that there is a bi-directional adjustment of of it on ABP and HR. The possible
mechanism of this effect was discussed too.

Table 1. Changes of ABP in pre- and post-treatment with the exercise.

Groups

Case

Pre- (mm Hg)

Post- (mm Hg)

Hypertension

180. 5±24. 7/105. 9 + 15. 1

162 + 22. 1/99 + 11. 9

Hypotension

88. 7 + 7. 3/56. 2 + 6. 8

89. 3 + 8. 1/61. 9 + 7. 2

Nomotension

116. 9 + 15. 3/73. 4 + 7. 5

116. 6 + 13. 4/72 + 6. 15

• 107 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

THE ORAL-FACIAL SCAR SOFTENED BY QIGONG THERAPY

Ma Dingxing

(Stomatological Hospital, 4th. Military Medical College, Xi'an, China)

Scars, pimples and scleroma, especially in the oral-facia region, caused by
inflammation, trauma and surgical operation, not only affect apperance but also physiogical
function. They are difficult medical problems since medication and reoperation have no
effect.

The author has softened the scar tissues by means of qingong therapy with apparent effect
in recent years.

Qingong pattern; Natural qingong .

Method. Emitted qi trement was given for 6-10 min. a day, 3-5 days made a course
Result :

1. Scar tissue softened

2. Pimple smaller

3. Scleroma flatter and softer

4. Color from white to red

5. Mouth opening degree wider

6. Facial muscle functions easier

The best therapeutic effect appeared in 10 min. after treatment, the slowest in 3 to 5

days.

Case Report-

Case 1 ; Jiong , male , 7 yrs. old. His left nasal wing and upper lip were damaged by a
traffic accident 3 months ago. After the wound healed, a scar tissue shed 1. 8X1. 0X0. 5cm
could be seen at the left lip and nose region, thus resulting in limitation of the left lip and
nasal wing movement. The boy was admitted on Oct. 10, 1987 and tlreated with the qingong
therapy for 10 min. As a result, the scar tissue became flatter and softer, freer movement of
the lip and nose was apparently seen, and the facial appearance was beffer.

Case 2 : Song, male, 45 yrs. old, suffering from squamous cel] carcinoma at the soft
palate. After surgical operation, he complained of a hard and painful scar, which made
speaking, swllowing and mouth opening quite difficult for 1 month. On Nov. 20, 1987, on
physical examination; there was a 3. 8X1. 5X0. 5cm sized band-shaped reddish and hard scar
at the soft palate; the mouth opening was 2cm. By means of the qingong therapy for 4 days,

• 108 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

the scar tissue became smaller and softer day by day ; the pain disappeared gradually the
mouth could open as wide as 3. 5cm.

Case 3 : Zhang, female, 26 yrs. old, there was a broad-bean-sized scar at the right cheek
for 2 months caused by a traffic accident. On Dec. 13, 1987, it was found that the scar felt
hard and not movable. During the first qigong therapy, the scar became softer in 5 min. and
smaller and movable in 10 min.

Case 4 : Cheng, male, 30 yrs. old, his lower lip had been damaged 5 months ago. The
scar adhered to the mucosa of the oral vestibule and alveola, causing the movement of the
lower lip very difficult. After 3 times of the qigong therapy, the scar was softened and thinner
day by day, the lower lip could move freer.

Case 5; Wang, female, 24 yrs. old, her haemangioma of the right cheek had been
removed and skin-graft performed 1 year before. On Jan. 20, 1988, it was found that there
was a round-shaped, hard red scar at the edge of the grafted skin, 3mm higher than the
normal skin. The movement of the right nasal wing and lips became difficult. After 5 times
of the qigong therapy , . the scar tissue became flatter and softer gradually , the movement of the
nasal wing and lips was apparently freer.

Case 6; Li, female, 40 yrs. old, on Jan. 22, 1988, it was found that there was a
scleroma at her left cheek following a submasseteric infection, and her mouth could only open
0. 5cm wide. After 3 times of the qigong therapy, the mouth could open 2. 5cm.

As reported above, it is shown that the qigong therapy has a softening effect on the oral-
facial scar caused by inflammation, trauma and surgical operation.

AN OBSERVATION ON THE RESULTS OF DRUG AND QIGONG
THERAPY FOR CHRONIC RESPIRATORY DISEASES

Li Ziran

(Research Institute of Tradtional Chinese Medicien, Tianjin College of TCM, Tianjin, China)

Hu Fangying (Tianjin Thorax Surgery Hospital, Tianjin, China)

Zhou Renyeng

This paper deals with the clinical observation and mechanism of the incurable chronic
respiratory diseases, such as chronic bronchitis, asthma, pulmonary emphysema and cor
pulmonale, treated by drugs and qigong exercise, Better results have beem obtained. In

• 109 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rp00701 080001-1

contrast to the group treated with drugs only, a remarkable difference can be noted (the
course of disease and other conditions of both groups are similar) . The statistically
trustworthy data from 30 cases are as follows (the course of treatment was all for 3 months).
Table 1. Rate of Effectiveness

Temporary Marked

8(40%)

3(30%)

Group

Case

Temporary

effectiveness

Combined
therapy G

5(25%)

Drug G

2(20%)

Improvement Failure

7(35 po) 0

4(40%) 1(10%)

1. Analysis of symptoms;

In comparison with the two groups, the rate of effectiveness is approximate, but more
symptoms disappeared in the group treated with the combined therapy and the condition was
better than the control too.

Table 2

Expectoration of phlegm Asthma

Drug G I B-group Drug group B-group Drug group

Symptom

Cough

Combined
therapy G

Drug G

Disapperarnce

16(80%)

4(40%)

Improve-

ment

3(15%)

5(50%)

No Change

1(5%)

1(10%)

2. Alternation of signs ;

The improvement of the group treated by the combined therapy was more significant than
the control in every aspect of signs. After having practised the exercise, the patient felt his
condition greatly improved than before. This suggests a clear difference statistically, as shown
in table 3.

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Generai condifion (appetite, sleep, spirit, energy)

Combined Therapry G

Dnug G

Marked

Improvement

18(90%)

2(20%)

Improment

200%)

6(60%)

No Change

2(20%)

Table 3

Items

Breathing freq(time/m. )

H. R(time/m. )

Group

Before

treatment

After

Treament

Before

treament

After

treament

Combined G.
therapy

19. 3

6, 6

89. 1

Drug G

20. 1

18. 2

87. 4

Items

Rates

Mediastinum muscle

motoricity(cm) %

, — .

Group

Disappear-

ance

Decrease

No change

Before

treatment

After

treatment

Combined

therepy

15(75%)

05%)

2(10%)

2. 18

2. 07

5. 94

5. 62

Driug G.

4(40%)

5(50%)

1(10%)

3. 3

2. 5

• 111 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

The result shows that the various indices of the function of immunity and lungs and the blood
mucosity of the lab before and after the exercise have been improved distinctively.

Phagocytose
of WBC

Blood mucosity
over normal

Test of load
of motion

Breathing

time/m.

Before

52. 6 %

2578

After

77. 8 %

3008. 3

7. 47

2. 64

P value

0. 01

1. 3 P<0. 01
(dropping down)

). 01

<0. 01

As mentioned above, symptoms, such as cough, expectoration o ; phlegm and asthma,
are not only controlled in the group treated with the combined therapy, but the body strength
is fundamentally enhanced, immunity increased, the function of the heart and lungs
improved ; the lab test and other conditions are apparently improved. The method of combined
treatment has much more special effect upon the disappearance of sym atoms , improving the
function of the heart and lungs, the general condition and prevention of the patients from
relapse. Specific exercise is for a particular individual. Good result would be achieved and the
course of treatment would be shortened. The mechanism of the trea ment has been under
discussion, but the observation from this group in the clinical experiment does prove that the
qigong exereise has a significant effect on alternating the status of neencephalon, reviving the
body’s potential energy, developing the store capacity of pulmonum alveoli, changing the type
of energy metabolism and affecting the biochemical processes. The blood mucosity may be
alternated, the body resistance increased and qi reinforced. On the otter hand , this method
may be served as a factor to affect the physiological efficiency, to extend the contents of
thorax, the amplitude of motion, to increase the movability of diaphragmatic muscle and
improve the function of lungs.

• 112 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

A GROUP OBSERVATION

AND EXPERIMENTAL RESEARCH ON THE PREVENTION
AND TREATMENT OF HYPERTENSION BY QIGONG

Li Ziran, Li Lixiang and Zhang Boli

(Research Institue of Traditional Chinese Medicine, Tianjin College of TCM, Tianjin, China)

This paper deals with the observation of curative effect and the primary probe of the
mechanism concerning the treatment of primary hypertension by qigong exercise with the
assistance of biological feedback instrument. A total of 929 cases were observed in contrast,
in which, 639 cases were put under the group of the qigong therapy. Its percentage of
effectiveness was 85. 13% and that with marked effectiveness was 76. 678%, far exceeding
that of the control group. Thus the lowering of blood pressure by the qigong therapy has
manifested the following distinctive merits:

1. The lowering effect of blood pressure was quick and lasting, and the general symptoms
were distinctively relieved. The short term course of treatment for this group was eight
weeks, the average range of the step-down of blood pressure was from 23. 14mm Hg to 14. 08
mm Hg. Besides, for some cases, the blood pressure could be lowered by 12 to 20 mm Hg
after one practice of the exereise. Furthermore, the lowering effect of diastolic pressure was
especially significant. In concurrence with the lowering of blood pressure by the qigong
exercise, the physical quality of patients, such as appetite, sleep, spirit and physical status
were improved markedly. Other chronic diseases were also cured to some extent. According to
the long term tracing visit (1 to 3 years) , the percentage of blood pressure stability of those
patients insisting on doing the qigong exercises was 97. 7% and rarely with relapse. The status
of those interrupting the exercises was inferior.

2. The effect of treatment might be enhanced if stress is laid on doing the exercises according
to analysis of syndromes, In accordance with the pathogenesis of hypertension, the quiescent
pattern of exercises was used to calm the liver and benefit the kidney . Besides, the root cause
and symptoms were both considered, and the quiescent dynamic patterns of exercise were
combined, so satisfactory effect of treatment was attained. If the instrumental treatment is
supplemented in the initial course of exercises, the effect of treatment would be furthermore
enhanced and the course of treatment would be shortened.

3. The lowering of blood pressure by the qigong exercise possesses distinctive social and

• 113 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rp00701 080001-1

economical benefit. From the viewpoint of the guiding ideology, the direction of prevention
and cure, and the means of medical treatment, the lowering of blood pressure by the qigong
exercise suit the tendency of development of modern medicine and it is beneficial to the change
of medical model, promoting the alteration of individual treatment to conmunity prevention,
and the turning of model of biological medicine to the model of psychological-social-biological
medicine. The approaches of this research is based on the a coordinat on of the three level
structure of prevention and treatment with the various medical bases. The enforcement of
community prevention in the form of organizing the qigong exercise classes is not only
beneficial to giving full play of the enthusiasm of the medical staff at various levels,
increasing the quantity of prevention and treatment but also help to clos^ the ties between the
medical staff and patients, and promote their psychological and mental health. Thus, the
psychosomatic disorders could be prevented and cured. Furthermore, ;he lowering of blood
pressure by the qigong exercise might cut considerably the medical expeises, evade the side-
effect of drugs and raise the rate of attendence and labour productivity, so its economical
benefit is also rather significant.

In the course of clinical treatment , with the exception of observing the system of blood
pressure, for a part of patients measurements of blood bio-chemistry (cholesterol, triglyeride,
lipoprotein of low density, etc. ), microcirculation, blood rheology, index of immunology,
resistance value of meridian points, and skin temperature were made, and the type of
disposition was tested. The physiology effect of the lowering of blood pressure by instrument
and the qigong exercise and its mechanism was discussed. The results show that, the various
laboratory indices before and after the qigong treatment have been change! distinctively and the
majority of statistical treatment possesses significant meaning (P<0. 01). This implies that the
qigong exercises have remarkable regulative effect on the central nervous system, vegetative
nervous system, physiology, bio-chemistry, metabolism, endocrine, immunological system of
the human body and its system of meridians in traditional Chinese medicine. It shows that in
respect of the treatment and prevention of hypertension, various chron c diseases and mental
and physical sickness, there lies a vast area for scientific exploration.

• 114 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R 300701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

OBSERVATIONS ON THE CURATIVE EFFECTS OF THE QIGONG
EXERCISE-" SELF- ADJUSTMENT THERAPY” IN HYPERTENSION

Jing Guinian

(Hongqiao Hospital of TCM, Tianjin, China)

The author has systematically observed the short-term effects and follow-up cases of
patients suffering from hypertension stage II treated by qigong exercises. The data are listed as
follows ;

1. Subjects under observations:

125 cases of primary hypertension stage II patients were chosen. They were characterized
by long course of disease with frequent attacks and no satisfactory results had ever been seen
after various drugs given.

In this experiment, the patients were divided into 2 groups : the qigong expercise group
(self-adijustment qigong therapy group) and the medicinal control group, as shown in the
following table ;

~~ — ___ Group

Item — —

Qigong exercise
group

Medicinal control
group

No. of cases

Sex male/female (person)

43/21

40/21

Average age (year)
Average course of

57. 6

56. 6

disease (year)

11. 6

12. 8

Blood pressure (mmHg)

Systolic (average)

175. 84

168. 68

Dias t ol ic ( a varage )

99. 75

101. 79

The qigong exercise group performed mainly the “relaxation qigong” and “depressurizing
qigong ” , which were done one hour collectively and one hour individually every day.

Patients in the medicinal control group took cow-bezoar bolus to reduce blood pressure,

• 115 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rb00701 080001-1

one bolus each time, two times a day.

2. Observations on curative effects after the experiment started for 2 months : Results of
the depressurizing effects showed the overall effective rate of blood pressure depression in the
64 cases in the qigong ■ exercise guoup was 85. 94% , of which symptoms ameliorated totalled
up to 95. 8%. In the 61 cases of the medicinal control guoup, the overall effective rate of
blood pressure depression was 36. 62%, of which symptoms ameliorated totalled 60. 05%.
The depressurizing range in the qigong exercise group showed the average descent of systolic
pressure was 23. 14 mmHg and that of the diastolic pressure 14. 08 mmHg (P value<0. 01)
The difference was obvious.

Variations of blood-fat before and after treatment: In the qigong exercise group, there
were slight increases with TC, HDL-C and LDL-C, but TG decrea sed. In the medicinal
control group, all TC,TA and LDL-C decreased but HDL-C increased si ghtly.

Results of much outstanding significance were found by examining the immune globulin
for all the cases in the two groups. They showed that in the qigong exercise group IgG
decreased obviously and T-lymphocytoesterase increased evidently in all the patients after they
had practised the self-adjustment qigong exercise for two months.

3. Long-term investigation;

The auethor has carried out a follow-up study at a regular interval on the blood pressure
status of 30 patients practising the self-adjustment qigong exercise for 3 years. The patients*
average systolic pressure maintained constantly around 130. 18mmH&, while the diastolic
pressure 84.14 mmHg; the IgG was 15.28, IgA 1.78 and IgM 1.04; the T-
lymphocytoesterase was 60. 6 and together with blood-fat were all maintained within the
normal value of that of Tianjin Municipality. Besides, symptoms of hypertension were
basically diminished. It was found from the data recorded during the long-term visit for 3
years that 66. 6% among the cases did not have any of the following symptoms such as
aching, distending, dizziness in the head, tightness and stiffness in the neck , feeling top-
heavy and thin-stemmed, being irritable and fidgety, or suffering from insomnia and
amnesia. Occasionally, some of the above symptoms might occur in 33. 4 % of the patients due
to an emotional fluctuation or climatic variations, nevertheless, none of the reappeared
symptoms lasted over 2 weeks.

4. Analysis and discussion;

The author holds that the factual results of the qigong depressurizing effect is prompt with
an evident bodily amelioration for quite a long time and with recurrence only on rare
occasions. It is not obtained from external passive factors such as drugs, mainly because the
• 116 *

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rp00701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

practitioners have mastered a complete set of qigong exercises, which mobilizes their own
potentiality, implements the path for self-adjustment and self -regulation to reduce blood
pressure and eliminate symptoms, therefore the efficacy is stablized. Otherwise, the blood
pressure will rise again when the practice is given up half way.

The next point is about the method of the qigong practice. It is advisable for hypertension
patients to choose a set of exercise which is , in principle, performed with fully relaxation of
the body, high tranquility in mind. As a matter of fact, the more the relaxation, the deeper
the quietness getting into, and the better the effect achieved. Moreover, the qigong
depressurizing function performs obvious economic and social benefits, and will also get rid of
medicinal by-effects and drug-resisting problems.

The self-adjustment therapy, in addition, is also adventageous to the alternations of
medical patterns, in other words, the transformation of biomedical models to psychological,
social and biomedical models, which will mobilize and bring the initiative of both doctors and
patients into full play, gives free rein to the function of the patients' internal causes,
promoting their mental and psychological health and finally overcomes the obstinate chronic
diseases. Therefore, viewing from the significance of the self-adjustment and natural
therapy , it is not simply a question of social benefit but an aim of further importance, that,
is , during the course of qigong practise, patients can mould their temperament, cultivate their
morality and calm the seven emotions in attaining the state of beaming and buoyant in spirit ,
which will nearly prevent any occurrence of diseases.

EFFECTS OF QIGONG ON THE PROSTACYCLIN—
THROMBOXANE BALANCE IN PATIENTS WITH
CORONARY HEART DISEASES

Zhou Shifang et al

(Nanjing Medical College, Nanjing, China)

Twenty male coronary heart disease (CHD) patients were divided into two groups at
random -qigong therapy group (mean age 62. 6 + 1- 63 years old) and placebo group (mean age
61. 4 + 0. 90 years old) . The diagnosis of CHD was based on the history of typical angina
pectoris and myocardial infarction combined with ECG findings and other laboratory analysis.
Another 10 apparently healthy male subjects of similar age (54. 7 + 1. 16 years old) were
studied as the control to compare with the laboratory findings.

Method :

• 117 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792RP00701 080001-1

In order to rule out the influence of the effects of movement, quiescent qigong exercise
was selected. The exercise was similar to the ralaxation qigong, and was done collectively in
the morning. Then the patients did the exercise separately at least 2-3 tines a day, lasting for
about 30-45 min. each.

In the placebo group starch was used. The control healthy subjects did not enter any
treatment program but the course of placebo was 2 to 3 months.

Measurement :

All of the subjects received the graded submaximal exercise test. Before and after the
test, blood was drawn from both arms’ antecubital vein with minima occlusion. The blood
samples were analyzed by radioimmunioassay to measure 6-K-P, the stable metabolite of
prostacyclin (PGI2) and thromboxane B2 (TXB2 ) and the stable met ibolite of thromboxane
A2 (TXA2) . Two weeks before experiment, all subjects had not taken any drugs known to
interfere with the analysis of prostaglandins, such as aspirin, indomethacin , etc.. The
determination of plasma 6-K-P and TXB2 levels of all CHD patients were done again after a
period of treatment.

Results :

1. Before the exercise, the plasma 6-K-P level and 6-K-P /TXB2 ratio of all CHD
patients were significantly lower than those of healthy subjects (P<0. 01) . These agreed that
atherosclerotic plague formation damaged the histologic and fund ion integrity of the
endothelium of the vessels in CHD patients, reduced production of PG 2 at the injured site,
causing the balance of PGI2-TXA2 to imbalance, and then made the condition from bad to
worse. But the plasma TXB2 level didn’t show any difference between CHD patients and the
normal subjects. This might be explained by the different stage of diseases, most of the CHD
patients in our experiment were chronic and stable ones.

2. Neither CHD patients nor healthy subjects had any changes of plasma 6-K-P, TXB2
and 6-K-P /TXB2 ratio after the submaximal exercise. Although we would not exclude the
possibility of different response to different exercise and intensity, one conclusion could be
drawn that submaxinal exercise did not induce a PGI2-TXA2 imbalance in most chronic stable
CHD patients.

3. Qigong training for one course significantly increased the plasma 6-K-P level (P<
0. 05) and 6-K-P / TXB2 ratio (P <C 0. 01), while in the placebo group, there was no
alternation of these indices after the course, and so these values as compared with the qigong
group, were significantly different. We suggested that during practice of the quiescent qigong
exercise, the patients minds were in total concentration and the whole 3 ody should be highly

• 118 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rb00701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

relaxed, causing the patients to minimize the stress reaction. In the qigong state, the oxygen
consumption was reduced, thus improving the oxygen supply to the tissues. In addition, the
possible control and regulatory effects of qigong on the neuro-humoral system and the ability of
synthesis of PGI2 of the endothelium of vessel should be improved, then the imbalance of
PGI2 -TxB2 in CHD patients could be ameliorated.

These findings confirmed the value of the qigong therapy in rehabilitation program for
CHD patients.

A PRELIMINARY REPORT ON THE EFFECT OF SELF-CONTROL
QIGONG ON DIABETES MELLITUS.

G1 Wu, Z1 Wang, Fr Sung and Yy Wang

(Jinling Hospital, Nanjing, China, )

This report demonstrates the effect of self-control qigong on some biochemical profiles in
Type 2 diabetes mellitus. Ten moderate-advanced Type 2 diabetics (7 males and 3 females)
were chosen in the study. As soon as the stability of the blood glucose level was obtained after
a few days’ diet control and rest, the exercise of self-control qigong was taught to the patients
and practised twice daily (in the morning and afternoon), 30 min. each time. On the O,
10th and 20th days, a steamed bread meal test (SBMT) was performed. In this test,
routinely, 100 g best quality flour made steamed bread was taken; fasting blood sample and
the blood samples at 1 h and 2 h after the meal were sent for determination of glucose and
insulin. In the present study, on mornings of the above-mentioned days, fasting blood
samples were sent for determination of cholesterol, trnglyceride , HDL-cholesterol , lactic acid,
pyruvic acid and glycosyl hemoglobin in addition to glucose and insulin. Blood samples at 1 h
and 2 h after intake of the bread meal were sent only for determination of glucose and
insulin.

The results showed that on Day 0, SBMT demonstrated a diabetic curve with blood
glucose level higher at 2 h than fasting and at 1 h . On days 10 and 20, Blood glucose levels
at 1 h were not altered , but they significantly decreased at 2 h as compared with that on Day
0 (P<0. 05) , as shown in Table 1. The same condition was with insulin levels (See Table
2) . The concentrations of cholesterol and triglyceride became lower at 1 h and 2 h , while

• 119 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rp00701 080001-1

that of HDL-cholesterol became higher (Table 3) . Concentrations of kctic acid and pyruvic
acid were markedly lowered (P<0. 05) as seen in Table 4. There was no change regarding
HbAl levels.

The self-control qigong is a pattern of dynamic qigong, in which notion of the body as
well as peace of mind are required, the latter being particularly emphasized and attained by
concentrative attention to the surroundings or to the practised own umbilicus, and also by
regulation of the patient’s own breath. We are of the opinion that the self-control qigong is an
important beneficial adjunct treatment for diabetes.

Whether the self-control qigong has any advantage over ordinary physical exercise is as
yet unclear and remains to be clarified.

Table 1. Changes of blood glucose levels using SBMT during self-control walking qigong in

diabetes mellitus

Fasting

DAY 0

174. 1 ±65. 87 A

268. 8 + 64. 83

286. 6 + 84. 44

DAY 10

152. 0 + 66. 67

269. 6 + 73. 59

244. 1 + 63. 59 *

DAY 20

163. 4 + 67. 10

274. 1 + 53. 41

252. 2 + 77. 53

Amg/dl * P<0. 05, compared with data on Ddy O.

Table 2. Changes of plasma insulin levels using SBMT during self-contro|L qigong in diabetes

mellitus

Fasting 1H

DAY 0 23.8 + 13.74 39.75 + 25.93 5

DAY 10 16.4 + 13.13 46.2 + 32.49 3

DAY 20 14. 15 + 5. 17 * 49.9 + 36.00 4

AuU/ml * P<0. 05, compared with data on D^y O.

• 120 •

I. 0 + 29. 53
!. 4 + 23. 12
l. 3 + 36. 93

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Table 3. Changes of blood lipids in 20 days’ self-control qigong in diabetes mellitus

CholesterolA

TriglycerideA

HDL-CHA

DAY 0
DAY 10
DAY 20

217. 3 + 50. 34
211. 7 + 31. 03
209. 0 + 35. 69

326. 5 + 661. 63
153. 7 ± 150. 02
143. 3 + 117. 38

58. 6 + 10. 0
64, 7 + 9. 53
66. 8 + 15. 18

A rng/dl

Table 4. Changes of blood pyruvic acid and lactic acid during 20 days’ self-control qigong in

diabetes mellitus

Pyruvic Acid

Latic Acid

DAY 0

1. 485 + 0. 39

15. 85 + 4. 37

DAY 10

1. 179 + 0. 36 *

11, 13 + 4. 35 *

DAY 20

1. 263 + 0. 31 *

10. 47 + 4. 83 *

Amg/dl * P<0. 05 , compared with data on Day O.

ON THE ANTI-TUMOR MECHANISM OF CHINESE Ql GONG

Wang Junmei

(Teaching Hospital of Nanjing College of Traditional Chinese Medicine, Nanjing, China)

Qigong , the precious heritage of traditional Chinese medicine, is a branch of science
enabling people to strengthen the body constitution, eliminate diseases and extend life
expectancy. Through the human conscious initiatives, it induces the body to perform self-
regulation and stabilization so as to let the internal body acquire a relative tranquillity , attain
the cure of diseases and extend life expectancy. This article presents a study on the unique
effect of qigong in helping patients survive some difficult diseases, especially a study over the
anti-tumor mechanism of qigong on the basis of a selection of 104 cases of different cancer
patients , e. g. esophagus cancer , stomach cancer , rectum cancer , lung cancer ,
adenocarcinoma of breast, etc. The duration of qigong practice in those patients ranged from 6

• 121 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

months to 2 years. Most of them kept on doing such exercises after their operations.
Concerning cancer etiology, it is widely held that the antigen structure of the tumor cells is
the place where carcinogen works. On the other hand, human imminity against tumor is
mainly performed by the cell immune function in the body. Patients were therefore divided
into two groups to observe the changing status before and after the qigong therapy.

1. 46 cases of different cancer patients were selected for studying the content variations
of specific types of protein in the body before and after the qigong therapy. The indexes
observed include.

4 AAG; 2 AAT; and 3 CER.

2. 58 cases of different cancer patients were selected for studying the cell immune
function in the body before and after the qigong therapy. LAI and ANAE which indicate the
specificimmune reactions were observed.

Normal

Pre-treatment

Post-treatment

Statistic

index

AAG

AAT

CER

40. 7mg%±10. 57
187. 6mg%±15. 9
21. 62mg±2. 98

48. 94mg%±8. 47
204. 4mg%±61. 44
29. 26mg%±7. 68

36. 64mg% ±15. 45
179. 32mg% ±47. 7
34. 4mg% ±12. 44

P<0. 01
P<0. 01
P>0. 05

LAI

ANAE

42. 0%±9. 76
68. 8 % ± 10. 28

75. 27 % ±12. 26
39. 44 % ±2. 877

62. 4 % ±9. 53
47. 13%±4. 37

P<0. 01
P<0. 05

The above indicates that the specific protein content in Group 1 all presented different
changes after the qigong therapy, among which the changes over A AT, AAG before and after
the treatment were more apparent. And the result of the changes of the immune functions of
cells in Group 2 indicates that the qigong therapy not noly reinforced the T-cell function , but
also performed a two-way immune regulation according to the different steps of immune
disorder.

Conclusion ;

1. Both the etiology and inducing mechanism of tumor are still under study at the prsesnt
time. However, it is certain that the antigen related to tumors is composed of cells and the
product of cell metabolism, the affected cell memrbane contains some antigens that do not
possess strictly formulated particular embryos. During the embryonic period, the genes in the
chromosomes of cells are very active, producing many types of antigens. After birth, the
• 122 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

control genes are inhibited and have no more production. Once there is a canceronus change in
the cell, howrver , they become active again. They will drop off from the cell membrane, as
a kind of dissoluable antigen, to be dissolved into the serum, being of sugar protein and
mucoglobulin in nature. AAT, AAG and CER, all of which are kinds of sugar protein and
mucoglobulin , are the acute reactants in the serum. They will obviously increase in the case
of malignant tumor. The decrease of AAT and AAG indicates that the qigong therapy is
very significant in the control, alleviation, improvement and rehabilitation of diseases.

2. Qi that is often quoted in Chinese qigong therapy refers to the vital energy in
traditional Chinese medicine. It is the motive power of human life. It may change the
metabolism in the body, accelerate cell generation, activate the vital energy in the body, and
obtain a cure of the disease. The changes of the specific protein reported in this article
indicates that the regulation of sugar protein and mucoglobulin due to the qigong therapy is
beneficial to the alleviation of diseases.

3. The anti-tumor mechanism of the human body is mainly performed by the immune
function of the cells. Therefore,. LAI and ANAE were specifically studied in this article. It
indicated a decline of LAI and increase of ANAE after the qigong therapy. This explains that
the qigong therapy performs a two-way immune regulation according to the different steps of
immune disorder, in addition to regulation of the contents of specific protein in the body and
controlling the abrupt changes of cells. At the same time, it helps prove that through
stimulating the human conscious initiative, the qigong therapy does adjust yin and yang , qi
and blood in the body, strengthen the anti-pathogenic qi , dispel pathogenic factors, improve
the patient’s constitution, and bring the disease under control. This is virtually the key point
for the extension of life expectancy of patients.

SPONTANEOUS DYNAMIC QIGONG (SDQ) (INVOLUNTARY
MOTION QIGONG AND PSYCHOLOGICAL MEDICINE

' Wu Caiyun and Xu Peixi

(Suzhou Medical College, Jiangsu province, China)

Qigong is closely related to psychological medicine from both theoretical and practical
points of view. Research on qigong may lead us to have a better understanding of the

• 123 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792RQ00701 080001-1

mysteries involved in linking the mind and the body of an individual. Qingong has been used
in treatment of certain neurological and psychological diseases. It is a training including self-
control, self-support, relaxation and biofeedback. Hence it is possible that a thorough
investigation of qigong would shed light on the role of qigong in psycho ogical medicine.

Qigong is generally classified into two groups, quiescent qigong and dynamic qigong
exercises. In addition, dynamic qigong has a spontaneous type— spont meous dynamic qigong
(SDQ) . However, the interpretation and evaluation of SDQ vary with different researchers.
Some considered SDQ as a modified form of qigong , whereas some considered it as an integral
part of qigong . For example, Hexiangzhuang Qigong consists of quiescent dynamic and
spontaneous qigong .

It was estimated in 1983 that approximately 45 million people in China were practising
Hexiangzhuang Qigong . During the process of practice , various spontaneous motions
occurred in 90% of the people. The spontaneous (involuntary) motions were marked by
automatic, primitive and reflective features. It sometimes was accompanied by emotional
changes crying, laughing, shouting or dancing etc. Therefore, people once doubted whether
these changes were the symptoms of hysteria.

We have investigated the effect of spontaneous qigong on medical psychology. The
results indicate that spontaneous qigong and hysteria are two different phenomena and belong
to different concepts.

In 1984, in parks and sportsground we examined the personality-introversion or
extroversion type, and MMPI of 48 qignog trainees and of 40 instructors in the

Hexiangzhuang Qigong training class. The results showed that he introversion type
personality accounted for 67%. Among the 48 qigong trainees (32 males, 16 females), the
average age was 50. 3 years old, ranging from 12 to 73, and 69% of them graduated from
high school or above. Involuntary (spontaneous) motions were fount to occur in 93% of
these individuals (90% of the males, 100% of the females) during practice. All of the
qigong trainees expressed that they were able to control their own Jnind. Among the 40
instructors (32 males, 8 females) ,50% of them had received eduation at high school levels or
above, and 62. 5% were government officials and scientific researchers.

Total validity and T value in clinical scale of MMPI were distributed in normal range.
Therefore, it appeared to be convincing that neither the qignog trainees nor the instructors
represented a special group of population who were prone to hysteria. Not being self-centered,
emotional or suggestible, all qigong trainees had a definite aim before doing the exercise.
They were perfectly conscious during the process of practice. The will-power seems to play a
• 124 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

major role in initiation, control and completion of the qigong exercise.

In most cases hysteria attacks suddenly, and patients exhibit a functional disorder of
sensory motor and of autonomic nerves or transient mental abnormality. Hysteria has
characteristic symptoms which are produced and disappeared with suggestions. Most cases
occur in females aged from 16 to 30. Hysteria is usually due to acute or continuous mental
stress. These patients often have peculiar personality. According to epidemiological data,
foreign morbidity of hysteria is 0. 5% , whereas hysteria incidence in Baoding City, (Hebei
province, China) is 0. 16%.

The difference between SDQ and hysteria

SDQ

Hysteria

Age

16 to 30

Education

high school (60%)

illiterate (52%)

level

Sex

more for males(70%)

more for females

Personality

2/3 for introvert

more for extrovert, 67%

MMP1 in normal range

for T value high in
1,3,7 clinical scale

Cause

on increasing health
and medical wish

73. 4% of mental stress

Mechanism of

“breathing scatter

suggestion

motion

pathogenic focus*

Incidence

93. 8 %

0. 3%

Aim

active, will dominating

passive, avoiding

over

reality

Nature of

physiological

pathological

motion

Emotion

relaxation, quiesc-
ence

emotional

Consciousness

clear

unclear

Ending

spontaneous

involving suggestion

Time

several ten minutes

up to hours or days

After SDQ

comfortable, fresh

tired, somnolent

It would hamper the development of qigong , if SDQ is mistakenly identified as hysteria. In
this paper we examined the mental disturbance of 5 cases-3 hysteria and 2 schizophrenia after

• 125 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

the qigong excercise. At present all of the gig nog schools have emphji
hysterical trait or with history of psychosis are not suitable to practise
information, we were led to hypothesis that qigong may potentiate hyste:

The present study demonstrated that the relaxing and calming stei
qigong excercise is different from common sleep, hypnosis, artificial
state. It is a fresh and functional state of the human body , and it
activity , thereby making certain qualitative changes at the conscious le
link conscious activity with the internal environment of the human b
the unconscious processes into conscious ones. SDQ may regulate t
amplifying the expression of automatic reflex and primitive rhythmical
belong to the range of unconsciousness and depressed potentiality.

There are many similarities between the idea of consciousness — u
consciousness level in the psychoanalysis theory. The expression of
manifestation of unconscious thinking process. The unconscious wish of
part through practising qigong .

Bleuler suggestes that the primary disorder of schizophrenia is the
thought and affection, and that the link of ideas becomes loose (incoherje
possible that qigong may further loose the already loose chain of i
possibility that qigong may potentiate hysteria and schizophrenia, it is e
regulate unconsciousness. By studying these phenomena qigong can brir
unconsciousness into full play. We trust that it is possible to gain a
pathogenesis, prevention and treatment of mental diseases.

EFFECTS OF “VITAL GATE” QIGONG ON MALIGNANT TUMOUR

Luo Sen, Tong Tianmin, et al.

(Zhejing Institute of Traditional Chinese Medicine, Hangzhou Qigong Hospital, Hatjigzhou, China. )

Under the observation in this experiment were 80 patients, with
tumours, including nasopharyngeal carcinoma, breast cancer, l ung
carcinoma, their diagnosis was confirmed by cytological and radiological
this group, 48 were male and 32 females. Most of them had beeii
• 126 •

tsized that people with
qigong . Based on this
>ria and schizophrenia,
te achieved during the
hibernation or twilight
nay activate conscious
vel. Such changes may
and thus transform
jie mental activity by
actions. These actions

nconsciousness and the
lysteria is a symbolic
hysteria is fulfilled in

ncoordination between
nt idealization) . It is
deas. In view of the
vident that qigong can
ig potential power and
better insights into the

7 kinds of malignant
cancer and gastric
-examinations. Within
operated on before

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

hospitalization. They were at their I or II stage of the diseases and received radiation or
chemotherapy before. These patients were randomly divided into three groups. 30 of them, as
the first group, received qigong treatment, the second group, composed of 25 cases, were
treated wit}i chemotherapy. And another 25 received chemotherapy combined with qigong
exercises learned was called in this experiment “Vital Gate” Qigong , instructed by Luo Sen.
Group II were treated by routine drugs. Group III were treated with antimetabolites together
with qigong exercises. The parameters adopted included WBC and RBC count, serum
hemoglobin and platelet count in blood before and after treatment. T-lymphocyte conversion
test ( H 3 -TdRLT) and urine excretion of 17-hydroxy steroids withing 24 hours before and
after the last week of qigong therapy in some of the patients. The total period of observation
lasted 60 days. Results are reported as follows.

1. Group I developed a significant rise in their WBC, RBC count and serum hemoglobin
after treatment (P<C0. 01). Group II presented a significant lowering (P<C0. 01). Group III
showed an obvious elevation of serum hemoglobin, RBC and platelet count (P<0. 005-0. 01).
Their WBC remained at the same level as before the treatment (P>0. 05).

2. T-lymphocyte conversion test in Group I also gave a significant rise (P <C 0. 05) . It
was seen to be maintained at the original level in Group III. No significant change was noted
(P>0. 05).

3. 5 cases of nasopharyngeal carcinoma, after 50 days of qigong exercises, exhibited an
obvious lowering in their urine excretion of 17-hydroxy steroids (P<0. 05).

This experiment proves that this kind of qigong exercise, by exciting the circulation of qi
along meridians and modulating the functions of blood circulation, immune response and
endocrine tissues, can minimize the toxic side-effects of chemotherapy and enhance energy
supply of the body. This practice is effective in treatment of cancer and supported by
confirmed scientific experiment.

• 127 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

A CLINICAL STUDY OF QIGONG BASED ON DIFFERENTIATION
OF SYNDROMES (LEFT VENTRICULAR FUNCTION IN 74 CASES)

Li Zequan and Liu Lubong

(Guangzhou College of Traditional Chinese Medicine, Guangzhou, China)

thi

This is a clinical study based on differentiation of syndrom
ventricular systolic function as the criterion to evaluate the effectiveness

1. Subjects; Among 74 cases 57 were males and 17 females by
5. 6. The aged group includes 47 cases with an average age
were 60 cases in the control group of the same age.

2. Differentiation of syndromes and criteria.

3. Qigong patterns; The patients were trained with different types
to the theory of differentiation of syndromes deficiency syndrome
reinforcing method, excess syndrome was treated by the reducing methoi
treated by the cooling method, yin was treated in the yang syndrome
kidney strengthening type qigong is for yin deficiency patients and qi g
for yang deficiency patients.

4. Criteria; Left ventricular systolic function was measured in
RM-6000 Poligram. 8 indices were recorded, but here we only give zj
and PEP, LVET.

5. Results; The effects of the qigong treatment on PEP/LVET
Discussion :

PEP/LVET is a reliable criterion in evaluation of the function of
shortened LVET and prolonged PEP can be seen when cardiac functl
ratio of PEP/LVET may sensitively indicate the changes of the cardiac

The results showed that after 3 months qigong training, PEP/Lvj
in the cardivascular disease group and even in some abnormal cases
the control or before qigong training. It suggested that the left vent
was improved.

The normal range of PEP/LVET is 0. 295-0. 345. PEP/LVET
of cardiac disease. This index in our lab was 0. 39. In this study, the
groups were higher than the normal. After the qigong treatment, the
• 128 •

0s, by using the left
of qigong treatment,
jan average age of 6 1 +
of 65. 3 ± 3. 9. There

of qigong . According
was treated by the
•d , heat syndrome was
, etc. For example,
aerating type qigong is

e morning by a Model
report of LVET PEP/

the left ventricle. The
is affected. So, the
function.

ET in the aged group,
ere lower than that in
rjicular systolic function

I bove 0. 38 is a symble
nean PEP/LVET in all
mean lowered to 0. 35.

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rp00701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

In yin deficiency group and the group of qi and yin deficiency it was 0. 345. PEP/LVET in
the group of deficiency complicated by excess syndrome lowered sharply from 0. 419 to 0. 37.
Changes of PEP/LVET before and after the qigong exercise (X+SD)

Group

Cases

Before

After

Aged

0. 386±0. 008 * *

0. 356 + 0. 007# #

Abnormal cardiac function

0. 434 + 0. 008 * *

0. 380 + 0. 009# #

Cardivascular diseases

0. 404 ± 0. 01 * *

0. 380 + 0. 009# #

Yin deficiency

0. 374 + 0. 007 * *

0. 341 + 0. 006#

Qi and yin deficiency

0. 370 + 0. 01

0. 340 + 0. 009#

Deficiency complicated by excess

0. 419 + 0. 01 * *

0. 375 + 0. 01# A

Total

0. 370 + 0. 008 * *

0. 350 + 0. 006#

Aged control

0. 346 + 0. 004

(a) Before the qigong treatment, PEP/LVET was higher than that of the control,
indicating the pathological state of the groups ( * P<0. 05 , * * P<0. 01 )

(b) After the qigong treatment, the difference of PEP/LVET between the pathological
groups and control group was not significant. (A P>0. 05), showing the improvement of
the cardiac function.

(c) The comparison between the condition before and after the qigong treatment showed
that PEP/LVET was significantly modified (# P<0. 05 ## P<C0. 01).

All of these results indicate that the qigong treatment based on differentiation of
syndromes is helpful to the cardiac function. The yin deficiency group got the best result and
the group of deficiency complicated by excess got the second best effect.

• 129 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

A CLINICAL STUDY OF THE TAOIST METHOD FOR KEEPING
GOOD HEALTH AND LONGEVITY ON THE EVOAED CEREBRAL
POTENTIALS IN PATIENTS WITH SENILE CEREBRAL
ARTERIOSCLEROSIS (AN ANALYSIS OF 40 CASES)

Cheng Kezhong, Zhu Ruifen, Zhu Jiayan, Ma Yumei
Tang Zhanfu, Jing Xinwen, Peng Xiaoju and Cheng Xinshan

(Affiliated Hospital? Shandong Medical University, Shandong province, China)

Yue Wenhao

(Shandong Medical University, Shandong province, China)

The method for keeping good health and longevity is one of the qigong advantages
through the clinical practice over 2000 years. But experimental studies are lacking. The
evoked cerebral potential is one of the new objective parameters in th^ study of the cerebral
function. Thirty male patients (60-70 years old) of a qigong exercise group, who were
diagnosed as having cerebral arteriosclerosis by specialists and 10 controls (60-72 years old)
were involved in this study. The somatosensory evoked potentials (SEP) and visual evoked
potentials (VEP) were detected. The results revealed that before doing the qigong exercise the
incubation periods of the N 3 wave of SEP and Ni , P 2 , and N 2 waves of VEP were longer
than those of the controls (P<C0. 05 and P<C0. 01 respectively) . This indicated that the
cortical pathways of SEP and VEP were damaged by cerebral arteriosclerosis.

In the qigong exercise group, after practising for 6 months, the ir cubation periods of the
P 3 wave of SEP and Ni , P 2 and N 2 waves of VEP markedly shortened than those before
practice. The differences were statistically significant (P<0. 01) . However, the amplitudes
showed no marked difference (P>0. 05) . The authors had randomly selected 15 patients
from the 30 patients with cerebral arteriosclerosis of the qigong exercise group. Before and
immediately after practice their SEP and VEP were detected. The amplitudes had physiological
differences but the differences were not significant (P>0. 05). After enfering the calm state,
the incubation periods of all the waves of SEP and VEP had changes. The incubation periods
of Ni , P 2 and N 2 waves showed marked difference before and after practice (P<0. 001) .
This indicated that the practice could improve the degree of myelinization and functional state
of the visual pathway. In the 30 patients the incubation periods of all the waves of the SEP,
except N 3 wave of the SEP which was longer than normal, showed no significant difference
• 130 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rp00701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

from those of the controls. This suggested that the changes of SEP pathway were less marked
than those of VEP pathway.

During practice the influences on VEP by the calm state and the posturing state were
immediately detected, revealing that the incubation periods of N, , P 2 and N 2 waves of VEP
shortened and the differences were significant (P<0. 01) . This indicated that the calm state
could immediately improve the state of cortical VEP pathway. As for SEP, the incubation
periods of Pi , N, , P 2 and N 2 waves showed a move-up, delay and no change. Especially the
N 3 waves moved up significantly. This indicated that the calm state and the posturing state
could promote the excitability of various cortical areas of the SEP pathway, revealing the
shortening of tire incubation periods or lower their excitability, revealing the delay or no
change of the incubation period.

The experimental study indicates that the Taoist method for keeping good health and
longevity can improve the cerebral visual pathway.

AN EXPERIMENTAL RESEARCH
OF PREVENTION AND TREATMENT OF MYOPIA
BY "VISION IMPROVEMENT QIGONG EXERCISE”

Lu Shicai, Liu Zhenwu and Li Zhensheng

(Henan College of Traditional Chinese Medicine, Henan province, China)

Bi Lianhua, Chan Jiafu, Cui Ruanlin and Fu Qinglan
(Anti-Epidemic Centers of Henan Province, Xin Xiang
City, Gi Yuan County, Pingdingshan City, Henan province, China)

Myopia is a disorder of higher incidence in teen-agers. Although various treatments have
been adopted by the scholars at home and abroad with some effect, yet up to now the
spreading tendency of the problem has not been controlled. We have designed the “vision
improvement qigong exercise” according to the theories of traditional Chinese and modern
medicine. At first it pays great attention to improve the whole-body quality, strengthen the
function of the heart, liver, kidney and regulate the meridian system. At the same time it
takes notice of eyes' pathological changes, by relieving the spasm of ciliary muscles and
improving blood circulation. The exercise is divided into 9 movements and takes 10-12
minutes for the whole process. The 9 movements include. 1. Standing quietly and relaxing
for 1 minute; 2. Stretching the body to regulate the meridian system; 3. Swinging arms and

• 131 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rp00701 080001-1

turning eyes for 6 times; 4. Massaging the eyes with the thenar for 3 times; 5. Massaging 6
points with the middle finger; 6. Gazing into the distance from further to nearer , and vice
versa for 6 times; 7. Massaging the head and the face for 3 times; 8. Pushing out and gazing
into the palms for 6 times; 9. Ending the exercise.

Since 1982 we have conducted tests for preventing and treating myopia in 1712
secondary school students in Zhengzhou, Jiyuan and Pingdingshan. These students were
divided into two groups randomly: the treatment group and the control group doing “setting-up
exercises of eyes” . Under the same condition, the tests of vision end diopter were given
before and after the treatment, and evaluation of effectiveness was made after treatment.

The total effective rate for Group I was 67. 67%. The improvement rate was 73. 21%
for functional myopia — a main type in teen-ager myopia. The highest effective was 94. 44%
and the incidence of myopia dropped to 11.94%. Through three months 1 treatment for 65
myopias at Pingdingshan high school, No. 1, the diopter declined to 0 4678D averagely. All
these experimental results proved the curative efffect of the treatment group superior to that of
the control group.

Results from many districts demonstrate that the exercise is effective not only to
functional myopia and mild myopia but also to true and serious myopia. On the other hand, it
is helpful to normal eyes.

THE EFFECT OF QIGONG EXERCISE (QUIESCENT
AND DYNAMIC FORMS) ON THREE INDEXES OF PATIENTS
WITH ABNORMAL CARDIOVASCULAR FUNCTION

Zhang Rulin, Wang Hexuan and Yan Yulan

(Xinxiang Medical College, Henan province, China)

In order to search for the effect of qigong exercise (quiescent dynamic forms) on patients
with cardiovacular diseases, thirty-three patients were observed before and after the qigong
exercise.

Material and Method;

1. Material

The subjects were thirty-three middle-aged and old persons with cardiovascular diseases.
Among them, twenty-five were males and the rest were females. Ten persons* age was from
fifty to sixty and twenty people's from sixty to seventy. Three persons* above seventy. All of

• 132 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

them had abnormal blood pressure, electrocardiogram and vectorcardiogram.

2. Method

Before doing the qigong exercise, patients were checked up and their blood pressure,
rheoencephalogram and vectorcardiogram were recorded for further study. Then they did
exercises from 8-9 o'clock in the morning every day, ten to fifteen minutes for quiescent
exercise and then 15 minutes for Taijigong and Taiji sword-playing. Their exercise was done
again in the afternoon. Three months later, their blood pressure, rheoencephalogram and
vectorcardiogram were examined again. After statistical analysis, we found great changes took
place before and after the exercise.

3. Instrument

Instrument of rheoencephalgram : JX74-4
Instrument of electrocardiovascular • XQ-1A
Instrument of vectorcardiogram: MVC-40A

Result s

1. The effect on blood pressure

Item

ex 2

Systolic pressure

-325

4283

-9.

5. 126

0. 93

10.53

<0. 001

Diastolic pressure

-94

2986

-2.

4. 834

0. 99

3. 37

<0. 05

From the above, we can see that after three months of the qigong exercise, the blood

pressure is lowered evidently. There is great difference between the two periods.
2. The effect on wave shape of rheoencephalogram

Item

Steep and
straight wave

Tripeak

wave

Inclined

wave

Turning

wave

Flating

wave

Before the

exercies

After the

exercise

From the above, we can see that after doing the exercise for three months, the inclined
wave and turning wave in seven cases turned into the steep straight wave and tripeak wave.

• 133 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

3. The effect on vectorcardiogram

The effect on the moving time of QRS cycle

e 2

72. 5

743. 75

219

4. 27

0. 24

2. 96

<0. 05

The author also made the experiment of the effect on the rheoenjcephalogram's dicrotic
wave, the effect on the rising time, the effect on the wave amplitude, the effect on the speed
of flow and the volume of flow and the effect on the difference oi the wave amplitude
between the two sides. The P value of them was less than 0. 05.

The experiment of the effect on the amplitude of vibration of QRSj cycle, the effect on
the long and wide specific value of T cycle, the effect on QRS— T cycle specific value with
instrument of vectorcardiogram were also done. There was great difference between the two
periods.

Discussion s

We compared thirty patients' blood pressure , rheoencephalgram , vqctorcardiogram before
and after the exercise. The result handled by statistics showed great difference between the
two periods. For example, blood pressure lowered, the wave shape of rheoencephalogram
dicrotic pulse became better. The amplitude increased and the rising time shortened, the speed
of flow volume increased. The difference in percentage of the two sides of amplitude became
less and the running time of vectorcardiogram reduced. The amplitude of vectorcardiogram of
all sides increased and the specific value between QRS cycle and T cycle reduced.

It shows that the qigong exercise has obvious curative effect on cardiovascular diseases.
But its mechanism is still unknown. However, according to the theory of qigong the author
assumes :

1. The qigong exercise can dredge the meridian system, regulate tjie function of qi and
blood, keep balance of ying^yang.

2. The integrated relationship between nature and the human being L Traditional Chinese

medicine holds that the human body is a miniature universe, but it does! not exist alone, and
is closely connected with nature. The activities of human beings in the qpen air may promote
the exchange of information between them and nature, stablize the contlrol system of life and
restore health.

3. The qigong exercise can adjust the balance of the central nervous! system, improve the
function of the blood vessels in regulation of it. As a result disorders of blood supply can be

- 134 -

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rb00701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

removed, the intensity of the blood vessel is reduced, when the elasticity of the blood vessels
is strengthened the volume of blood flow is increased, which is a cure to cardiovascular
diseases. But the mechanism needs a further study.

AN ANALYSIS OF 51 CASES WITH CHD TREATED BY QIGONG

Sun Jiwang, Yuan Rui and Yang Cuifeng

(Gansu, China)

Coronary heart disease (CHD) is a common and frequently encountered disease. The
authors have attempted to treat it by the qigong exercise for two years. The result is reported
as follows.

Among the 51 patients 40 were males, 11, females; 49 were the kind of anginal and 2,
prolonged myocardial infarction. Diagnosis was convinced by symptoms and
electrocardiography. Their age were from 51 to 75 and the average treating course was 8
years.

After 20 to 60 days' practising of the exercise collectively or individually under the
guidance of qigong teachers, all the 51 patients could make qi circulate through the Du
Meridian.

The exercise was done as follows;

1. Paying attention to the heart area while cxpirating;

2. Leading qi travel towards Dantian (below umbilicus) ;

3. Keeping qi in Dantian;

4. Never using any other method to aid or support when qi begins to circulate naturally;

5. Generating by preservation of qi .

At the end of the third step, i. e. , when it travels through Mingmen (Du 4) to Xinshu
(B 15) , qi produced impulse to the' heart. Thus, foci started to react, Reoccurrence of the
disease became frequent, but the condition is less severe than before, e. g. angina pectoris did
not severely attack but a slight pain. The patients should then be encouraged to continue
practising the exercise. When qi circulated, patients felt healthy than ever and their
intellectual and remembering faculties restored. At this time, they must * confined to the
exercise.

The effective rate in treating anginal symptoms is 100%. Marked effective is 29 of 51,
improvement 22, and that of electrocardiography is 94. 12% or 27 and 21 cases, failure in 3
cases.

• 135 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-OO792R0OO7O1 080001-1

CHD is caused by weak heart yang , stagnancy of qi and blood stasis, which result in

pain. j

According to traditional Chinese medicine, the fundamental principle of the exercise is to
invigorate the functions of the heart, adjust qi and blood, increase blodd circulation, cleanse

stagnation and relieve pain. The purpose is “to eliminate the root catise while treating the
disease. ”

The authors believe that patients shouldn’t take any drugs including nitroglycerin before
and after the qigong exercise. This is convincingly an effective method to treat CHD.

A STUDY ON QI AND SUPERPOWER

Hsi-ming Wu (Study and Experiment in Taiwan, China)

1. Preface

In January 1986, the author found a hot energy generated in the whole body and
acquired some special talented skills. Since then the author healed many incurable patients
who had been abandoned by many doctors of Western and Chinese medicine. In September of

the same year, the author started studying qi and superpower and offering a course on “SM or
Chinese Superpower Meditation” . After two years' study and experimeht, the author found
that either inner or emitted qi not only could be used to cure diseases for oneself or others,

but also improve one's physical constitution and produce very peculiar! supernatural ability.
This paper will give you an insight of my study and experiment for the pjast two years.

2. Superpower j

The scientific theory of “Superpower” is quite reasonably established, and its practice is
available and feasible. The developed countries, such as the USA and USSR, have invested
much human resource, materials and finance for the purpose of developjnent and study. Both
of them have acquired remarkable achievements. Although “Superpower” has not yet been
accepted by the population , it will become one of the main trends of knowledge in the coming
21st century. Up to this moment, it has not been widely accepted bjf the public owing to
various reasons.

3. Qi and Superpower j

Superpower is not always generated by qigong training, but it can be acquired through
• 136 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792RQ00701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

qigong training for some time. So, there is a close relationship between qi and Superpower.
Qi is a kind of biological energy and the qigong exercise is very popular among the Chinese
people.

4. Inner qi and the emitted qi

After practicing qigong , one may cultivate his inner qi . The inner qi cures the trainees'
own illnesses and the emitted qi can help to heal others’ diseases. Qi emission is very difficult
to be trained, but “SM or Chinese Superpower Meditation” can help the trainees not only to
acquire the ability of emitting their qi to cure others' diseases, but also to produce more
peculiar abilities. They can emitted qi to a body of people. (The author has made an
experiment of giving his emitted qi to a thousand peoplle at the same time).

5. Qi generation without mind control

In more upgrade phase, qi energy can generate an uninterrupted hot energy felt by
anyone around. The author has such capacity.

6. Side-effects of the qigong exercise and superpower in the qigong exercise

Side-effects may result from the qigong exercise. However, the practice and study of “qi

-energy” is very helpful to human beings. So it should not stop training just because of a little
trouble. It should be settled by wisdom.

7. Examples of anti-aging effect of the superpower meditation

There are many actual cases of anti-aging effect of the Chinese Superpower Meditation.
It really can be proved that training of qigong has effect.

8. The Self-healing effect of the superpower meditation & healing by the emitted qi of
the instructors

About one thousand pupils have been successfully trained by the Chinese Superpower
Meditation, 90 percent of the trainess who had taken the whole course have acquired the
talent of curing his own diseases within two years. In this section the author would testify the
actual curing cases, i. e. gastro-enteritis , liver ailment, renal disease, fever and cold,
insomnia, skin disease, brain and neurologic disorders, baby crying in the midnight, cancers,
ear, nose and throat syndromes, urogenital disorders, blood pressure disorders, cardiovascular
disorders, rectification of the deviation of training, strengthening of physical constitution and
etc. of 17 categories.

9. The result of superpower acquired from the Chinese superpower meditation training

The training has made some pupils acquire peculiar talent such as emitting their qi ,

diagnosis with fingertips, remote transmition of qi , spiritual response, preperception, qi
emission to a group of people, operation of will-power and etc.

• 137 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 ; CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

10. Conclusion

According to our study and experiment in the past two years, I we have come to the
conclusions as follows* i

1. We can assure that the training of qigong has a positive, miraculous and undeniable
effect in strengthening physical constitution and curing of diseases.

2. We should pay attention to whether any deviation in qigong training may happen.
So , we should attend the class and learn from the qualified tutors and avoid self-
teaching through books.

3. The training of qigong should be based upon scientific and objective basis without
mingling with the colors of superstition.

4. In the process of training, pupils should not expect good result within a short period.
Otherwise, it will offense the rule of training.

5. It can be assured that the training of qigong can produce superpower but it should be
stated on the scientific and objective basis.

6. The world- wide development of training of qigong will benefit the health of human

beings. I

7. The science of qigong and Superpower will be the main trend of the 21st century and
may become a new knowledge and power of human beings.

SEX EXISTS TOGETHER WITH LIFE

A STUDY OF QIGONG IN TREATMENT OF IMPOTENCE AND
ITS WONDERFVL EFFICACY

Huang Chengmo

(Director, Unique Cultural Features Service
of Inner Strength Skill, Taiwan, China)

1. Correction of sexual concept !

Sexual desire is a part of human nature. It is pure and natural apd connected with the
sacred mission of continuing the family line by producing a male heir. Just as one theologist
says, God is almighty. If tabooing sex, God would not have created, the wonderful sexual
organs for males and females and all owned them to have sexual intercourse. Therefore, his

maxim is “for all things created by God without feeling ashamed, people should not be afraid

< !

of talking about it. ” Based on this principle, I would like to discuss this important but relaxed

. 'i l

topic with serious attitude.

• 138 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

2. Three big sexual troubles of human beings

(1) It's unable to break through sexual concept; (2) Sexual efficacy is not strong: (3)
Venereal diseases are rampant. The sexual concept has been improved because of the
strengthening of the sex education. The conventional sexual diseases like gonorrhea and
syphilis, etc. have been controlled because of the invention of antibiotics and development of
medical sciense and technology. But weak sexual function still cannot be solved by Chinese
and Western medicine.

3. Normal sexual life can increase happiness and prolong life.

As the common saying puts, “When the yin and the yang are in harmony, the fertilizing
rain descends, and it’s a sign of long life when the old is still romantic. According to my
study , the normal sexual life has the following advantages •

1) Sexual love can promote the human body's hormone balance to prevent aging.

2) Desirable sexual life is a symbol of good health.

3) Sexual life is a good remedy to prevent and treat heart ailment because it can release
mental depression and pressure.

4) Good sexual life can increase the sentiment and harmony of a marriage life.

5) Making love is a kind of good exercise.

6) Making love can relieve life boredom and prevent suicide.

7) Sexual love can make life optimistic, active and struggling with success — the
intelligent and brave Solomon King said, happiness is the good mental medicine, but
strong liquor can devitalize bone ; he only loved beauties but not strong liquor.

8) Sexual love can increase happiness and longevity which has been proved in medical
sciense that a married person can have a long life, but an unmarried person dies
early. Therefore, one poet said, “We nust love, or die. ”

4. the cause of impotence and the treating efficacy of qigong

There are complicated reasons for male's sexual weakness like impotence and immature
ejection. They include mental and physiological disturbances, related to cultural characteristics
and family background, especially the sexual companion's indifference and uncooperative
impact. Up to now, there has been no effective therapy in Chinese and Western medicine.
The Western medicine places emphasis on mental haunting and on psychoanalysis, but it's
helpless. The Chinese medicine holds they are caused by deficiency in the kidney and advises
to noursh the heart and soothe the nerves thus tonics are given, but it is only little helpful for
those with weak physical make-up. Only the qigong therapy together with the mental and
physiological treatment has 100% efficacy. It has experienced more than 30 years since 1947

• 139 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

when I started to treat impotence with the qigong therapy in Taiwan. Now I can guarantee to
refund if it r s ineffective. The approaches are as follows. (1) Using qi flow in the qigong
therapy and the contracted movement of sexual gland nerve to strengthen the control of the
spincter muscle in the private part, and to promote endocrine sexjual gland nerves by
stimulation of the male’s ketones, and increase confidence. 2) Massagd is applied to promote
metabolism, strengthen blood circulation, reinforce sexual ability, knd also increase the
nervous function of the brain and kidney to successfully eliminate headache, blurred vision,

lowback pain, impotence and immature ejection. '

5. conclusion \

The youth's sperm barrier is insecure and sensitive to eject easily, j The middle-aged and
old men cannot raise up firmly with too little power to do thing as they wish. Only receiving
my simple training of qigong exercise, they can get remarkable effect. Please believe me ;
"the silkworm will not exhaust its silk until it dies, and the candle's tear will not dry until it
has been burned into ashes. Take a good care of your youth, and then your sexual ability can
be maintained until death. It's absolutely correct that sex exists together with life. 99

THE PRESENT CONDITION OF QIGONG IN JAPAN

Mashanori Yamamoto

(Japan Qigong Academy)

In the long history of exchange with China the Japanese have learned a lot from the
Chinese people, including Buddhism, architecture, painting, calligraphy, acupuncture and
culinary art. Recently modern science has been introduced to China from Japan.- It is
necessary for the prosperity and welfare of both sides in any times. Now, we are learning
qigong science from the Chinese people. i

Countries in Asia used to have a better understanding of qi , but !in Japan qi has only
been a part of Wu-sku or martial arts and Buddhism, and there is no! existence of medical
qigong . Chinese qigong has its unique exercise patterns and it may proihote health and exert
self-cure effect after practice, which has epoch-making significance. 1

It is known to all that everyone concerns health in Japan and there is an enthusiasm of
health-preservation among the masses. Patients used to consult doctors of Western medicine,
but a lot of difficult cases cannot be cured. People having doubts of Western medicine begin
• 140 • !

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-OO792R0OO7O1 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

to seek help from alternative medicine. Since people have more spare time and income it is
certain that they try every way to improve their health. # For example , the young prefer to
take Western physical exercise therapy— a dynamic pattern and the quiescent pattern including
breathing exercise, meditation and Zen. Since 1970 some people began to practise qigong
exercise, but the popularity of qigong only started from 1985 when the mass media, such as
TV , newspapers and journals actively worked on it. Because there had never such a word as
qigong in Japan, it is necessary to wait for sometime to allow people to have an understanding
of qigong . In the past three years there has been constant increase of people learning qigong
exercises. When we compare the number of people learning qigong this year with that of the
previous year we will find an enormous increase in number. In the days to come, we should
clarify the mechanism of qigong to the masses, telling them why qigong exercise can prolong
life and cure diseases. For the purpose of winning popularity of qigong among people, I
believe that when it is expounded on scientific basis and free from mistery qigong must be
universally popular among the people , and this will be a world trend.

It is significant to convene the First World Conference for Academic Exchange of
Medical Qigong . A few months ago an international symposium of qigong science was held in
Shanghai. There will be an international symposium of “ Qi and Human Society” to be held
in Tokyo this November to celebrate the tenth anniversary of the sign of the Japanese-Chinese
Peace and Friendship Treaty, for which a Chinese delegation of 15 members will be sent.
Wide-ranging topics, such as “ qi and psychosomatic medicine”, “ qi and physical culture and
martial arts” , “effects and application of medical qigong ” , “scientific measurement of qi ”
and “ qi and religion , philosophy and art” will be discussed on the meeting. The Japanese
participants are scholars who are of great attainments in qigong and other sciences, and work
in the forefront of these fields.

In recent years qigong has begun to be popular alongside the increased concern about qi
in the world. People used to understand qigong by personal experience, but now an epoch of
scientific understanding of qigong has begun. Qigong science emerged in China has spread to
the world and taken roots internationally. It is expected that qigong as a new branch of
science in the 21st century will make great contributions to the human health and social
development.

• 141 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

THE ACTUAL ANALYSIS OF QI BY KINSHINpAN-HO
(THE MUSCULAR-DIAGNOSING THERAPY METHOD)
AND THE MANIPULATIVE TREATMENT QF IT

Kono, Tadao, Hoshino, Minoru, Yamabe, Yoshihiko

(Association of Muscular-Diagnosing Therapy of JAPAN)

If we give the definition of the medical treatment of qigong a$ the therapy by the
practical use of qi , I can say with much confidence that the Jing Luo (ijieridians) therapy by
accupunture is also the same therapy. The KinShindan-Ho, a kind of acupuncture I have
originated may be regarded as the new qigong systematized as a method ojf medical treatment.

Until now, we have various applications of magnetism used in rrledical instruments or
other healing products and methods because of its healthy usefulness or |some kind of medical
effects. But science has not proposed any complete explanation as ip why and how the
magnetism appears or affects the case of treatment. This is the very; similar circumstance
about the essential recognition of qi , so called whether “inner qi 99 or Remitted qi 99 , that is
lacking the physical reality with scientific substantiation. j

As it is beliveed that in proportion as the magnetic force increases the efficacy will rise,

there is a remarkable tendency to use stronger magnetic tablets to put oh the affected part for

treatment. On the other hand, we know the tendency that the capacity of inner qi is one of
the most important conditions of a qigong doctor. It is interest but questionable for me as to
whether this tendency has missed the mark.

At any rate, it is no use to say that to build the relationship filled with confidence
between doctors and patients and to make a self-effort of patients to realize the earlier cure are
the most important and indispensable conditions, for qi makes the full juse of the real ability

when the qi of a doctor forms in response to that of patients, that is hot one way effective

from the doctor’s side on the wide concept of treatment with qi . j

On our point of view, the efficacy is not in proportion to the magrjetic force (numerical
value of gauss) , though there is no question that the magnetism pf tablet we use for
stimulation or relaxation operates physically to living objects. I could get the same efficacy I
expected when I used a tablet of both 800 gauss and 160 gauss. ]

From this result, we can guess it is neccessary for patients to take magnetism as an

information, enough to promote the circulation of inner qi , not magnetism itself.

If magnetism itself makes an important contribution to efficacy to nheridians, there leaves

• 142 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-OO792R0OO7O1 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

no room for the manipulative treatment of KinShindan-Ho , on which we use no apparatus.

We may discuss if our manipulative treatment should be comprised in the category of the
emitted qi treatment.

But it is sure that hands and fingers . can radiate something in common between
magnetism and qi . Until today , we have come to proof that hands and fingers show the
‘nature* which correspond to magnetic poles, though it is needless to say that hands and
fingers are not magnets in that they cannot attract iron or any other metals.

I give it the name as “Finger Magnet” , for it does the part of our magnetic apparatus for
diagnosis.

We introduce , as follows, the law and the way (proceeding order) and use of the
manipulative teatment of the KinShindan-Ho. And we pick up certain relations with a
treatment of the emitted qi to consider or dispute.

1 . A subject lies in a face up position to take an abdominal diagnosis.

A manipulator pushes in at the points of abdominal diagnosis by the tip of the mid-
finger and to guess extraordinariness of meridians , asking a subject if he feels pain or
not.

2. A manipulator examines if extraordinary tensions appear by an operation of touching
diagnosis on diagnostic muscles which are counterpart to each meridian.

3. A manipulator gives a conclusion of abnormality of a meridian by the symptoms of
both pain of a point of abdominal diagnosis and tensions of diagnostic muscles of the
common relative meridian.

4. The abnormal meridians are classified into four groups; yin meridians of hand, yin
meridians of foot, yang meridians of hand and yang meridians of foot.

A manipulator selects only one meridian from each group for the meridian to treat, so
we appoint the four meridians to treat.

5. A manipulator decides the side to treat, either right or left and selects only one point
from the probable points.

6. A manipulator stimulates the healing point in the case of weakness or relaxes, the
healing point in the case of excessiveness on each meridian.

Now we have to show the precondition when we assign the N or S pole role to each hand
and fingers. Right hand of man ; S (minus) -pole to palm, S-pole to thumb, N (plus) -pole to
forefinger and S-pole to middle finger. Left hand of man ; N-pole to palm, N-pole to thumb,
S-pole to forefinger and N-pole to middle finger.

• 143 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792RQ00701 080001-1

• i

Woman's are exchanged from the right to left of those of man.

We can therefore do the mainipulative therapy by using this force. A manipulator
examines if the extraordinary tensions of diagnostic muscles will disappear, while he puts his
fingers gently and lightly on the point of abdomen by the other hand, th s manipulation is the
way to decide the weakness or excersiveness.

For example , a male manipulator makes muscular diagnosis on the left hand if there is a
reaction, when he touches the point of the abdomen by the forefinger of his right hand (N-
pole role). If there is a reaction, it shows weakness of the meridian. ;

Next, we give the name N (plus) -S (minus) ring that is a finger rijig made of the tip of
the thumb and the tip of forefinger or middle finger ; j

Man's N-ring is made of the right thumb and the forefinger and of the left thumb and the
middle finger. Man's S-ring is made of the right thumb and the middle linger and of the left
thumb and the forefinger. Woman's are exchanged from the right to left of those of man.
Using these law, when manipulators and patients make a mutual aid, they can know the
weakness or excessiveness clearly, accurately, and more rapidly than ordinary cases.

This is to say ;

1- For example, a male manipulator, left N-ring, pushing on j into a point of the
abdomen by the tip of the middle finger of the right hand, if [there is a vanishing
reaction of pain, this is a sign of weakness.

‘ 2. Left N-ring of a patient, straightening the elbow joint and jturning the forearm
inward, while a menipulator takes diagnosis on the points of the |abdomen or diagnose
muscles , if they get a vanishing reaction , it shows the weakness of the left side of
yin meridian of foot. j

Left S-ring of a patient, the rest of the same proceeding condition, it shows the
excessiveness of the left side of yin meridian of foot. The case oif the right N-ring of

a patient is to show weakness of the right. I

3. Left N-ring of a patient, straightening the elbow joint and turning the forearm
outward, while a manipulator takes disagnosis on points of the ajbdomen or diagnoses
muscles, if they get a vanishing reaction, it shows the weakness of the left side of
the yang meridian of foot. The followings are the same as above. j

4. Left N-ring of a patient, right angle bending the elbow joint and! turning the forearm
inward, while the manipulator makes a diagnosis as above; if [they get a vanishing
reaction , it shows the weakness of the left side of the yin meridian of hand.

The followings are the same as above.

• 144 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rp00701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

5. Left N-ring of a patient, right angle bending the elbow joint and turning the forearm
outward, while the manipulator makes a diagnosis as above; if they get a vanishing
reaction, it shows the weakness of the left side of the yang meridian of hand.

The followings are the same as above.

Now we believe you understand the whole system of the manipulative treatment,
especially about the cooperative way between patients and manipulators on the diagnosing
process. By the way, on these process of finger magnet, from beginning to the decision of the
side to treat, the manipulator uses a gentle touching method on the points. But on the points
to treat, the manipulator may use a hard touching method for the stimulation or relaxation.
In this case, each pole role turns to opposite nature. That is to say, when male manipulators
use a hard touching method, the finger magnets play the role of woman’s ones of gentle
touching method. Female manipulator's finger magnets have the contrast to man’s.

Now I will show the alternative treatment of our own method. When a male manipulator
wants to make the stimulation to the point to treat, you may touch or set your left palm (2
inches down the Pericardium Meridian of Laogong (P 8) , near the root of the middle finger)
afloat facing to skin until 3 cm above it. If you set your palm more than 3 cm, you may
relax to the point. In this method, there is no need to use psycho-attention. The right palm
makes the opposite phenomena to the above. A female manipulator's palms play the opposite
role.

I don’t believe that the law of the KinShindan-Ho has universal validity through the
generality of the emitted qi treatment, for it seems there are some considerable differences
between them. For the cases of treatment with the emitted qi , it is important to harmonize
the radiation to breathing and with the psycho-attention. Otherwise, as the emitted qi
treatment does not have a system to decide weakness or excessiveness of meridians in its own
scale, neither have a general method to stimulate or relax on the points. Though we easily
find something in common between the manipulative treatment of the KinShindan-Ho and the
radiation treatment of the emitted qi , for example, by which we get remarkable efficacy
without any apparatus. As I am not a doctor of qigong but only an acupuncturist, I have not
been trained to radiate qi . But when I explain our manipulation, I dare say qi plays a great
part in our conception of treatment; i. e. the qi of the hands of a manipulator's is counterpart
of that of the patient’s body surface. We want profitable suggestions from the Chinese qigong
doctors.

• 145 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R|)00701 080001-1

A TREATMNET METHOD TOWARDS
FUNCTIONAL DISEASES OF THE KNEEJpINT

Shigeo Nakagawa

(Kansai Qigong Society, Japan)

In Japan, from former times, headache, lumbago, and having a stiflf shoulder have been

the most common and daily pains. But with the progress of means ojf transportation and

popularization of private used motorcars becoming too convenient, more tad more persons are

worried about a disease of knee joint. Recovering of this is not easy. Especially in case of

high aged persons, they sometimes arrive to loss of walking function.

The averege life span of Japanese is now top of the world. But disease with pain in the
aged will increase in near future.

For such trouble like that, we need safe and easy home treatment, i. e to treat by the
patients themselves or with their families and friends.

I studied Sotaido (“Body treatment method” designed by Dr. Hashimoto) 10 years ago,
and 4 years after, in 1983, meeting with qigong . After that, I studied Sotaido and qigong for
five years, and found various effective treatment methods.

Toward the kneejoint problem, it contains a method of moving-diagnjosis (named “circle-
diagnosis method” and etc. ) , press-diagnosis for finding out the diseased muscle , and

treatment techniques.

Now I’ll introduce these method as follows.

1. The function of the knee is not only to bend and straighten, but to turn, draw circles or
twist like a screw. My “circle-diagnosis” is developed based on it. The paltient lies and his legs
are moved to draw circles. He is asked when he is most uncomfortable.

2. For knowing which muscle in the knee is diseased, the patient is askpd to bend or extend
his knee, and to find the most uncomfortable position, and the unusual point press tense
muscle.

3. In many case, any muscle connecting the knee has bad influence on trie kneejoint. When I
find the inner conection another treatment is applied. It is a way to finb unusual tension of
the leg, and relax, regulate that unbalance point.

4. In treatment, the doctor touches the diseased point with one hand and jemit his qi to let the
patient move his knee from most uncomfortable posture to comfortable jjosture, after that,
proper pressure is given by the other hand. The patient is advised to relUx his body when he

• 146 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

breathes out. Repeat this 1 or 2 times.

AN IDEA OF INNER DIAGNOSTIC METHOD

Mashakashu Kazhuda (Japanese Oriental Medicine)

O-ring test has been developed by Dr. Keishou Omura. The strength of the O-ring
formed by the thumb and index finger of the right hand of the subject is tested to decied if the
drug held in the left hand is good or not for the subject's illness. From tests I have found that
when the subject thinks of a drug in Yitang (Extra 1) , the same purpose may be reached.
Method :

For example when the abdominal diagnosis tells there is a pain and distension in the chest
region , the patient is instructed to touch his Qimen (Liv 14) with his left index finger and the
O-ring test is conducted on the right hand.

Radix Bufleuri is good for pain and distension in the chest region. But for determination
of the best prescription in which Radix Bupleuri is included, different ones are applied to
Yintang (Extra 1) . When the best one touches Yintang (Extra 1) , the O-ring formed by the
patient cannot be separated. By using this method, even no drugs are applied to, one can
decide the best prescription.

It is thought that in the O-ring test the subject is influenced by electric field and magnetic
field. Why does mental application of drugs produce the same effect? If the qi of the
performer can affect the patient? No matter what reason it is, the above observation is
presented to you for consideration.

AN OBSERVATION ON SKIN THERMOGRAPHY
DURING QIGONG NEEDLING

Lin Maomei (Sino-Japanese Institute of Qigong , Nagoya, Japan)

No matter whether we are performing qigong needing, emitted qi therapy or
psychotherapy with arousing of qi (vital energy) , the exchange of qi between the performer
and the patient, the solicitude and encouragement given by the performer to the patient and
the respect and confidence shown by the patient to the performer can in various degrees lead to
positive therapeutic effect physically and mentally. When I carry out the therapy of qigong

• 147 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

needling, I give full consideration to the entirety of the human body with respect to the
mental and physical state, just as to the current principle of “wholistic therapy”, which has
been highly valued internationally.

For years, I have been in charge of a Sino-Japanese therapeutic clime engaging mainly in
acupuncture treatment and a Sino-Japanese Institute of qigong engaging mainly in qigong
treatment in Japan. Since 1981, I have innovated a method of treatment which integrates
acupuncture and qigong and carried out the clinical observation in this respect. My paper “The
Integrated Application of Qigong and Acupuncture” was published in 11983 in a Japanese
medical journal (Journal of All Japan Acupuncture Society) and mejt with attention and

enthusiasm. As I have practiced qigong , especially the qigong mimiqng a wild goose and
shadow boxing for ten years, my patient will have a sense of comfort whenever my hand
keeps close to the diseased part of his body. In 1986, I began to treat; 66 patients with the
method of qigong needling (during treatment the needle was held in the Hand of the performer
but not inserted into the body of the patient and sometimes two fingers were used instead of a

needle to release qi externally) . 60 of the 66 patients experienced tjhe receiving of qi .
Among them, 12 experienced a heat sensation, 10 a mobile sensation, j 8 an electric current

sensation, 6 a heavily pressed sensation, 4 alleviation of pain and distress and 20 other

sensations such as needle pain or pulsation of blood vessels. j

In order to obtain some scientific data, thermography was performed simultaneously
during the treatment. The results are shown in the figures. During the Qigong needling (the
needle was held but not inserted) and finger needling (the middle finger |was used instead of a
needle and directed at a distance towards the acupuncture points Laogong j(P 8) , Hegu (LI 4)

etc. ) . The skin temperature of the treated part was elevated to varying j degrees. In general,
the skin temperature rose one to two degrees. It is thus shown that qigdjig needling or finger
needling has definitely produced effect.

It is not necessary to demand the patients to have experience of practicing qigong in order
to be treated with the qigong needling. However , if the patient has this kind of experience
and has confidence in the performer, the therapeutic effect would be better. A more important
fact is that through my experience with the qigong needling and finger needling, I have
perceived that the space between the performer and the patient was fuj.1 of an invisible but
effect producing substance. The exchange of qi and idea is, in fact, a kind of medical art
carried out by the performer and the patient as well. j

However, there are still some problems such as the therapeutic indications of the qigong

needling and finger needling, the physical and mental state of the patient, the patient's-

i •

• 148 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

experience of practicing qigong , the effect of psychiac suggestion etc. awaiting for further
observation and investigation.

NEW QIGONG — AN ESSENTIAL TOOL
IN HEALING AND PREVENTION OF CANCER

Chung Siu Wong (Dawn Valley Qigong Health Center, U. S. A)

For the past 18 years, new qigong has been taught publicly and has proven its
effectiveness in the prevention and treament of common chronic ailments, such as heart
disease, hypertension, diabetes and inflammatory diseases. The effectiveness of this new
qigong not only regards the healing of many chronic diseases, but also it is beneficial to the
immune function of cancer patients in the early, middle, and last stages. This unexpected
healing result has drawn the attention in many countries. Now, there are many cancer
patients coming from different countries to receive qigong treatment.

New qigong's major theoretical basis is traditional Chinese and Western medicine and
physiology, especially the Chinese meridian doctrine by strengthening the immune function.

1. The internal reason for cancer is because the body is unable to adjust the seven emotions,
the five zang and six fu organs; and the external reason for cancer is because of the
changing of weather and improper diet. But the external reason is decided by the internal
reason. The body becomes so weak that it loses the circulation of qi or life force and blood
throughout the body. Obstructions of qi and blood can't be removed, and thus there is no
way to balance yin and yang .

Qigong can prevent and cure cancer. This is because the practice of qigong directly
strengthens the body's qi and thereby strengthens the immune function. Qigong practice
also regulates the metabolic function, the body's adaptation to the environmental
influences, thereby maximizing the body's physiological functioning. Since qigong
facilitates good circulation of qi and blood throughout the body, obstructions of qi and
blood can be removed, and thereby increasing the power to resist cancer.

2. Bodily weakness or injury, environmental pollution or the weakness of the liver and kidney
will gradually become cancerous. Practice of qigong is the best way to strengthen the body
and prevent cancer.

3. The effectiveness for those who have practiced qigong for 6 to 9 months;

1) Body strengthened, appetite increased and sleep improved, more energy and better

• 149 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rp00701 080001-1

spirit, colds prevented and cured, chance of cancer decreased. !

2) Regulating red and white blood cell : from abnormal to normal. ;

e. g. White blood cells from 1700 to 7800
Platelet from 51000 to 157000

Hemoglobin from 5, 2 gram to 14. 3 gram j

3) Enabling a person to revitalize the basic energy which strengthens the entire body,
healing headaches, spitting of blood and obstruction of the gullet.

4) Side-effects due to chemotherapy and radiation (vomiting, dizziness, headache,
insomnia, loss of appetite, etc. ) dramatically reduced.

5) Softening the lump and the subjective symtoms disappeared. ;

6) By practice of the New Qigong , not only cancer can be in alleviated, but also other

diseases can be healed. It stimulates the flow of qi throughout (he body.

The following statistics show in the treatment of various forms of cancer j
(Report from a certain district)

Name of Cancer No. of People Effectiveness j Ineffectiveness

Breast Cancer 93 83.6% 16.4%

Lung Cancer 115 75.1% 24.9%

Colon Cancer 72 68.2% 31.8%

Nasopharyngeal 65 64.4% 35.6%

Cancer j

It is also effective with other cancers, such as, esophageal cancer, stomach cancer,
rectal cancer, throat cancer, lymph cancer, primary liver cancer, leukemia, uterine cancer,
ovary cancer, etc. j

EFFECTS OF QIGONG ON PSYCHOSOMATIC
AND OTHER EMOTIONALLY-ROOTED DISORDERS

Richard R. Pavek (U. S. A. )

SHEN, a specific form of qigong , has beneficial effect on psychosomatic and other
emotionally-rooted disorders. A review of 25 selected cases show that js 'hen qigong is highly

• 150 • |

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

effective in ending these disorders. The cases further demonstrate that there is a body-site
relationship between the background emotions involved in these disorders and the organs or
other body parts that have dysfunctioned.

The mechanism behind disorders such as the irritable bowel syndrome, premenstrual
distress, chronic non-biologic psychogenic pain and migraine has been poorly understood.
Many of these disorders have been labelled “psychosomatic”, meaning that psychological or
emotional factors are heavily involved in their etiology. However, while the transpersonal
psychological factors that predispose one to these disorders have generally been determined, the.
precise, internal mechanism by which these external events convert to biological dysfunction
has remained a mystery. Because of this, effective treatment methods for these disorders have
remained elusive. At the Shen Therapy Institute we have found that applying specific Shen
qigong protocols can result in positive, permanent improvement for a number of these
disorders. Some of the disorders successfully treated with Shen qigong include menstrual and
premenstrual distress, migraine, irritable bowel syndrome, eating disorders and chronic low
back syndrome.

More specifically we find that;

1. Applying appropriate procedures of Shen qigong to patients suffering from premenstrual
distress has resulted in nearly complete amelioration of the grosser and most debilitating
symptoms in the majority of cases treated.

2. Applying Shen qigong procedures to over 40 patients suffering from migraine not only
ended most episodes of the disorder but has revealed the psycho-emotional underpinnings in
much of this condition, which had not previously been determined to be of psychosomatic
origin. Many who had suffered from this complaint weekly or biweekly and received a short
series of Shen Qigong treatments now report episode intervals of a year or more. In several of
these cases no further migraines have occured.

3. Shen qigong treatments given to a large number of sufferers of unremitting chronic low
back pain, both pre-surgery and post-surgery resulted in a high percentage of permanent
reduction of pain, considerable improvement in range of motion and an increase in emotional
well-being.

4. Additionally, we find Shen qigong procedures to be extremely useful to those who do not
present psychosomatic symptoms. Shen qigong treatments have been found useful to patients

• 151 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

suffering from anxiety, depression, blocked grief and sleep disorders. Skfin qigong is useful in
accessing and releasing troubling suppressed and repressed emotion and, sometimes, memory
of debilitating early life events. Release of these emotional factors has frequently led to
positive behavioral changes. j

Furthermore, we have demonstrated that Shen qigong procedures can be taught
successfully to most health professionals and that the majority possess enough natural qi to be
effective. Thus, Shen qigong gives evidence of being a uniquely usefulj therapeutic modality
for a broad range of formerly difficult-to-treat disorders, specifically Those disorders where
repressed and/or suppressed emotional factors are involved. j

These discoveries considerably extend the previously known range of qigong treatable
disorders. j

QIGONG AS A PUTATIVE TREATMENT FOR
IMMUNO DEFICIENCY SYNDROMES

* i

Philip S. Lansky (u. S, A. )

This paper will explore the concept of immuno-deficiency synldromes in light of
traditional Chinese medical theories. The Western concept of immune system capability will be
related both to the concept of wei chi , i. e. the protective energy, as wfell as to the physical
seat of the immune system, i. e. the marrow, as a specific inner “sea; , ” an aspect of the
energy system of the kidney. In light of this conception, the reality of AIDS, as well as such
“softer” immuno-deficiency syndromes as the chronic picture associatecj with long standing
Epstein Barr virus infections, will be related to specific treatment strategies involving qigong
as well as adjunctive herbal treatment. The paper will also describe ?the author's clinical
experience in teaching qigong to patients with AIDS and related syndromes. Finally, the
entire matter of building up the body resistance therapy (i. e. qigo'ng and herbs) for
immunologic problems will be explored in the modern context of clinical
psychoneuroimmunology , an interdisciplinary field gradually emerging in Western medicine.

• 152 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

INDIAN YOGIC PRANA YAM AND CHINESE
QIGONG —A COMPARATIVE STUDY AND ITS APPLICATION
IN TREATMENT OF ASTHMA

S. A. A. Ramaiah, M. A. (Sc, ) , A. A. (America)

(Babaji Yoga Holistic Hospital, Athanoor, India, and Faculty, Arizona Western College, U. S. A. )

Introduction — Historical Research — Yoga and Pranayam (Indian Qigong) practised
from Cape Comorin (Kumari Munai) to Amarnath Himalayas since pre-historic times.

Pranic energy ( Shakthi ) and Qi: A comparative study Three sources of energy Air,

sunlight and food with six tastes.

Asthma ( Kami Noi) Yoga Pathology Deficiency of Pranic energy Vivid

description of the pathology of asthma and its aetiology.

Yogic Therapy for Asthma;

1 .Kriya Dietotherapy Avoid ice-cold material and use warm cooked food with yang

pranic energy.

2. Kriya Holistic therapy Use of sunlight and sun treatment (Jnayuru maruthuvam)

to increase yang heat energy and kill the virus and germs; use of herbs in India and China for
the treatment of Asthma

3. Kriya Hatha Yoga Treatment; Live demonstration of yogic techniques like Pranayam
(Indian Qigong) etc : -

1. Purna Shuddhi Pranayam.

2. Mooligai Pranayam.

3. Astham Pranayam three types.

4. Matrika Pranayam

5. Adhara Vibareethakarani (Supported Topsy Turvy Pose)

6. Paathi Meenasanam with sleeping (Thooka) Pranayam.

7. Purna Save Shanthi Asanam and finally Pakka Vasa Shanthi (Idathu) Asanam (left side
down) to increase yang energy.

Conclusion — -Indian Pranayam and qigong are better than drugs with contraindications
and drug dependency for the treatment of astham — HOLISTIC HEALITH FOR ALL BY 2000
A. D. THROUGH PRANAYAM AND QIGONG J

• 153 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rb00701 080001-1

QIGONG SPIRAL TREATMENT -SUDARSANA
RESEARCH BETWEEN 1978-1987

Vuokko Raakel Rahtu-Etiainen/Ming-Xi Hua (Finland)

Sudarsana Qigong treatment, is based on my experiments apd studies concerning

Indian Qigong - Yoga in different forms. It is most effective in a combination of Bhakti-Yoga
and traditional Chinese medicine.

The qigong treatment I use is very easy to practise, although it h^s to be done properly
both in technical ways and in the right mood of the patient and therapeutist.

In theory this treatment appears to be very difficult. But in rigjit circumatances it is

easy.

I use references , proofs to motivate my treatment from many directions. Here I will take

up five of them. ^

1. Ayurveda, an Indian way to see the energy of a human beirig in big spiral-formed
wheels , the Ayurvedic medicines are herbs with a living spiral energy, j

2. Traditional Chinese medicine, with its yin/ yang , five elements! diagnostics of eyes,

tongue, 13 zang/fu pulses and 28 symptoms of the pulses, asking,! listening, looking,
palpation and observing the smell of the patient. !

3. From the Western medicine I use anatomy, neurology and psychology and the
function of the internal-secretion organs. I slao use the nursing science ip my treatment.

4. Free studies by using available books about the function of the [brain, the differences

of the right and left hemisphere. j

5. Through studies of the book Spiraali-Ympyra I have found proofs for my hypothesis,
that anti-cjock wise spiral treatment is materializing the energy in the body. The clockwise
treatment relieves the body from muscle pains and contractions. Sudarsana qigong treatment is
a way to a’djust the internal strength in a human being and also is of high scientific value.

I divide my treatment into three sections :

1. the analytical phase I

2. the technical performance j

3. the Indian qigong phase

I consider that I and my students can turn a disturbing antisocial j person to a social one
• 154 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rp00701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

and that we can get the optimum health to an individual by an average of 2-3 treatments.

The following diseases have been cured by activating the self-healing system, such as
glaucoma, pus running from the ears for 28 years, general neuraglia, headache and so on.

Observings •

The patient before the first treatment; The patient was often bloated, talked too much
with many other complaints. During the first treatment most patients could not relax very
nicely. Moxibustion is usually applied to the acupoints, warming or sometimes burning the
acupoints. After and during the second treatment, the patients started trusting in the
therapeutist and mostly had been recovered after that. After the third treatment, the patients
felt deeper and deeper relaxation. Rememberance had become better.

The patients should keep good living habits and have to balance the time between work
and rest and have to do systematical home-exercises properly taught by the therapeutist. More
and more foreigners are interested in it.

When my students follow seriously a clean way of living then they can get optimum
results in their treatments.

Women's energy is the best in healing because a woman is of earth-power , and when the
body is touched, she works with earth.

QIGONG IN AUSTRALIA

AN EFFECTIVE WEAPON AGAINST STRESS

Jack Lim ( Qigong School of Australia, Australia)

Qigong has but a short history in Australia, and I am proud to say, my Qigong School
of Australia has played a pioneering role in introducing qigong to Australia.

Besides generally contributing to improvement of health and well-being, qigong is
becoming known in Australia as an efficient means to overcome stress.

The number of people suffering from stress in the Western world is enormous. The

tempo of life is becoming ever faster, however, in order to survive, everyone must keep
pace. Therefore there are very few indeed who do not feel this pressure, whether it be at
home, at school or at the workplace and in the business world. We have had many students
suffering from such symptoms as increased heart beat, physical exhaustion and insomnia while

• 155 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

some further suffered from peptic ulcers, high blood pressure and heart disease which are
related to stress. !

More than 50% of the qigong students had been suffering form stress. We carried out a
study of 400 students who had been enduring such stress. They were fifom various fields and

occupations; 18% of them were doctors, computer specialists, artists, business executives and

lawyers etc, and this category had the most serious symptoms. 12% jwere students, 45%
were workers and other employees, and the remaining 25% were housevHeves or retirees.

In the teaching of qigong , it has been important to give detailed Explanations as to how
qigong works and to introduce the historical background to the art. This is to help the students
have full confidence in qigong and persevere in practising. Dynamic qigong was integrated
with quiescent qigong .

All the four hundred students in the survey reported marked improvement in their
condition. There were 22 cases of high blood pressure among students at the time of their
enrolment, and all have experienced gradual lowering, such that fifteen are no longer in need
of any medication and all other cases have seen improvement.

Those who suffered from impaired sleep are now sleeping well. Student are more
efficient in their learning and teachers are more relaxed, which has brought about a more
cooperative and responsive class of students. j

Conclusions ;

We have therefore reached the conclusion that qigong is an effective means to combat
stress, and its beneficial effect is enjoyed not only by those students > directly learning and
practishing qigong , but is also experienced indirectly by those who ade in constant contact
with those students. All these students feel profoundly grateful to the jancient Chinese sages
who discovered and developed the art of qigong and to all the qigong masters and scientists in
China today who are carrying on and developing this art of longevity j bring well-being and
* happiness not only to the people of China but also to the people of the wcjrld.

• 156 • j

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701080001-1

THE USE OF THE EMITTED QI IN QIGONG AND
ACUPUNCTURE IN THE TREATMENT OF FOOD ALLERGIES

Chu Chow (Canada Qigong Health Clinic)

Modern technological progress unfortunately has been accompanied by a number of new
illnesses that did not exist before. Among them is the problem of food allergies. This is
becoming a common problem difficult to cure. Western medicine does not yet have a cure and
traditional Chinese medicine also finds this problem difficult to treat.

Many food allergy patients become progressively limited in the kinds of food they can
eat. Often they are limited to two or three kinds of food for sustaining life. They lose
weight, become severely depressed and become progressively weaker and weaker. Typically,
these patients have a hungry and depressed physical appearance. Although there are no
harmful side-effects from the use of Chinese herbal medicine in the treatment of this
condition, improvement is minimal with herbs alone. Because of this, the writer decided to
eliminate herbal medicine and use a combination of qigong and acupuncture for treatment. 52
food allergy patients were treated by the writer using these techniques. All but two showed
some improvement in their condition. The details of the treatment procedures are as follows:

Procedures;

Of the 52 cases treated 10 were males and 42 were females. Their age ranged from 9 to
45 years. All had medical diagnosis of food allergy problems with a duration from 1 year to
25 years. All had been previously treated by Western medical techniques without success.

Treatment methods;

The major treatment consisted of qigong projection. This was supported by acupuncture
techniques. Acupuncture was used mainly in the early stages of treatment and qigong was
used in the later stages.

Acupuncture Points Used

1. Ganshu (UB 18) , Pishu (UB 20)

• 157 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792RQ00701 080001-1

Weishu (UB 21), Dachangshu (UB 25)

Feishu (UB 13), Fengchi (GB 20) j

2. Yang ling quan (GB 34), Zusanli (St 36)

Shangjuxu (St 37) , Lieque (Lu 7)

Hegu (LI 4)

Qigong Method:

During the early stages of qigong projection the patient was given j relaxation instructions
in a supine position with the eyes closed. The writer then emitted his qi from his palm to the
above mentioned acupuncture points. When the patient's health improved his position was
changed from a supine to a sitting position in a chair. !

> l

, !

Treatment effects.

The following 4 categories were used to rate patients' progress;

1) Completely cured- The patient can eat any kind of food with no limitations.

2) Partially cured; The patient's allergic reactions are present but are much less severe.

3) Minimally cured; The patient's allergic reactions are present but they have improved

slightly. j

4) No improvement; There is no change in the patient's condition. !

17 out of the 52 patients (32.69%) were in Category 1 , showing partial recovery. 25
patients (48.08%) were in Category 2, showing partial recovery. 8 patients
(15. 38%) were in Category 3 with minimal recovery and 2 patients (3. 85%) were
in Category 4 with no improvement.

Discussion :

Food allergies can be due to a number of causative factors

1. They can be present at birth as a result of pre-natal or genetic abnormalities in one or

both parents, however not all children in a family will havt the same kinds of
allergies.

2. Allergies can also be acquired after birth. Modern industrialization and agricultural
mass production methods have resulted in wide spread pollution problems of air,
water and food supplies. There is evidence that many people afe adversely affected
by residues of insecticides, herbicides, chemical fertilizers, chemical additives in food
as well as growth hormones and antibiotics in meat supplies. PoWerful new chemical

• 158 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rb00701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

drugs used in Western medicine may also produce side-effects which can lead to
allergies.

The immune system's defense mechanisms can be affected by environmenta
pollutants and become progressively weaker and weaker. Epidermal and other cells
may be destroyed and as the immune system breaks down the person will gradually
become allergic to substances which previously caused no difficulties,
c) The person's digestive system may not be fully functional. Undigested food materials
may then accumulate in the lower intestines leading to auto-intoxication and

allergies.

Whatever the specific cause is, however, the key factor appears to be a
weakening of the body's natural defense mechanisms. This is consistent with the
statements in the “Classic of Internal Medicine”, which emphasizes that when the qi
is weak in the body there will be illness. A person will be prone to illness when the

qi level is low.

Treatment Recommendations;

Strengthening of the spleen, livet, stomach and lung systems is essentiabfor treatment.
The spleen and stomach systems provide general health for the body. By strengthening the ,
the liver system clears toxins from the body while the lung system strengthens skin cells and
provides general protection for the body. Strengthening all of these systems together wdl
improve the overall immune system.

Using the emitted of qigong in combination with acupuncture increases qi , which wr
help the function of the internal organs and improve the immune system. Gradually the
intensity of allergic reactions will decrease and substances will cease to be allergens. The
‘•Classic of Internal Medicine" stated that if the body is full of qi , diseases cannot mvade.

This is consistent with the field of modern wholistic medicine.

In conclusion it can be stated that food allergies can be successfully treated and also cured

in many cases by using the techniques of the emitted qi and acupuncture.

INTRODUCTION OF QIGONG IN WEST GERMANY

Gisela Hildenbrand (West Germany)

The firs, detailed descriptions of “Therapeutic Gymnastics” and “Health Preservation

• 159 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-OO792R0OO7O1 080001-1

Exercises” used in TCM have been published by Dudgeon (1895), |Hubotter (1929) and
Maspero (1937) . But this does not mean that qigong has been practised in those days. In the
last 30 years, ' however, the interest of Western physicians in TCM 4 grown tremendously,
especially acupuncture therapy is used now by many German doctorj, From their visits to
China, Germans received a deep impression of the Chinese people practising Taijiguan and
grgong in the early morning hours. The statement that these exercises jare not only for health
preserving but also for treating severe diseases seemed to be surprising. Since qigong has its
roots in the concept of TCM as well as ancient Chinese philosophy, ijt has been difficult for
German physicians to understand what qigong is about. Some translated qigong just with
“breathing exercises,” some have been confused about the huge variety of qigong exercises.
Fortunately the scientific exchange among the Chinese and German physicians made a big
progress and so some German physicians have the opportunity to study with excellent qigong
masters. Referring to the academic exchange there was the “Week jof Chinese Medicine,
Munich 1984”, where Prof. Jiao Guorui gave excellent lectures and demonstrations on qigong
therapy. In 1988 Prof. Jiao Guorui was invited to the University of Bonn for a 2 months
research visit. During this time he gave lectures at the Universities of Colon, Bonn and
Mainz. On the Medical Conference on Natural Healing about 70 German physicians practised
the “15 postures of Taiji ” developped by Prof. Jiao Guorui. Beside! the “15 postures of
Taigi” the most known qigong exercises in Germany are “8 Brocade exercises”, “18
Exercises” and “Cran z-Qigong”. Certainly we are at the very beginning with the introduction

of qigong to our medical system. But the first experiences with the japplication of qigong
therapy are very encouraging. j

There are some difficulties to apply qigong therapy to German patients. It is not easy for

them to understand that an exercise which seems to be very simple, for! example, “standing

like a pile” can cure diseases. It is hard to believe that the same exercise can influence

different diseases. It is difficult to practise qigong with the required persistence and patience

not looking for quick results. But many patients who overcome the ifirst difficulties gain

confidence in qigong very quickly because they can experience the improvements in health and

well-being. Some case reports of patients who suffered of chronic diseases (like stomach

disorder, lumbago, constipation, asthma and neurasthenia) for many! years show that the

Western physicians can learn a great deal from the Chinese culturaj heritage of qigong
therapy. 1 '

160

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

A METHOD FOR QI FIELD DETECTION

Lu Zuyin and Wang Yaolan (Institute of High Energy Physics, Academia Sinica, Beijing, China)

Yan Xin (Municipal Institute of Traditional Chinese Medicine of Chongqing, Sichuan province, China)

Recently , several qigong doctors assert that there exists a “ qi field” among the qigong
amateurs when they are doing qigong exercises or listening to a lecture given by a qigong
doctor. Hence it is very interesting to detect the qi field by modern scientific means.

On Oct. 9, 1987, the famous qigong master Yan Xin was giving a lecture on qigong ,
Wang Yaolan, one of the authors, used 4 pieces of LiF thermoluminesence detector (TLD) , a
kind of radiation dosimeter, to try to detect the qi field. To our great surprise, the LiF TLD
gave very strong reponses to Yan Xin's qi field.

Dosage measured (mr)

TLD +

Background of
TLD

Three hours during
the lecture

Control, three hours in
the same hall during a film
show

' LiF(Mg, Ti)

3.9

51. 0

9.5

5 LiF(M, Ti)

3. 5

62.6

5.8

There were two isotopes of Li, 7 Li and 6 Li. Mg and Ti were impurities added to LiF
crystal. 7 LiF TLD was sensitive to y rays only and 6 LiF TLD was sensitive both to y rays
and thermal neutrons. The measured dosage was calibrated to 60Cor rays.

Since the size of the LiF TLD used is very small (3X3X0. 9 mm) , you can put them
anywhere at will, and the electromagnetic field has no influence on its registration power. It
is very appropriate to use them for qi field distribution measurment. In Octobher 1987 , we
measured the distribution of qi field during Yan Xin’s lecture for four times. All gave
remarkable results. The following is a typical example;

Date and place; Oct. 21, 1987, Hong Qi Jie Assembly Hall

Duration of measurement; 3-jp hours

The qi fields of two other qigong doctors are also measured.

Conclusions :

• 161 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Left wing

Right wing

Distance
from the
rostrum(m)

Row

Scat no.

Dosage (mr)

Row

Seat no.

Dosage

(mr)

R T ( ’ LiF)

R 4 ( ‘ LiF)

R*-Ri

RiC LiF)

R*0

LiF)

R«-R*

11. 0

34. 5

24. 5

26. 7

14. 4

11. 9

7. 2

13. 1

5. 9

24. 7

42] 5

17. 8

17.9

19. 3

19. 9

0. 6

33. 2

5. 8

23. 4

68. 5

-18. 0

28. 8

1. LiF TLD gives strong reponses to the qi fields of Yan Xin and othdr tw<? qigong doctors. It

is expected that LiF TLD may be a convenient detector for tjhe qi field distribution
measurement. j

2. The measurements give strong evidence that the qi field is an objective reality.

3. Many problems are left for further investigation, e. g. the components of the qi field
detected by LiF TLD, the mechanism of registration of qi by LiF^LD, etc. .

/■ i

TITT7 CHT A TTCTTr* A T 'TTM? A 'T'1% /TTT’TVT'T' AF FVnFltlTTV/TFXTT A T

RESULTS IN QIGONG EXPERIMENT

Lu Zuyin and Li Tipei (Institute of High Energy Physics, Academia Sinica, feeijing, China)

From the statistical point of view, there are serious defects in most of the qigong
experiments, viz, the defect arises from the small sample size of the experiment and the defect
arises from the non-stable succeeding emission of qi through the whole experiment, so that it
is not believed that valuable result can be obtained from such experiments.

But if we investigate the problem carefully , we will find that all the qigong experiments
can be divided into two categories. Experiments designed for discovering new qigong effects
belongs to the first category and the experiments designed for finding the laws of the effects

belongs to the second. Up tp now, most of the experiments are of the jfirst category.

Two different methods of statistical treatment are related to these! categories. The method
of significance test is usually used for the teatment of the experimental result of the first

category. According to the level of significance of the experimental! event, one can easily

discriminate the true qigong effect from the false appearence which arises from the background
fluctuation. j

Let p be the average value measured of a physical quantity x. j If x obeys the normal
distribution N (x* p, a 1 ) , where a is the standard error of measurement. Now we have
measured a value of x, x* , which is significantly deviate from p. If we denote the

^ X — — ^ as the “significance*^, then we can say that the “level of significance” of x is a
• 162 *

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-OO792R0OO7O1 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

= N (2 — x; i a, a 2 ) . The level of significance describes the probability of producing this
unusual event by the background fluctuation only when there does not exist any condition to
produce this unusual event. The lesser the level of significance , the higher the probability of
existance a new phenomenon.

The significance test asks for a thorough knowledge of the background , but it does not
ask for a big sample size of the events. A few events of sufficiently high significance (not
neccessary of the same highness) is enough to us to assert that the new phenomenon exists
with high level confidence.

This is the case what we meet in the qigong experiment.

As an example, the experiment ot the observation of the effect of qi on bovine thymus
DNA is analysed.

The relation between S and a

0. 32

0. 046

2. 6X10

6. 4X10

5. 8X10 ~ 7

2. 0X10 ~ 5

THE EFFECT OF THE EMITTED QI ON THE POLARIZED
PLANE OF A LASER BEAM

Yan Xin , (Municipal Institute of Traditional Chinese Medicine of Chongqing, Sichuan province, China)
Lu Zuyin, (lstitute of High Energy Physics, Academia Sinica, Beijing, China)

Yan Sixian and Li Shengping (Tsinghua University, Beijing, China)

The aim of this experiment is to observe the effect of qi on the orientation of the
polarized plane of a laser beam emitted from an inner cavity He-Ne laser.

' A plane glass which is placed 20 cm away from the laser. The angle between the normal
of the glass plane and the laser beam is set equal to the Brewster angle of the glass
(approx. 57°) . At this angle only the component of the beam which is perpendicular to the
ground (Ip) can be reflected by the glass. The reflected beam is accepted by a Si photocell,
the photocurrent is recorded by an autobalancing recorder.

Another Si photocell is placed 10 cm away from the end of the laser tube to monitor the
stability of the output intensity of the laser.

Let the angle between the polarized plane of the laser beam and the ground be 0. when
the polarized plane rotates through an angle A 9 under the action of qi , the change of Ip is

• 163 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

then

Alp = 21 sin 0 cos 0 A 0

I” is the beam intensity. From Alp, A6 can be deduced.

During the experiment, nobody ls allowed to stay ^ ^ The ^ ^ ^ ^ .
locked and the apparatus works automatically.

< °m Dec. 1986 to Jan. 1987, two sets of experiments were done. In the first set,

' m " Kd h,S g ' 7 km away from '»<= 1““' 'ab. and the second set, 2000 km away
Three apparent results were obtained in 7 km qi emission experiment. the duration of

55 minutes of qi emission, the originally stable Ip showed fluctuations for 10 times The
fluctuation stopped when Van Xin ceased his qi emitting.

a JT; — W “ e ° b,aine<1 in 2000 km qi “’ lssk> " «■«<-“*• Big fluctuation

ppear-d after 20 minutes of ,i emission. The fluctuation was modified by a series of ripples

Which we have never seen in any laser experiment before. This new phenomenon cannot be
explained by any reasons other than the effect of qi .

These experiments give the evidence that the orientation of the polarized piane of the

aser beam emitted f,„ m an inner cavity He-Ne laser, and hence the sate of the laser can be
affected by qi emitted from a long distance.

It Should be pointed ou, that these experiments are of the ,iq„ g scientific research with
remote qi emission.

THE EFFECT OF QI ON THE COUNTING
RATE OF 241 AM RADIOACTIVITY

Yan Xin, (Municipal Institute of Traditional Chinese Medicine of Chongqing, Sichuan province, China)

Lu Zuyin, Zhang Tianbao, Wang Haidong and Zhu Runsheng

(Institute of High Energy Physics, Academia Sinica, Beijing, China)

A series of experiments studying the effects of qi on molecule* was done successfully by
US in 1987. Then we attempted to study the effect of ,( on deeper level of the structure of
matter, I. e. the nucleus. The radioactive nuclei were chosen as the subject of our
rnvestigation. It is well known that every radioactive nuclide has its inherent decay' constant

w ,ch cannot be affected by any external physical or chemical factors in general. So it Is very
interesting to observe whether it can be affected by qi or not.

radioactive sources of 241 Am (half life 458 years) of similar activity about 2H C

used in the experiment. One as the test sample and the other as the control. The y-rays
• 164 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

of energy 59. 6 keV emitted by 241 Am during its decay was detected by a germanium
detector. The signals were sent to a 8000 channel buffer for on-line analysis. This
spectrometer system is very stable, the drift of its gain is less than 0. 06% in 24 hours.

In our experiment, the test sample is placed on a table in a room 10 meters away from
the lab of the spectrometer. Yan Xin emitted his qi to the sample for 20 minutes, then the
sample was brought to the lab and inserted into the sample socket for measurement by an
experimenter who did not practice qigong .

6 runs of experiment with 40 times of qi emitting were conducted within half a year.
Remarkable results were obtained. The third run gave a typical example. In this run, the test
sample was treated by qi for 5 times. The measured counting rate of the sample after qi
treatment was apparently less than the rate before the treatment. The maximum decreasing
amplitude was 1. 05%. The experiment error was only 0. 12% (including the statistical error
of counting measurement, 0. 1 % and the position error of source in socket, 0. 07%) , and
the level of significance a<2xl0 “ 7 . This result is of high confidence.

We have continue the measurement for several days and found that the counting rate of
the test sample stably recovered its initial value before the qi treatment in 11 days the latest.

The most striking effect we observed is in the 4th run that the counting rate of the qi
treated sample increased to 110% of the value before qi treatment.

It must be pointed out that in 4 runs of the experiment, Yan Xin emitted his qi at a
distance.

These results are rather striking, but we must not draw a conclusion that decay constant
of 241 Am is changed by qi in haste. Another germanium detector was used to measure the y-
rays emitted by the test sample in its backward direction. If the decay constant was changed,
then the measured counting rates at the forward and the backward directions of the sample
should change parallelly, but practically it was not the case, a phenomenon similar to an
anisotropic emission of a polarized source was observed.

Evidently, this irregular phenomenon is worth further investigation.

• 165 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

A STUDY OF THE EFFECT OF THE EMITTED QI
ON MOLECULES AT A DISTANCE OF 2000 KM

(I) EXAMINATION OF THE INFRARED THERMAL jlM AGING SYSTEM
ON TEMPERATURE RESPONSE OF THE EXPERIMENT! AL SAMPLES

Meng Guirong, Li Shengping, Cui Yuanhao, Sun Mengyin,

Zhu Qunying (Tsinghua University, Beijing, China)

Yan Xin (Municipal Institute of Traditional Chinese Medicine of Chongqing. Sichuan province, China)

In the course of studying the effect of the emitted qi of qigong on physiological saline,
glucose solution, etc, we have observed that the thermal state of substance itself changed in
addition to the queer changes of the molecular structure of the substance. To study the
mechanism of the emitted qi thoroughly, we have simutaneously observed and tested the
temperature response of the biochemical substance by using the Infrared Thermovision
AGA780. Because the thermovision is a passive heat testing instrument of two-dimension and
non-contact type, and it is of higher precision and sensitivity, it is thus an ideal heat testing
equipment.

During the experiment, the thermovision and the sample were put separately into two
adjacent rooms. Eight hours before the experiment, the sample had been prepared to reach the

sufficient thermal stability and the initial temperature (^orig. ) had been tested. Then the
qigong master emitted his qi to the sample at a remote distance for 40 minutes to 2 hours.
After the qi emission, the final temperature of the sample (''term. ) was tested. In the course
of testing, the 1010 type standard blackbody was used to calibrate the instrument's reading
whenever necessary.

There are 12 experimental samples in all, which are listed in r "able 1. Samples such as
L-tryptophan, serum albumin and vitamine B 2 respond to the ultra-distant effect of the emitted
qi with varying degrees of temperature response, the response range being from 1. 5°C to
5. 2°C.

Under normal circumstances, the aqueous solution of these substances is rather stable and
so is the thermal state. Temperature responses to the effect of the emitted qi indicate that the
structural changes of these substances are accompanied by the exothermic effect so that their
own temperatures rise. Conversely, the temperature change of the substances verifies that

• 166 • i

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rp00701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

their micr.o- structures may also change.

Table 1

Number

Sample

Room

temperature

1 orig °C

1 term °C

t(°C)

L-Tryptophon

13.50

17. 30

3. 80

Bovine serum albumin

13.50

13. 50

17. 40

3.90

Vitamin B2

13. 50

13.50

17. 40

3.90

Rhodamine

11. 00

16. 20

5. 20

Rhodamine

11. 00

16. 20

5. 20

Fluorescein

13. 50

17. 60

3.90

Cd solution

12. 00

15.70

3. 70

Cu solution

12. 00

15.70

3. 70

Ni solution

12. 00

15. 50

3. 50

Zn solution

12. 00

15. 00

3. 00

81204-1

16.50

16. 50

18. 20

1. 70

Thymine

16. 20

18. 20

2. 00

(II) AN EXAMINATION OF LASER FLUORESCENCE AND
ULTRAVIOLET ON THE RHODAMIN DYESTUFF

Li Shengping, Meng Guirong, Cui Yuanhao, Sun Mengyin, Zhang Fushi,

Tang Yingwu, Qiu Yong and Li Jinghong

(Tsinghua University, Beijing, China)

Yan Xin (Municipal Institute of Traditional Chinese Medicine of Chongqing, Sichuan perovince, China)

We have used three large analytical instruments— an infrared thermovision, an
ultraviolet-light-visible spectrometer and a laser induced fluorescence instrument to examine
the samples of Rhodamin dyestuff after the effect of the emitted qi 2000 km away.

Medicines and chemical reagents used in the experiment were Rhodamin 6G samples
produced by the German MERCK Co. The molecular formula of spectroscopic purity is C 28
H 31 CIN 2 0 3 with a weight of 478. 028 g/mol.

The sample is aqueous solution of Rhodamin with a density of 10 6 mol/1.

The experimental location is inside a tight-tight lab of the Chemistry Department ,
Tsinghua University.

• 167 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : Cl A-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

The qigong master emitted his qi 2000 km away from the sample. The experiment was
carried out four times in all and each time, each experiment was done repeatedly 4 to 6
times.

Before each experiment, we must do initial condition of the sample. After the stability of
the sample was verified, the sample in the big container was put into six tubes, three of
which were used as an experimental group and the other three as a contrast group.

The duration of each qi emission was thirty to forty minutes. The experimintal sample
and the contrast sample must be examined randomly and alternately to ensure that the
analyticcal instrument worked well.

Repeated experiments indicate that the effect of the emitted qi 2000 km away can really
affect the molecular structure of the Rhodamin dyestaff to some extenj.

Table 1 is the typical experimental results of infrared thermovision, laser fluoresecence
and ultraviolet respectively in the experiment between Guangzhou and Beijing.

Table 1.

^'Teprperature-

Room

—

Sample

temperature

t orig

1 term

At °c

i #

11. 0

16. 2

5. 2

2 V

11. 0

16. 2

5. 2

—

(Ill) A LONG-TIME TRACKING EXAMINATION OF UV SPECTROSCOPY

ON THE SOLUTION OF POTASSIUM DICHRbMATE

Sun Mengyin, Li Shengping, Meng Guirong and Cui Yuanhao (Tsinghua University, Beijing, China)

Yan Xi (Municipal Institute of Traditional Chinese Medicine of Chongqing, Sichuan province, China)

To further observe the action capability of 2000 km ultra-distapce of the emitted qi on
molecules, we have chosen the solution of patossium dichromate with stable chemical quality
and examined the change of the sample under the action with an ultra violet- visible
spectrophotometer.

Before the experiment, relevant matters had been discussed will Yan Xin, the qigong
master on telephone. On the afternoon of March 8, 1988, the K 2 Cp 2 0 7 aqueous, solution of
• 168 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rb00701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

2x10 " 4 M was poured into two tubes. One tube was kept in the Analytic Centre of the
Tainghua University as a contrast sample; the other, heat isolated, was sent to another lab
100 meters away and received the emitted qi produced by the master from Yunnan province.
Then it was brought back to the Analytic Centre and examined together with the contrast
sample and received tracking survey. For part of the result, see the following diagram, Table

1 and Table 2.

From the experimental results, we can see that the initial condition is very stable; within
70 hours 350 nm peak intensity fluctuated only 1. 1 units. The standard deviation after
surveyed 10 times was 0. 38 (s=0. 38) . If the confidence probability Pc =0.99 and the
allowable probability P T -0. 999 were adopted, the statistical allowable interval ( x ±ks) of
the individual survey value was able to be worked out as 56. 4-61. 8 by means of the

essentia] parameters surveyed by the initial condition n=10, x =59. 1 and s=0. 374, while
the value of No. 6 sample wider action, which was 64. 5, had obviously exceeded this interval

and had significant difference with the initial condition. The intensity of the sample under
action increased with the increase of the time peak intensity and the 350 nm peak intensity
presented redshift to certain extent. This shows that the emitted qi has aome after-effects.

Further study has yet to be carried out.

Table 1. Stabiltity of the Contrast Sample of

Patossium Dichromate within 70 Hours

Number

°t

°2

°3

°4

°5

°6

°7

. °8

March 8

14 * 07

14 > 09

14 t 11

14 ■ 44

14 i 48

14 ■ 50

17 : 42

Survey

March 9

9 s 03

time

March 11

Relative
(350 nm)

Absorption Intensity

59. 1

58.5

58. 7

59. 0

59. 5

• 169 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792RQ00701 080001-1

Table 2. Survey Data of the Effect Sample of

Patossium Dichromate within 60 Hoijrs

Number

r H

1 5

Survey

March 8

17 « 48

17 * 52 ,

17 * 56

time

; March 9

9 * 09

21 = 25

time

March 11

n s 48

Relative j
(350 nm)

Absorption Intensity

59.8

59. 8

60. 6

| 60. 7

64. 5

(IV) A LONG-TIME TRACKING EXAMINATION OF UV SPECTROSCOPY
ON THE SAMPLE OF THE FLUORESCEIN DYESTUFF

Cui Yuanhao, Li Shengping, Meng Guirong,

Sun Mengyin and Yan Sixian (Tsinghua University, Beijing, (Jhina)

Yan Xin (Municipal Institute of Chinese Medicine of Chongqing, Sichuan province, China)

Fluor enscein is a kind of quite stable organic sample. In the expe: ament, an ultraviolet-
visible light spectrophotmeter was used to examine and test the charge of the fluoresce in
sample before and after the action of the emitted qi . And a long-time tracking observation
was carried out to see the characteristic of the sample's stablility.

The experimental sample was the analytical alcohol. The original solution used was an
aqueous solution of 0. 1 N, NaoH with a concentration of 10 mg/ml. Four hours before the
experiment, the sample solution was examined and tested three times. The spectrum peaks of
the ultraviolet absorption were overlapped, which proved that the background solution was
stable and the test equipment was also reliable. Six test tubes were filled with the background
solution-three of the tubes were put in another building which was 100 m away from the test

equipment to receive the information of qigong , while the other three tubes were used as
contrast samples.

Experimental Method; The qigong master acted on the experimental sample 2000 km
away at an appointed time but he did not know the test method and site, which freed from the
infulence of the original observation and test. The experimental sample was acted by the
• 170 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792RP00701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

emitted « five times in ail, and each lasted for 40 minutes. Between two experiments, the

laboratory teehnician entered the sample room and pu, the sample which was in the thermos on

the test Cduipmen, to be examined and tested, and then pu. 1, bach to let it

, ■ „ After that , we made a 360 hour trace observation on both the

the information of qigong ■ After tnax,

experimental sample and the contrast sample.

Experimental Results:

Table 1 The Variation of the Absorption Intensity of Peak Values at ■ ™

Test time

3 : 00p. m. March 8
5 : 25p. tn. March 8
9 : 36p. m. March 9

11 : 00a. m.' March 11
9 : 3 Op. m. March 14

4 : 45p. m. March 16
8 i 50a. m. March 18
11 : 00a. m. March 24

Peak value of the
experimental sample
(ABS)

Variation
rate

Before the experiment, the background solution had been tested three times and each time

the absorption intensity of the peak value was 0. 75. ■

Before the experiment , the absorption intensity of the background solution was repea e

tested three times, and each time the a te orp,,o„ intensity was 0. « a, 239 nm waveiength.

• 171 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

*n Wavelength

(V) A TRACE EXAMINATION OF UV SPECTR
ON THE DNA SOLUTION OF FISH SPERMS

OSCOPY

SUI> Men8y ‘"' L ' Sh »^. Meng Guirong Cu, „

Yan Yin n., ■ ■ uannao (Tsinghua Univ,

unicipal Institute of Traditional Chinese Medicine of Chongqing, Sichuaji

fersity, Beijing, China)
province, China)

— I; ZLT7’ doci<te a series Iife *-4- - - —

jzzz r: :rz‘r ;; an “ — • -

— - v M the cirr w ° f ,isi

expenments have shown that the , 9 20 ^° km awa y- Multi-

n that the effect of this ultra-distance exists Th, .

result of the experiment made on th * Th oiJlowin 8 reports the

P iment made on the afternoon of March 8, 1988.

mansfmMS on lclepho “

solution was diluted to 20 mg/ml at th i afternoon of the 8th, the DNA

ter. in th e AnaIytic ,m ° ‘ W ° ^ ^

preserved with heat, was sent to another Lab 100 ^ ^ ° thCr ’

the emitting qi . When the qi emission was finished" T "" l °

. 172 . ’ thC Sample was ^mediately brought

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

back to the centre and examined together with the contrast sample for some time. For the
experimental result, see Table 1 and Table 2.

Table 1 Stability of the Contrast Sample within 18. 5 Hours

Number

°i

°2

°3

°4

°5

°6

°7

°8

°9

Survey

March 8

14 i 18

14 * 22

14 > 24

14 : 31

14 ! 34

14 : 36

18 s 04

18 • 39

time

March 9

8 : 45

Relati\

intens

r e absorption
ity (256 nm)

34. 73

35. 2

34. 0

34. 1

34. 2

34. 7

34. 8

34. 7

Table 2 Successive survey Results of the Sample under Action Within 15 Hours

Number

1 2 3

4 5

Survey

March 8

18 =10 18 > 15 18 • 20

18 ! 30 18 s 34

18 : 45

time

March 9

8 * 52

Relati\

inten

^ absorption
sity

35.7 37.4 38.5

40.6 42.2

45. 0

52. 8

As a result, the contrast sample was very stable. The survey value within 18. 5 hr. only
fluctuated 1. 2 units. If the confidence probability Pc-0. 99 and the allowable probability PT
= 0. 999 were adopted, the statistical allowable interval ( T ±ks) of some individual survey
value could be worked out as 31. 4-37. 8 by means of the essential background parameters
n _ 9 ? V =34. 6 and s= 0. 426. It's very clear in Table 2 that value of No. 3 has exceeded
this allowable interval and the difference is very sharp. The absorption intensity of value of
No. 7 has increased 53 per cent relative to the average background value. This is enough to
show that the 2000 km ultra-distance of the emitted qi can affect the properties of DNA
molecules. It has been observed that after the qigong master has stopped emission of qi , the
colour-increasing effect can still last for a long time, which indicates that the emitted qi has
some after-effects. The mechanism of the ultra-distance effect of the emitted qi and the effect
of the emitted qi on DNA structure have yet to be further, studied.

173 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R300701 080001-1

(VI) AN INVESTIGATION OF THE SAMPLE OF IV^IXTURE OF
THE AGBR IUSH DYESTUFF BY EPR (ELECTRIC
PARAMAGNETIC RESONANCE SPECTROMETER)

Li Shengping , Meng Guirong, Cui Yuanhao, Sun Mengyin, Guo’Jinliang, Sha Jinguan and Yan Sixian

(Tsinghua University, Beijing, China)

Yan Xin (Municipal Institute' of Traditional Chinese Medicine of Chongqing, Sichuan province, China)

In this experiment, We used a ER 200/D electric paramagnetic j resonance spectrometer
(EPR).

The sample we used in this experiment was a powder mixture of AgBr.

It was necessary to check the empty tube of the sample before the experiment. Then, we
took out the sample without exposure to light , about 1 0 g , from the container in which the
sample material was kept (the container was in a refrigerator) and we divided the sample into
four parts. Initially one was placed into a tube and checked by EPR, if no signals appeared,
then we exposed the sample to room lights for ten seconds, again checked it. If signals
appeared on the screen, it indicated that the original sample was effective. The other three
parts were samples for the experiment. They were wrapped up with a piece of black paper,
then sealed up with adhesive tape to ensure tightness and exclusiveness, j

The experimental samples were placed in a darkroom of the Chemical Department,
Tsinghua University. We kept them for thirty minutes before the experiment began. Each
time, the emitted qi was given for 30-40 min. and we took the samples immediately after
the cessation of qi emission. With the EPR we detected for its free radical and its structure.

The experiment was done on January, 26, 1988 in Beijing. The; qigong master was in
Guangzhou. !

This experiment was repeated for several times and the result) was very clear and
definite. ;

From the experiment, we can see the remote applying of the emjitted qi can excite the
free radical of the samples and can be checked by EPR, the result is similar to the effect of
the free radical being excited in the exposure to room light.

• 174 • |

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rp00701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

(VII) AN EXAMINATION OF ULTRAVIOLET AND ULTRARED THERMAL
IMAGING SYSTEMS ON L-TRYPOTOPHAN SOLUTION

Mens Gulrong, LI Shewing. Sun Mengyln and Cnl Ynnnh.o UmvOT.ty.BMj.ng. ct.™)

Yen Xin (Municipal — - — <»— ' S “"“ —

As known .0 aU, protein is an important biological macromolecule >" “^‘^7
are 20 amino acids in protein and L-,ryp,ophan is one of them. It is an essential element
make up protein. Studying the action of the emitted , on tryptophan nill directly help
reveal the mechanism of the emitted .ha, removes diseases and strengthens hea^

This experiment examined the ultraviolet dulling effect of L-,ryp,ophan before and a
the emission, using an ultravioie, -visible spectrometer. Temperature change was measure

^ ° 7e "experiment sample was PHIIS L-tryptophan aqueous solution with a density of 10
mg /ml The samples were classified into the experiment group and the contras, group, o
« chemical stability of the samples under norma, temperature, the background

samples received ^ t^^mittwl^^ the^h'lUal^emp^ature and the initial

spectrum w7 e^.^eTw ™s,er emitted his „ a. a long distance on the sample for

about 40 minutes. wave lengths 244 nm and 280

The experimental result is illustrated m increasing

nm , there turned up the apparant increa*. of ultraviolet abruption mtensrty.

rate was from 4 per cent to 55. 9 per cent, see Table 1 was

Usually this phenomenon of “colour increasing effect called
impossible to turn up. Corresponding variation of the molecular ~
temperature changed before and after the experiment. In both cases ,t increased C.
phenomenon shows .ha, the variation of the molecular structure is exothetme.

• 175 ♦

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Table 1 The Change of the Wave-Length Absorpji

lion

Wavelength

ABS 244 nm

ABS 280 nm

X \Time

SAMPLE

Initial Final

ABS Increasing Rate

Initi

al Pinal ABS IR

0. 085 0. 110

0. 025 29. 4%

0. 247

0. 257 0. 010 4%

0. 085 0. 133

0. 048 55. 9%

0. 245

0. 270 0. 025

Table 2 Temperature Variation of TWo Samples!

^^temperature

Room

temperature

initial

‘final

SAMPLES\^

°C

°c

16. 20

18. 20

2. 00

16. 20

18. 20

2. 00

(VIII) AN OBSERVATION OF BOVINE SERUM ALBUMEN BY THE
ULTRAVIOLET AND FLUORESCENCE SPECTROPHOTOMETER

Li Shengping , Sun Mengyin , Meng Guirong ,

Cui Yuanhao (Tsinghua University, Beijing, China)
Yanxin (Municipal Institute of Traditional Chinese Mcdicinl

In this experiment we used a ultraviolet-visible light spectromehj
spectrometer to check in parallel the sample of bovine plasme albumen
emitted qi at a remote distance (about 2000 km away).

The sample was electrophoretically pure, and was diluted into
concentration of 0. 5 ug/ml.

Checking conditions of the instruments;

Scanning speed of flourescence was 60 nm/min,

Charasteristic peak of EM spectrum was 340 nm
Ultraviolet-visible light spectrometer’s absorption; ABS 0. 5

• 176 •

Sichuan province, China

* and a fluoresceno
solution acted by th<

water solution of i

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-OO792R0OO7O1 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Scanning time. 3 min/FS
Bandpass; 2. Onm
Scanning range ■ 200-600nm

The bovine serum albumen was prepared and stored in a big container before hand. An
hour before experiment we checked the initial conditions by using a fluorescence spectrometer
and a ultraviolet spectrometer. After the samples was proved to be stable, the solution was
distributed into six test-tubes, three formed the experimental group, the other three formed
the contrast group.

Before the experiment began, the sample was placed on a square stool in a dedicated
darkroom. Then it received the emitted qi for 30-40 min. for each time.

This experiment was repeated several times, the results were very clear and definite.

The experiment was done on Jan. 22, 1988.

From the experiment, it is easy to see that the differences of the position of the sample
cause the differences of the test results of different samples. This kind of phenomena again
indicate that the emitted qi is to some extent directional and regional.

(IX) AN INVESTIGATION OF THYMINE BY A RECORDING
SPECTROPHOTOMETER AND A THERMOVISION

Meng Guirong, Li Shengping, Sun Mengyin, Cui Yuanhao (Tsinghua University, Beijing, China)

Yan Xin (Municipal Instititute of Traditional Chinese Medicine of Chongqing, Sichuan province, China)

Thymine is a very common thymine derivative. It is a kind of base which compounds
DNA, and DNA is the carrier of genetic information. So thymine solution is a typical sample

in research of the action of the emitted qi on matters.

In the experiment, we used an ultraviolet-visible spectrometer to check the ultraviolet
absorption sepectrum of the samples, meanwhile we used a themovision to test the temperature
change.

The experimental sample was water solution of thymine with aciolity PHI 1 9
concentration 10kg/ mm 3 , The sample was divided into two groups; the experimental group
(2 tubes) and the contrast group (2 tubes) . In order to scientifically distinguish the true or
fasle of the experimental phenomena, we selected the samples very strictly and dealt with
them very carefully. In the process of the experiment (48 hours), we followed the track of

• 177 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

the ultraviolet absorption spectrum and checked them once every 14 hours (See Table 1) . It
indicated that the sample at ordinary temperature is very stable.

Experimental Method; The spectrum and temperature of the sample one hour before
receiving the emitted qi was firstly tested. Then it received the emitted qi at a far distance for
about one hour. Finally we checked the temperature of the sample which had received the
emitted qi and checked its ultraviolet absorption spectrum.

The rate of increase of the two samples reached 24. 2% and 11. E % respectively. At the
point where the characteristic wavelength was 270 nm, the absorption intersite of the two
samples reached 9.8% and 5.1% respectively. The corresponding temperature changes are
listed in Table 1. The rate of increase of ultraviolet absorption intensity is called hyperchromic
effect, it is because variation appears in a molecular structure.

Table 1 Tempereture Change of Two Samples

(X) AN OBSERVATION BY AN ULTRAVIOLET SPECTRUM
ABOUT YEAST RNA SOLUTION

Sun Mengyin, Li Shengping, Meng Guirong and Cui Yanghao (Tsinghua University, Beijing, China)
Yan Xin (Municipal Institute of Traditinal Chinese Medicine of Chongqing, Sichuan province, China)

RNA is a kind of importent biomacromolecule, which controls the synthesis of protein in
organisms. In the Central Analysis Laboratory of the Tsinghua University, with a recording
spectrophotometer we tested the variation of the yeast RNA solution before Yan Xin emitted
his qi to it from Guangzhou (2000 km from Beijing).

The experiment was repeated many times and indicated that the emitted qi from 2000 km
away could influence the properites of yeast RNA. Here well only report the experiment
carried out on Jan. 24, 1988. |

Before the experiment, we talked over with Yan Xin about the work on telephone.

The yeast RNA solution was diluted on site into 10 |ig/ml and stored in two test tubes.

• 178 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rb00701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

One was preserved in the Central Analysis Laboratory as the contrast sample, the other was
stored in another lab (100 M away from the Central Lab) under constant temperature and it
received the emitted qi. The qigong master emitted his qi for several times, each for about half
an hour. Before receiving the emitted qi , the sample was sent to the Central Lab for testing
and comparing with the sample at the same time. The experimental result was expressed in the

follow diagram.

Number

max-min

The relative
absoorption intensity

66. 5

65. 1

63. 0

61. 0

5. 5

Absorption A

0. 200

0. 195

0. 189

0. 183

0. 017

Measuring time hr

12 * 00

12 « 30

15 30

16 t 00

We had measured the initial conditions for many times in 8. 5 hr. The result indicated at
256 mm the point of maximum absorption, the value of minimum relative absorption in
tensity is 65.2, the range of fluctuation is 1.3 unit. The graph here indicates the peak
intensity of the sample after qi emission is reduced in comparison with the contrast sample,
and the pochromic effect occured, but the point of peak doesn’t change.

It needs further study about the structure of the remote distance effect of the emitted qi

and the influence of RNA by it.

A QUANTITATIVE SURVEY OF SYSTEMATIC DEVIATIONS
IN BROWNIAN MOVEMENT EXPERIMENT EFFECTED BY THE

HUMAN MIND POWER

Wang Yonghuai, Zhou Lei, Xu Dong, Huang Junjie, Li Yan and Ge Zheng

In April of 1987, the Research Society of the Natural Mysteries of the Beijing University
organised a series of lectures, in which Mr. Wang Yonghuai delivered a speech entitled “The
Effects of Imaginative Faculty” . In his speech, Mr. Wang suggested the idea of
quantitatively measurament of the effect intensity of the human latent faculties (including
qigong functions and peculiar functions) by a smooth stochastic process.

• 179 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792RP00701 080001-1

In physics, Brownian Movement is a classical and typical experiment of a smooth

stochastic process. The random movement of small particles suspend
liquid, resulting from the impact of molecules in the surrounding
normal distribution.

1 -x 2

ed in macroscopic static
fluid, conforms to the

cp(x)dx

-e 2a a dx

-tea

Here, <p(x) dx denotes the probability of the particles being displaced from x to x+dx in
x direction (in a level direction) in the course of time, At-cr is a constant, determined by A
t, mass and radius of particles, viscosity and temperature of medium J

Boltzman distribution function, we have a 2 oo

T -

According to Maxwell-

was carried out strictly

theoretical calculations
j?ed by 24 %. With the
extent , the statistical

This paper presents the result of a typical experiment, which
under the normal procedure of the standard Brownian Movement experiment. It recorded a
group of 500 data in case of Performer A or B’s mind power interference and also a
comparative group of data in absence of any mind power interference.

The result of the experiment showed that while the data of the Comparative group were
identical with the theoretical calculations, evident deviations from the
occurred in the data of the mind-power-interfered group — o value chans
various other reasons for such deviations considered to the greatest
significance of P< 1 0 % still stands.

This demonstrates that the change of random distribution occurred in the mind-power-
mterfered group is not an accident but an orientated systematic deviation instead. In other
words, the performer realized orientatedly a less than 10% probability in the course of his
affecting the Brownian Movement.

Many qigong experiments acquired the statistical results containing very striking
deviations, but this experiment proves only that deviations do exist, probably because 1. The
quantity of samples in this experiment is relatively large, 2. The samples in this experiment
are completely isolated, unlike other experiment, in which the effec
system and thus enlarge the quantity of functions in its effects.

Since the law of the Brownian Movement has been fully investigated and the relevant
mathematical tools have long been perfected, it is possible for us to seaich for a deeper insight
with them into the mechanism of human latent faculties effects and eventually discover a
measuring criterion (such as the ability to realize events of little probability) to quantitatively
describe the effect-intensity of human latent faculties, so as to lay an experimental foundation
of establishing a phenomenological model for the study of the human latent faculties effects.

• 180 •

cted objects form one

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-OO792R0OO7O1 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

MEASUREMENT AND ANALYSIS OF THE INFRASONIC WAVES

FROM THE EMITTED QI

Niu Xin, Liu Guolong and Yu Zhiming

(Beijing College of Traditional Chinese Medicine, Beijing, China)

The theory of traditional Chinese medicine suggests that qi Is one of the fundamental
substances in human bodies. Modern scientific research of the essence of the emitted qi has
yielded some positive results. In order to find out the relation between the emitted qi and
infrasonic waves, to explore the mechanism of the emitted qi y to find out how a person
generates and receives the emitted qi , to provide a quantitative physical scale for indicating
the strength of the emitted qi for experimental studies of the effect of it, we measured and
analyzed the infrasonic waves from the qi emitted by qigong masters.

The test which was done by an infrasonic testing system made in Denmark was conducted
in a noiseproof room in the Institute of Sound and Electronics under the Ministry of Electronic
Industry. The background noise in the room was lower than 30 dB (decibel) . The microphone
was hung in the air over Laogong (P 8) , the distance being 2 + 0. 5cm with no contact.

Twenty-seven qigong masters were put to the test. Among them twenty-four were males
and three were females. Their ages ranged from 20 to 53 years old. The period of practice of
qigong ranged from 4 to 32 years. While on testing, the patterns of qigong were not
restricted. Noti-qigong masters were used as controls. The tests were done during the
daytime. The tested persons lay on their backs in a noiseproof room, breathing quietly.

The experiment tested the release of the emitted qi at Laogong (P 8) , Mingmen(Du 4) ,
Baihui (Du 20), Dantian and Jianzhi. Special attention was paid to the test of Laogong (P
8 ).

1. The top frequency of the infrasonic waves from the tested qigong and non-qigong
masters ranged from 8 to 12. 5 Hz. In one case the frequency reached 16 Hz. In another two
it reached 6 Hz.

2. The infrasonic waves from the qigong masters ranged from 45 to 76 dB and those
from the non-masters, 45-50 dB. Comparison of the intensity of infrasonic waves during the
qigong state and the non -qigong state before and after the emission of qi showed a statistically
significant increase (P<0. 01). The increase of wave intensity of the qigong masters compared

• 181 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792RQ00701 080001-1

niai

with that of the non -qigong masters was also obviously significant (P<C
the qigong masters was over 100 times higher than that of ordinary persbi

3. Different qigong patterns called for the exercisers to concej:
different acupoints and the testing results were different. When we
master at the same point* the intensity of the infransonic waves decrea$<
distance.

4. The masters who had practised qigong for many years and o;
patients had a higher intensity of infransonic waves, reaching over 70
to practice qigong a short time before and mainly practised Net Ya\p t
intensity of the infrasonic waves (lower than 60 dB).

5. While on testing, some qigong masters in the Valsalva state,
who simulated Valsalva, showed a higher intensity of the infrasonic wav

Infrasonic and ultrasonic waves are all sound waves which cannot
ears. The frequency of infrasonic waves is below 20 Hz. Many
artificial actions may generate infrasonic waves. Human bodies may
receptor of infrasonic waves giving rise to a biological effect. The inff
acquired from the measurement of the emitted qi makes it possible to
emitted qi .

The Valsalva state in which a qigong master emits his qi is the
qigong and also the state of emitted qi in the breath-holding exercise,
simulate the Valsalva state also send out more intense infrasonic wavek
person has infrasonic characteristics. A long period of practising qigi
radiative intensity of infrasonic waves. Entering the Valsalva state helps
The qi emitted by masters who adopted Song Jin Gong (relaxed and
more intense infrasonic waves (reaching 72 dB) . Thus, the mecha|i
released by different exercise patterns is different.

We have found by a series of tests that very able qigong masters
infrasonic waves at a relatively high level (over 70 dB) . So tests on i
used to screen qigong masters.

The human body can generate and emit infrasonic waves,
concerned, the most suitable resonant frequency of human tissues i;
infrasonic waves. It shows that the huaman body readily recei^
Infransonic waves are a strong, effective part of the emitted qi because
distance transmission, strong penetration and non-decreasing vibratioj
• 182 •

bre

0. 01) . The energy of
ns.

jntrate their minds on
tested the same qigmg
led with the increase of

iften emitted qi to treat
dB. Those who started
g Gong had a lower

or non-qigong masters
es.

be detected by human
tural phenomena and
act as a source or a
asonic information we
£tudy the effect of the

ath-reguiating state of
n -qigong masters who
It shows that every
*f)ng helps increase the
in the emission of qi .
quiescent pattern) had
ism of the emitted qi

can keep the energy of
nfrasonic waves can be

far as acoustics is
within the range of
|es infrasonic waves.

of their quick, long-
rh. It is possible that

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

infrasonic waves themselves transmit the messages between the qigong masters and the subjects,
or serve as a carrier.

THE EFFECT OF MIND-CONTROL IN QIGONG EXERCISE
INVESTIGATED BY AN INFRARED THERMOVISION IMAGER

Du Luoyi

(China Medical Qigong Society, Beijing, China)

“Mind control is the core of the qigong exercise. ” “Mind can control the motion of qi
Although most of the qigong exercisers have an intimate knowledge of these points, there still
lacks of the scientific evidence. In this paper the effect of mind-control was investigated by an
infrared thermovision image.

1. Experimental design and instrument;

According to the phenomenon that qigong exercises can produce the infrared effect, the
subjects were divided into five groups.

Group A. The qigong exercisers emitted qi from the head and face through mind-control.

Group B. Non- qigong exercisers emitted qi from the head and face through mind-

control.

Group C. Hands of non-qigong exercisers in normal state were measured.

Group D. Qigong exercisers emitted qi from the hand through mind-control.

Group E. Non- qigong exercisers emitted qi from the hand by mind-control.

These five groups were measured in the same condition and by the same instrument. The
purpose of the experiments is (1) Supply more evidence of the infrared effect produced during
qi emission ; (2) The qi adjustment by the qigong exercisers is stronger than by the non-

qigong exercisers; (3) To measure if the non- qigong exercisers can emit qi or not. The
Model AG A 780 Infrared Thermovision Imager which we used is an instrument with higher
sensitivity, accuracy and resolution. When the room themperature is about 30 C the
resolution of this infrared thermovision image is 0. 1°C. When the temperature of the subjects
changes 0. 2°C, the colour of the screen will change to the adjacent colour in the colour
criterion. The difference of temperature represented by the adjacent two colours can also be
adjusted to 0. 5°C
Discussion.

1. Qi emission is no mystery. It is a general phenomenon in the qigong exercise.

2. The infrared effect in the process of qi emission can be modulated and self-controlled

• 183 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-OO792R0OO7O1 080001-1

Number

Persons

Having

Infrared

Effect

Maxi

Chan

Tempe

mum
ge of
rature

Average
Change of
Temperture

Group A

100%

4°

0. 709°C

Group B

0°

0°C

Group C

0°

o°c

Group D

100%

3°

0. 891°C

Group E

16. 7%

0. 2

—

°c

0. 03°C

by the mind.

3. Experienced qigong exercisers can control his qi emission from
and diseases can be treated by the emitted qi .

4. Qi emission also has the effect of lowering temperature.

5. As concentrating their mind some non- qigong exercisers also c
qigong state.

From the above, we can “touch” the qi which is considered “invi
from the temperature change. Through the comparison of the colour p|
qi emission the temperature changes induced by the infrared effect
calculated. The results prove the effect of the mind-control of qi in the

ja definite part and time

in enter the elementary

CHAOS AND FRACTAL OF THE HUMAN BODY I
STATE A COMPLEX THEORETICAL APPRO AC

Li Fuli

(University of Science and Technology of China, Hefei, China)

The human body is a complex system. In recent years we have studied the human body
science by nonlinear science and the complexity theory. We have made three quantitative
predictions on chaos and fractal structure of EEG and qi in the qigong state. New
- 184 -

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792 r|)00701 080001-1

isible” on the screen and
ictures before and after
of qi emission can be
qigong exercises.

N THE QIGONG
H TO QIGONG

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

experimental results coincide with the predictions. In this paper we will give a very brief
review on this work and for the first time we will present the calculation results on chaos and
fractal dimension of qi in the qigong state. We suggest that the theory of coincidence of the
human body and heaven and the chaos resonance principle are the basis of qigong exercises
and medical qigong , and the Chinese Qigong Medical Insrument is the only chaos technology
for the moment in the world.

According to the “Five Element Theory” and the newest chaos theory we made the three
predictions s

1. The human body has strange attractor behaviours.

2. Both qi and EEG are CHAOTIC signals.

3. In the qigong state the correlation dimension of qi and EEG will saturate at n = 5,
corresponding to “five” in the “Five Element Theory”.

There are several evidences to support our predictions;

1. Professor Scott and his colleagues have shown that the correlation dimension of EEG
saturates at n — 5 for special cases.

2. Anhui Medical College has shown that the spectrum of subsound in the meridians of
sheep has continuous spectrum at low frequency region. We are sure this is the chaos signal.

3. A group at the Zhejian University has shown that the correlation dimension of EEG at
the qigong state saturates at n = 6.

4. Two group in Shanghai and Northeast China have given evidences indicating the

continuous spectrum of infrared radiation from qigong masters.

Recently we have studied the infrared signal from qigong masters. We have calculated
the power spectrum, . the phase diagram and the correlation dimension. The main procedures
and results are as follows.

1. The qigong signal (infrared radiation for example) is x(t).

2. From the qigong signal to construct a vector space

{Xi (n) } = {Xj, X i + l , > Xi+Cn-Olx}

x is a delayed time.

3. The correlation integral C n (e) and the correlation dimension D 2 are calculated

C (n) (e) = I Xi (, ° -X(n)il)

n il ]

e(R) =

D 2 - li m

Log

for R > 0

for R < 0

C (n) (e)

Loge

• 185 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R&00701 080001-1

We have found that D 2 saturated at n = 3-4. This means that the qigong signal has low
dimension strange attractor behaviour. One can use about 5 equations to describe the dynamics
of the human body. The chaos and fractal characteristics are universal in nature and society.

We have also shown that the structure and functions of the humaif body also have fractal
characteristics and infinite series of similarities called Functional Structure Holography.

From the theory of coincidence of. the human body and heaven , it is also expected there
should be some chaotic sources in the universe which have the correlation dimension equal to
that of the human body and which should also saturate at n = 5. The “resonance” of the
chaotic signals between the human body and heaven and between the hi man bodies may be the
theoretical basis of qigong exercise and medical qigong . Recently, people have found that the
electromagnetic radiation from the solar system has the strange attractor behaviours with D 2 =
3. 5 and the correlation dimension saturates at n = 4-5. So we expect that the correlation
dimension of qi in the qigong state should be D 2 =3. 5.

In connection with qigong we have also studied the strange functions of the human body.
We have made the following hypothesis; Qi has a super ability to produce living matters or to
solidify nitrogen; the brain has a squeezed state with super sensibility; the time and space also
have fractal structure and infinite self-similarity.

To understand qigong and peculiar functions of the human body , a whole new theory
might be essential. We call it “the human body and nature as an integrated one,” which deals
with tachyon and super quantum effects with h-*-oo. A new constant might be needed. When
e=0 the relativity theory and quantum mechanics can work well. Hovlever, when e^O the
relativity theory and quantum mechanics do not work at all. Wl|iere is a constant in
connection with qigong and mind. From the point of view of relativity and quantum

c is the speed of light
be in connection with

mechanics, the classical theory is the limit 1/C-^O and h-»0, where|
and h planck constant. On the other hand, l/c-»*oo and h->oo may
qigong and peculiar functions of the human body. So that is why today’s natural science
cannot explain qigong and peculiar functions of the human body. We need a new
breakthrough, the relativity theory and quantum mechanics is the limit C-^Co, h-*ho (Co=
3 X 10 10 cm/sec. ,h = 6. 6 X 10 _Y? erg. sec. ) of the new theory.

186

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

SCIENCE OF VITAL MESSAGE AND QIGONG

Gu Hansen, Wu Dumin (The China Vital Message Institute, Shanghai, China)

In the coming age of vital science, the focal point of medical science will shift to Chinese
medicine, of which modernization of qigong is a trend of word history.

1. Nonstatic mass matter verified.

Several famous physicists of the 19th century, namely Faraday, Waxwell and Hertz led
a great revolution in physics, proving the existence of electromagnetic wave, a nonstatic mass
matter (energy matter in brief) . Electromagnetic wave is an expression of materialistic
movement. It proves that every static mass matter (mass matter in brief hereafter) always
accompaies certain specific natural resonant frequency. The discovery of dualistic
correspondence between mass matter and energy message thoroughly broke through the old
concept that only visible and touchable things are material and outcomes of the spetacular
world of message of today. Nevertheless, physics is still in general a science for the lifeless

world.

2. Energy message dualistically corresponding to orderization of matter.

The development of the disequilibrium therm^dynamitics theoretically has built a bridge
between physics and biology. It, in the first time, explained the relationship between the,
living body and message, or dualistic correspondence of the living body with vital message.
The living body by acquiring negative entropy becomes itself orderized at higher order and
thus gain development and evolution, though no report of practical applications has yet been

seen.

3. Science of vital message and qigong-

Biology and Western medicine based on postmortem anatomy have already developed to
the molecular level which brings about unprecedent improvement in the development and
evolution of the living body, disease curing and life prolongation. However, so far in general
it is still limited in the interreaction between the living body and static mass matter. The
effects of nonstatic mass on the development of the living body are still overlooked.

(1) In te'rms of the human body life corresponding to the complex message system, the
authors, after experimental tests, on the material basis of the emitted qi, reached a conclusion
that as so often said by ancient people is nothing but ‘field’ of modern science and

‘shape’ is tangible matter of static mass by all sorts of modern scientific measurements from
naked eyes to electron microscope. When a person falls ill, it must be some unbalance of his

• 187 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

yin and yang . Two ways of readjustment can restore the balance of yi i and yang . One is to
readjust yin . It is the way of Chinese pharmaceutical medicine. Here we may call it the
medicine of yi n . The other is to readjust yang to restore the balance cf yin and yang by the
qigong therapy. Here we may call it medicine of yang for the time being. In this sense, the
oriental medicine seems to be much dialectical than the Western medicine. The essense is how
to recognize the material world in a comprehensive way , though merely qualitatively.

Therefore acusthesia vision, language, thought, emotion and knowledge are all matters
stored in the human cerebral cells in highly orderized modes, just like sound and vision
recorded in magnetic molecules of a cassette in orderized mode. When aging and finally death
occur the orderization gives way to disorderness in the cerebral cells. The energy-message
system degenerates and finally loses its ' function. No matter how you define death, at the
moment of death, the loss of body mass in general is not quick, but the loss of energy-
message is significantly quick. A dying man cannot hear, see, talk and think, and can no
longer receive any message from outside. After all these, then, there will be the destrction of
the body mass. Therefore it is thriving and declining of the vital message that chiefly
characterizes the vitality of the living body.

2. The qigong state — qigong message — the orderization of specific parts of the human
body— physiological effects.

Through the experiments the authors found various produced different messages. Since
different messages dualistically correspondent to different forms of orderization, therefore
various qigong exercises always direct the human body to produce orderization in differnt parts
and strata of the body, and then macroscopically manifest different biological effects
analogous to different medical treatments to cure various diseases.

3. Science of vital message and scientifization of qigong .

Science of vital message is a branch studying the quantitative exchanges of bio-messages
between the living beings and their environments.

Since the messages of energy mass dualistically correspording to various sorts of
orderization in the living body , it is possible to gather vital messages of specific parts and
strata from the living body of fine variety and at robust age, and to transmit them to the
living body of the same kind and at different stage of life in order to revivify its own vital
messages, especially reinforce the orderization of the living beings’ robust years, so as to
preserve health and change the defective orderization into health ones to cure deseases and
prolong life.

Wu Dumin, one of the authors, after many years of hard work on animal experiments
• 188 • |

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792RP00701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

successfully collected a set of broad spectrum therapeutic vital messages having strictly
numerical ordinal corresponding to those of the living body of robust years in the end of
1950*. These collected therapeutic messages were inputted into the vital message -therapeutic
instrument designed by Ku Hansen, the other author of this paper, in the middle of 1980*,
The instrument was patented with a type number SMS-OS and used by more than a hundred
units. Several hundred thousand person-times have been treated with this instrument.. Reports
show no side-effects appeared and quite a lot of difficult and complicated diseases were cured,
e. g. improving the vision of patients with senile cataract and audition of patients with senile
deafness, recovering the function of pancreas cells, recovering the liver cell from necrosis,
repairing the hurted bone tissue suffered from cancerous bone tumor, imporoving lymphatic
circulation, improving immune function of the three systems, improving microcirculation,
increasing blood flow in the coronary artery, raising PO, of arterial blood, etc. These
examples prove how the vital messages control the orderization of the living body, which
macroscopically present to be controlling physiological functions for the purpose of curing

illness and prolonging life.

Science of vital message is the product of this epoch. Vital message controls orderization
of the living body and macroscopically controls the physiological functions of the living body.
This idea through recognition and emphasis will bring about tremendous progress to the
civilization of mankind. An unprecedent magnificent vital-message industrial revolution will
surely take place as the result of interaction between the living organism and the material
world— the interaction between vital matter and non-static mass matter. It is much essential
for qigong to promote towards a higher level in the development of the energy-message vital

science.

Qigong , the treasure of Chinese nation, will play an important role in preserving health
and prolonging the human life.

• 189 *

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rp00701 080001-1

PSEUDO-COLOUR TREATMENT OF Th|e

RADIATION FIELD PHOTOGRAPHY I

OF QIGONG MASTERS • j

Cai Jianyu, Yuxian and Zhang Qihu

(Shanghai Qigong Institute, Shanghai, China)

Radiation field photography is a kind of technique done by the exposure of the film due
to electric discharge of the body surface under the state of electric field of high voltage. This
technique can be appllied to any research of the human diseases, meridians, physiological
conditions and other extra human functions.

such as those of the

In doing the radiation field photography , the physiological indexes ,
thickness of skin,: the cornfication of skin, temperature of the body surface secretion and
electrolyte concentration of sweat, blood microcirculation, local affection, etc. influence to
some extent the intensity of the radiation field electricity. In theory, the difference of the
: result of the photography is directly caused by the amount of the static current on the body
surface, the organic resistance, quality of the film and the air humidity.

If pictures of the radiation field are taken for the same person and at the same period,
the factors of variation are greatly reduced. A comparative., study of the body surface
temperature between 10°C-45°C have been conducted to see if the bocy surface temperature
and the electrolyte concentration of the body surface markedly affect the radiation field.

Another comparative study of the body during infiltration in 10% Nacl solution and
normal water has been done too, and there was no marked difference found.

Experiment methods.

The pictures were taken with a self-made radiation field instrument
electric field was 15000-20000 volts. The duration of discharge was about 50 px.

Pictures of the qigong practisers were taken be # ore, during and after the exercise
under the same room temperature and humidity. The palms of the practisers directly put on
the films. The duration of discharge and voltage did not change in the
were immediately developed after pictures taken.

An assessment of the radition condition was done according to the
the radiative ray , radiation thickness, shadow of the radiation halo, radiation points and the
intensity of the radiation spots. Pseudo-colour treatment was conducted to further assess the
• 190 •

1, the voltage of the

process and the films
changes of length of

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-OO792R0OO7O1 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

intensity of the radiation. The exposure degree was divided into 9 grades. Thus, the exposure
degree could be seen in accordance with the colour and area difference.

Pictures of 49 practisers of various qigong patterns were taken, among them 46 were
males and 3 females at the age of 24-70. The qigong patterns included Wudang Qigong ,
Inner-Cultivation Qigong, Shaolin Qigong , Ilmnglong Tangzhang Qigong , Buddha' s
Warrior Attendant Qigong , etc.

Results and Discussion :

Qualitve grade of the radiation field negatives was decided according to the following
criteria.

1. Obvious changes of the length of the radiative rays, changes of thickness and
concentration of the shadow of the radiation halo, increase of intensity of the radiation spots,
known as marked increase.

2. Slight changes of the length of the radiative rays, some changes of the thickness and
concentration of the shadow of the radiation halo, slight increase of the radiation spots,
unobstructive increase of the intensity of the radiation spots? known as slight increase.

3. No changes of the S indexes.

4. Shortening of the length of the radiative rays, slight decrease of the thickness and
intensity of the radiation halo, reduction of the radiation spots, decrease of the intensity of
the radiation spots, known as slight decrease.

5. Marked decrease of the 5 indexes.

Results of the 45 subjects;

Indes No. Persons

1 5

2 12

3 17

4 9

5 0

6 6

Failure of identification.

From the above it is significant to assess by the radiation field photography of the qigong
practisers (P> 0. 1) . The results could vary for different practisers who did the same qigong
exercise. It tells that the variation of qigong is not the main cause of the changing results,
however, the practised s exercise quality is the decisive factor. After the exercise, the
increase and decrease of the intensity of discharge of the radiation field may be related to the

.... 191 *

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Ri)00701 080001-1

patterns of qigong the master practises, and to the fact that the master is jin a stress state.

After the 49 subjects* negatives were treated by the pseudo-colours process, the
following results were obtained based on the 5 criteria of the radiative energy.

Indes No. Persons

1 5

2 23

3 9 |

4 11

5 1

From the above we can see that all the identifications may be gqt after the negatives
have been treated by the pseudo-colour process, and it has been proved that practice of qigong
markedly influences the result of the radiation field photography (P> 0 001) . The pseudo-
colour process is effective to the radiation field phyotography.

The radiation field photography can be applied to medical and clinical research and in the
study of qigong , it can tell us that the process of the qigong exercise affects to some extent
the radiative intensity. A further study of the mechanism of the influenced radiative intensity
and the mechanism of qigong is a subject of interest.

A STUDY OF THE “DURATION AND DEGREE”

OF THE SMALL QI CYCLE QIGONG

Ren Zhengxin et al (Jiangxi Chinese Medicine and Pharmacy Institute, Jiajngxi province, China)

The term “duration and degree” refers to the condition in which the qigong exercise is
practised. The “sensation of qigong ” in the part of the bocjy involved in the exercise is
induced by thought, breath, etc. The “sensation of heat” is common! yi found. By means of
analogy and comparison, the ancients compared the duration and degree in exercising qigong to
the duration and degree of heating bricks in 'a burning kiln. The duration and degree is an
important theoretical and practical issue. It is a secret that any alchemist would not pass on to
other people. It's more than 2000 years since the term “duration and degree” appeared in the
book Zhou Yi Can Tong Qi . On the basis of the alchemy and with the help of current
psychological and physiological theories, the theory of biofeedback and scientific electronic
techniques, we have developed a “ qigong exercise indicator” . This apparatus combines the
* 192 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

interior feedback of the qigong exercise with the theory of exterior biofeedback. It employs
the skin temperature difference (STD) between Dantian and Sanyinjiao (Sp 6) as an objective
index to evaluate the duration and degree. The kinetic changes of the skin temperature at
these two acupoints are determined simultaneously with a numeral thermometer. The STD
lights up an indicator lamp with every 0. 3°C difference. Using this apparatus we tested three
groups of subjects. In Group A the subjects practised small qi cycle using this apparatus, in
Group B the subjects practised the samll qi cycle qigong without using this apparatus, and in
Group C the subjects did not practise the small qi cycle qigong , but sat silently with their
eyes closed. The results were as follows. In Groups A and B, the STD between the above two
acupoints significantly increased with the duration of the exercise, reaching a relatively steady
level after 15 minutes. In Group C the STD showed no significant alteration at any time, and
the STD value was significantly lower than that of Groups A and B (P<0. 01) . This
suggests that practising the samll qi cycle qigong may increase the skin temperature at
Dantian, thus increasing the STD between Dantian and Sanyinjiao (Sp .6). But the STD of
Group A was significantly greater than that of Group B. This shows that this apparatus can
increase the effects of the small qi cycle. We tentatively take an STD of 1. 2°C as a relatively
appropriate degree for the small qi cycle. In Group A, this degree was reached by practising
the small qi cycle qigong for about a month on the average, but in Group B the duration of
more than three months is necessary for reaching the same degree. Group A was significantly
faster than Group B. This suggests that this apparatus can accelerate the effect of the small qi
cycle. From these results, it is suggested that this apparatus is a useful supplementary
instrument for practising qigong * It. can resolve problems such as long duration and difficulty
in attaining the appropriate degree in practising qigong .

PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE EMITTED QI

Gui Yongfan, Chen Qi.Li Yinfa and Jiang Shan

(Nanjing Aeronautical Institute, Nanjiag , China)'

In this paper, three functions of the emitted qi which were discovered with the aid of
some physical instruments, such as the Van de Graaff generator, light sensitive plate and
Geiger -Miiller counter are mentioned.

1. The Emitted qi can restrain the discharge process. The discharge between the two
balls in the Van de Graaff generator will be stopped or the period of discharge will become

• 193 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

longer when the emitted qi is exerted on the instrument.

The Van de Graaff generator was used for testing. The two discharge balls in the
generator were pulled apart until the critical state was reached. Then the qigong master aimed
his emitted qi at the discharge space. The distance between the fingers or palm of the qigong
master and the discharge space was 10cm to 3 M. We have discovered the following
phenomena •

(1) The “emitted qi ” stopped the discharge or made the period of discharge longer.

(2) The qigong master had no sensation of getting an electric shock when he emitted his
qi near the discharge space. Nevertheless when ■ he stopped emitting his qi , he had the
sensation of an electric shock if his hand was still near the discharge space.

(3) In the restraining process, a series of restraint and discharge, such as restraint-
intermittent bursts of discharge— restraint sometimes appeared.

We recorded the crackling sound of the discharge with a recorder and measured the
changes during the period of discharge with a FFT analysis system CF-920. Table 1 lists five
typical periods of successive discharge.

Table 1. Discharge Period When Discharge Is Restrained by the Emitted Qi (sec. )

Curve

(m)

Discharge order N

(a)

0. 41

0. 67

0. 63

0. 62

0. 58

0. 61

0. 63

0. 66

0. 65

1. 15

(b)

0. 41

0. 84

1. 39

0. 77

0. 88

0. 75

1. 17

0. 77

0. 72

(c)

0. 41

0. 84

0. 75

1. 16

0. 69

0. 64

0. 42

1. 02

0. 41

0. 63

(d)

2. 35

1. 10

0. 90

1. 18

0. 96

0. 87

0. 85

0. 87

0. 88

(e)

2. 35

1. 38

2. 02

2. 62

2. 30

1. 43

3. 01

1. 25

1. 43

1. 50

1. 52

2. The emitted qi can cause the exposure of light sensitive plates wrapped in a piece of
black paper. By false colour image processing with a picture processing instrument, we
obtained a colour photograph, in which the image of fingers and the Laogong (P 8) can be
seen clearly.

We selected various light sensitive plates which were wrapped in a piece of black paper.
The qigong master emitted his qi at the emulsion layer of a light sensitive plate. The distance
between the palm of the qigong master and the plate was about 10cm. The duration of
emission was about 10 minutes. The plates which had been acted on by the abovementioned

• 194 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

way and the control plates were developed in the darkroom under a green light. We got the
following results;

(1) The colour of the controls was darker than the affected plates.

(2) After development, white speckles, various patterns or orderly stripes appeared on
the affected plates.

(3) The white speckles were clear when the plates were pre-exposured. In the best one

the image of fingers and the Laogong (P 8) could be seen clearly.

Infrared radiation cannot penetrate the black paper, whereas high energy particles cannot
develop white speckles. The process of exposure is an ionizing process in which an electron of
the ionic bond of hiloid silver is moved away. That is the discharge process. We may explain
the exposure of the light sensitive plate as being caused by the restraint of discharge.

3. The emitted qi can change the counts on the Geiger Miiller counter.

We have obtained a large number of data by testing the emitted qi of more than 200
persons. Before a test we would record automatically the background of the Geiger counter.

By statistical analysis we can prove that the background in a time interval At follows

Poisson's distribution with an average value k.

In the tests, the palm of the qigong master was 5 cm away from the counter. The

duration of emission was 200 sec. to 10 min. We made a data processing test of the measured
discrete-time order x (n) using various digital filter and frequency spectrum analyses, thus
obtaining information on the emitted qi «

EFFECTS OF THE EMITTED QI ON
SILICON'S CRYSTALLINE STATE

Wu Banghui, Wu Ruixian, Du Kaiying, Wu Shiying and Zhu Jumu

(Sichuan University, Sichuan province , China )

Song Kongzhi, Li Xianggao, Lan Rongliang and Zhou Liangzhong

(Institute of Space Medical Engineering, China)

In recent years, with the development of the human body science, a series of
experimental evidences have been obtained. They prove that the peculiar functions and emitted
qi can change structures and properties of matters. For example, some natural gifted men and
q i gon g masters can break steel needles sealed in a container into two parts and then bind them
togather (without any touch) , or influence the structure of water, physiological saline,

glucose injection, etc, or make cards that have been torn or pounded into paper pulp into their

• 195 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

original state. All these changes can be assumed to be caused by actions of a certain matter
(or energy) given off by the naturally gifted men or qigong masters. The natural instinct of
I which is still unknown. We call the matter the “emitted qi ” . Detailed study of the action of

the emitted qi on matters has profound theoretical meanings and important application
prospects to various modern sciences.

This paper discusses the effect of the emitted qi on silicon crystal state. The Si single
' crystal plates or Si single crystal plates that had been single-sided covered with amorphous Si

was put into hermetically sealed glass bottles as subjects of the peculia ' function of a naturally
gifted man. Their crystal structure was analyzed before and after the treatment.

The analytical curve of X-ray's is the diffraction of Si crysta plate that hadn't been
! treated.

From the silicon plates which were acted on by the emitted qi we. found three plates
! which had become oriented microcrystal.

In order to be prudent, by the end of 1987, we reanalyzed the structure of plates A and
B. To our surprise, these two plates restored their original single crystal structure. To have a
better understanding of the effect, seven days after the plate (C) was analyzed we traced to
examine it and found that it had become single crystal as (A) and (B).

i With reference to “Breakdown-Restitution” effect of photodiode under the action of the

! peculiar function, we think the change of the single crystal to oriented microcrystal as a kind

! of “soft change”.

INVESTIGATIONS OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RA 3IATIONS AND
LUMINOUS PHENOMENA IN A FUNCTIONAL STATE OF QIGONG

J. J. Fan, F. Wang, H. C. Yan, Z. K. Yang, S. B. Li, J. S. Li, N. H. Mao, W. T. Liu,

J. S. Hou and Q. Y. He (The Fourth Military Medical College, Xi'an, Shanxi province, Chin a)

Electromagnetic radiations and luminous phenomena with five different wavebands have
been investigated in a functional state of a qigong master, Mr. Li Stiaobo, the founder of a
form of qigong exercises, named “genuine qi in motion” . When Li was in the qigong
functional state, no radio signals with frequency 0. 1 Mc-300Mc (wavelength: 3000m-lm)
were received. However, some microwave signals with frequency 2 Gc (X : 15 cm) were
detected near Baihui (Du 20) . The intensity of microwave signals varied with changes of

• 196 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R 300701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

antenna direction.

The temperature increase of 1. 5°-2°C in Baihui (Du" 20) and Laogong (P 8) was
recorded with a microwave radiometer.

Infrared thermovision (X : 8-1 4km) demonstrated that when the qigong performance
started , the temperature of the face gradually rose to a stable level. As soon as the qigong
performance stopped, the temperature of it quickly returned to normal.

The visible light around Baihui (Du 20) was not observed by a luminometer (10
Lux. ) .

With a low light level night vision instrument (X : 0. 38-0. 8 pm) a special luminous
phenomenon, a halo around Li's head was seen once. At the same time the visible light was
also found around Dantian. This luminous phenomenon lasted about eight minutes.

The results suggested that a human body in the qigong functional state radiates certain
wavelength microwaves, infrared radiation and low visible light.

A STUDY OF THE MECHANISM OF THE EMITTED QI

Guo Yinglan, Geng Xindu and Mi Juanceng

(Northwest University, Shanxi province, China)

Many studies of the physical and biological effects and the clinical practice with the
emitted qi have been reported. The aim of the study in this paper is to look into the material
basis and the mechanism of the emitted qi by chemical methods. It includes three aspects; (1)
Thermal efficiency of the emitted qi on various chemicals; (2) Effect of the emitted qi on the
biological activity of enzymes; (3) Effect of the emitted qi on the conformation of proteins.

1. Thermal efficiency of the emitted qi on various chemicals.

Acetone, ether and absolute alcohol were poured into three 25 ml. flasks respectively,
and then were acted upon by the emitted qi from three qigong masters, A, B and D. After a
few minutes, it was found that the temperature of each chemical rose to some extent. With
statistic evaluating, we found a linear relation of the logarithm of the change in the car or if ic
value Q of each chemical to the distance S from the flask bottom to the qigong master's point
Laogong (P 8). The linear relation appeared in nine experiments out of twelve.

It is very interesting that for the three chemicals , each slops of this kind of plot , i. e. ,

• 197 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

lgQ vs. S, keeps a constant, if the source of the emitted qi is from the same qigong master.

, Therefore, an equation to compare the two values Q and S sepal ately is got through a

| comparison between the qigong master and non- qigong master.

; Q _ e 0. 434(bs+a)

i Where “a” is a constant relating to the thermal efficiency of the chemicals on which the

emitted qi acts; is an attenuation coefficient reflecting the decrease in lgQ with the

increase in S. And, the larger the b value, the slower the attenuation :*ate is.

It was also found that the emitted qi is not a thermal current, it is a form of energy,
which can transmit in air and through glass. The thermal efficiency is only produced by the
interactions of the emitted qi and the receivers.

2. Effect of the emitted qi on the enzymatic activity.

The activity of saccharogenic amylase was proved by receiving twelve times of the
emitted qi of the three qigong masters, B, C, c. The result was got by statistic method. The
activity of saccharogenic amylase was decreased when they were acted on by B and C, and the
maximum value was -20% . But when D acted on it for three limes, the activity of
saccharogenic amylase increased and for once it decreased. The maximum was 10%. When D
acted on a-amylase, the activity of it changed too. Substrates, pH values, temperature,
allosteric effect, activator, inhibitor, etc. were the influenial factors on the activity of
enzyme. Since all the experimental conditions were controlled strictly, the only cause for the
change in the activities of enzymes in the study comes from the change? in the allosteric effect
of each enzyme.

3. Influence of the emitted qi on the conformation of proteins.

To prove the possibility that the activity of protein may be changed by the emitted qi ,
we designed experiments of high performance liquid chromatography "HPLC) . Rigid cation
exchanger was chosen as the stationary phase and many salt aqueous solutions with a suitable
pH value were chosen as the mobile phases. Results showed the decrease in tr (retention time)
of lysozyme, when the emitted qi acted on the column, or the column oven, or the sample
solution in a tube directly. The decreased range of its activity was over -3. 5% to -17. 5%.
The fact elucidates that the emitted qi has an ability to pass through the wall of the stainless
column, then it interacts with protein and makes the change in its conformation. When
cytochrome C received the emitted qi by the same qigong master, t r became obviously longer.
The corresponding increase in Z value, A Z, was 1.49. The phenomenon explained the

: increases in the total munber of the cation and the anion released from the contact interface

| between cytochrome C molecule and the surface of the stationary phase. The contact surface

• 198 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

was enlarged to an extent that changed its structure when it participated in the
chromatographic process.

THE PHENOMENOLOGICAL MODEL OF
HEALTH QIGONG AND ITS APPLICATION TEST

Liu Beisheng (Chengdu Branch, Chinese Academic of Science, Sichuan pro vince, China)

Wang Guoheng (Affiliated Hospital, Chendu University of Science, Sichuan province, China)

From a global point of view, qigong is divided into two schoots, Chinese Qigong and
Indian Yoga. In turn, Chinese Qigong is divided into three parts- Taoism, Buddhism and
Confucianism. Among them, Taoist Qigong , in particular, embodies the national features of
the Chinese Qigong. There are three intensions in the Taoist Qigong , including medicinal and
food arts, sex arts and guiding arts. According to its functional effect, qigong can be divided

into two kinds-Health Qigong and Extrasensory Qigong .

Health Qigong plans treatment according to a diagnosis on the basis of the patient's
condition, physique and personality etc. The general principle is quiescent qigong for yin
syndromes, dynamic qigong is mainly used for yang syndromes. Most chronic diseases and
difficult complicated illnesses can be cured by combining the two patterns of qigong .
Beginners practise qigong in an initial state of consciousness. First he must make mental
preparations, then he will conduct mind-body self-regulation (self-regulation of the mind, of
the body and of breath) . If the method is right, the state of qigong including relaxation,

calmness and increased intelligence will be reached.

If you cannot persist in practising for a long ime, you will return to the initial state of

consciousness. So, only by long-term practice can you benefit from qigong .

The phenomenological features of the regulation of the body and mind may be

summarized as follows; 1. The regulation of the mind is the key point, and the regulation of

the body and breath are subordinate to it. 2. The regulation of the mind aims at enhancing
exchange of nonsensational information and restraining exchange of sensational information.
3. Potential communication between the top of the head and the perineum is established within
the human body (small qi cycle) . In the brain, it refers to getting through the lobus
frontalis— hypothalamus— hypophysis. 4. The electric potential in the skin becomes orderly.
The same phenomenon occurs in the brain. The electric potential of the cerebral cortex
becomes orderly. 5. Electric magnetic sensitivity of the human body increases. The bioelectric

• 199 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

magnetic field of the human body will have coherent resonance with the ELF wave band of
the earth's electric magnetic fiels.

The author proposes to establish a reversed bio-holographic law. An entire organism can
be taken as an enlargement of a part of it. The human body can be looked upon as an
enlarged brain. Such corresponding relationships of the form, development and function can
be found as follows- skin-cerebral cortex, the two sides of the body-cerebral hemispheres,
top of head— lobus frontalis, perineum-hypophysis, navel-hypothalamus, navel cord-pons,
medulla oblongata.

On the basis of the above listed, an artificial stimulation system of qigong was invented
by the author in 1983. This apparatus is to make biofeedback stimulation to the interrelated
positions of the human body, indirectly influencing and changing the function of the brain. It
can help 95% of the beginners quickly get into the state of relaxation, and 5% of the
beginners establish the small qi cycle or majar qi cycle within a week. It has a good auxiliary
effect on over a hundred kinds of chronic diseases and complicated cases. This apparatus has
been made in the People's Republic of China and put in clinical application in more than 300
hospitals. After Dr. Shan Tunghsu, who is the originator of the N. W CHI-KUNG Reseach &
Training Center bought our invention, he started the CHI System International, LTD. in
Taiwan. The machine was named the Chinese Health Qigong machine (the fourth artificial
stimulation system of qigong ) . It is suitable for home-use. It has been well accepted by all
circles in Taiwan and has ushered in a new chapter of the cooperation in science and
technology of qigong between the mainland and Taiwan.

THE MECHANISM OF QIGONG — MAGNETIC RESONANCE

Ma Jiannan (Technology Institute, - Hongkong Chinese University , Hongkong)

Qigong is a kind of frequency energy, which can be affected by the strong magnetic
field and stored in the human body and released by it. When we are doing the basic exercise
of qigong (e. g. cycle movements with hands in front of the abdomen) , we are using the
blood in the hands, the blood cells in the blood and the magnetic matters in the blood cells to
crosscut the magnetic line of force of the globe. As a result, there produces the direct current
and magnetic field when the frequency of the cycle movement is 0. 3-0. 7 Hz, and a numb
feeling appears in the hands. This kind of qi sensation is neither electric current because the
feeling will disappear when the cycle movements are accelerated and the frequency is over 0. 7

• 200 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Hz, nor magnetic field because when the hands are placed between two pieces of strong
magnet, no such feeling occurs. The author thinks that it is a feeling caused by the magnetic
resonance. There is a coincidence between the qigong phenomenon and the mechanism of the
magnetic resonance when one is practising the basic exercise of qigong . A human magnetic
field with an appropriate frequency is produced, which can cause the water in one's hand to
have nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) . The and 3 C are orderlessly arranged in the
body, but after the qigong exercise through the automagnetization, a magnetization state f j
| | appears. At this moment if there is an energy coming from outside, the frequency of

which is correspondent to the formula of nuclear magnetic resonance v = r^ , the magnetized

ZJt

water may absorb the energy and there occurs the magnetic resonance state f | f | | f

| f . v is the frequency, H c is the intensity of the external magnetic field, y (rotatory
magnetization) and 2n are constant. The weaker the magnetic field is, the lower frequency

Water and organic compounds are considered as the media for the magnetic resonance
force, flowing in the body. The two* hands may guide its travelling course because in the
qigong exercise the magnetic resonance first occurs in the hands; it can also flow from the
place where the strongest energy stores to the place where the weakest energy stores. The
disabled, weak, diseased and aging organs would absorb the energy passing through them and
get rehabilitated.

In general, energy of infrasonic wave band is emitted to treat patients in the qigong
therapy. It can cause the magnetic resonance of the water and protein in the body. Patients
tend to absorb the energy emitted from others. A slight hot sensation of the patients can be
confirmed by an infrared thermograph and far-infrcred detector. But this is the secondary
energy generated by concomitance, because man-made temperature increase cannot bring the
curative effect of qigong . The energy of magnetic* resonance may be originated from the
magnetic resonance elements of the cells— l H , 13 C , 1S N , 31 P , etc. When the condition of
the magnetic resonance changes, the magnetic resonance ceases because of the unbalance of
the NMR formula, and these elements have to liberate the absorbed energy of the magnetic
resonance, some of which would be absorbed by the cells concerned to strengthen the activity
of them. When the supply of the energy of the magnetic resonance discontinues, the extra
activity of the cells terminates, and then the far-infrared energy of high frequency is liberated
by them. The wavelength of the secondary energy is related to the diameter of the cells.
Various peak spectrum diagrams of the infrasonic wave band are seen when the qigong masters
are emitting their qi since they practise different patterns of qigong exercises and there is

• 201 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

differed intensity of magnetic fields. It explains the curative effect to different organs.

From the above analysis we can say that there is a third energy ether than food and air
for the human beings. The qigong masters are able to absorb the inirasonic energy of low
frequency and emit high frequency energy.

The theory of human magnetic resonance not only explains the fundamental phenomena
of qigong , but also moving objects by qigong , meridian travelling course and the Bermuda
mystery. Some of the manifestations present in the qigong exercise should be expounded not
only by the magnetic resonance, but by the magnetic induction capacity, superfluidity and
rearrangement of crystals.

The research of the human science in future will stress the following aspects: 1. Treating
diseases by frequency; 2. Training qigong pupils with the superconductible magnetic field; 3.
Training the . peculiar function with the reverse magnetic pole; 4. Developing qigong
instruments based on the mechanism of the magnetic resonance; 5. Doing away with
superstitions with the mechanism of qigong ; 6. Exploring the wisdom of the outerspace
creatures according to the religious legends. But the task of top pr ority at present is to
standardize the qigong teachers and offer regular course of qigong .

* 202 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

ACHIEVEMENTS OF ANCIENT CHINESE
MEDICAL QIGONG

Ma Jiren (Shanghai Research Institute of Qigong .Shanghai, China.)

It is believed that Chinese qigong has a long history of 5, 000 years.. In the course of its
development over thousands of years, qignog has absorbed and incorporated various kinds of
exercise theories and methods in all fields beneficial to the mind and body, prevention and
treatment, intelligence and prolongation of life. Therefore, a great number of qigong
exercises have been created and used for therapeutic purpose, which brings valuable
information to the theory of traditional Chinese medicine and contributes positively to medical
care of the neonle.

Being a Chinese unique cultural legacy, qigong is a self-applied exercise for the health of
mind /body, which was gradually devoloped by the ancient Chinese people in their long
practice in life and labour and in their prolonged struggle against disease and senility. It is a
branch of clinical science of TCM as well. It was in remote antiquity that the sprout of qigong
appeared in people’s daily life. According to the literature and information concerned as direct
or indirect envidence, we can find that the origin of qigong is closely related to clinical
practice. It was recorded in ancient books that at the time of 2, 500 B. C. , the Central Plains
of China was in flood and dampness was extremely violent. As a result, there occured skin
numberness and joint stiffness among the local people. In order to relieve these conditions,
people there consciously selected dancing movements as a kind of treatment, Hence, these
dancing movements are regarded as the earliest dynamic qigong .

“The Classic of Internal Medicine” describes 5 kinds of therapies formed due to different
geographical locality in remote antiquity. One of them is Daoyin (similar to dancing
movements) developed in the central part of China and is taken as the ancient qigong .
Daoyin was the name of a therapeutic measure of qigong in the 5th century B. C. . In a
broader sense, Daoyin contains the whole contents of ancient qigong including the quiescent
and dynamic qigong ; in a narrow sence it refers only to the dynamic qigong . Viewing from
the literature, specialistic practitioners were trained for different medical branches. The
ancient qigong which was also called Daoyin was among these measures.

The use of the ancient qigong in treatment and prevention was recorded extensively in
ancient books. In the 7th century, these records were systematzed in a large scale and taken

• 203 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

into the noted medical book “Treatise on the Etiology and Symptomology of Diseases”, in
which 260 qigong -practising methods are available, applicable respectively to 110 syndromes.
In “Collected and Classified Ancient/ Current Books, Volume of Medicine”, qigong , as one of
the 4 therapeutic methods, was applied to the treatment of a great number of diseases in
viscera and the body surface as well.

In addition to the application of a certain qigong exercise particular instruction was also
given to patients according to their conditions and body constitution. R ch experiences have
been accumulated in this aspect.

AN EXPLORATION OF THE TRADITIONAL
N El DAN METHOD

Song Tianbin (Beijing College of Traditional Chinese Med: cine, Beijing, China)

The Neidan method has always been regarded as a mysterious skill o:: the Taoist School,
the purpose of which was not only to preserve health and prolong life, lowever, when we
remove its mysterious veil and look at it from the point of view of modern medical science,
we find that the traditional Neidan method is indeed a kind of qigong exercise for the
treatment of diseases, preservation of health and prolongation of life. The Neidan method of

qigong embraces the three basic elements of modern qigong regulation of the mind,

breath and body. In addition, its complete theoretical and methodological system is the core of
the Chinese science of qigong , a summarization of all the various schools of qigong . The
exercise of qi circulation, which is regarded as an advanced form of qigong by many
practicers, is the basis and typical feature of the Neidan method.

Works on alchemy contain useful experience and records of experiments, but they also
contain deliberately mystifying things and various pretexts. Therefore, if they were accepted
without discrimination, .the practiser would easily be led astry. Take the exercise of qi
circulation for exemple. If the practiser believes that it can provide such wonderful effects as
eternal life, ascenking to Heaven, body duplication and transformation, access to fairyland,
and rejuvenation, if he improperly pursues such effects, he may result in psychological
disorders. There may be abnormal and painful sensations, or functiona: disturbance of the
vegetative nervous system. In severe cases the victim may become psycho ;ic. Even if nothing
goes wrong, excessive desire will lead to useless comsumption of qi and mental fatigue with
hallucinations instead of healthful effects. Ancient works on alchemy, in 'act, recognized the
• 204 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R 300701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

possibility of such dangers and maintained that the practiser should have a proper purpose and
lead a simple, quiet life. With a proper understanding and application of the Neidan method,
such dangers may be avoided entirely.

Historical records and actual experience all prove that the Neidan method undoubtedly
has a health-protecting effect. The exercise of qi circulation, for example, has at least three
advantages : First , motion is placed under control and breathing is regulated , so it is easy to
void one s mind of other thoughts and go into a trance. The physiological processes affect the
psychological processes, resulting in a healthy mental state of calmness and pleasure with no
desire. The body and mind is adjusted to the optimal state so that the person' s intelligence and
capability are better than usual. Secondly, self-implication is put into full play. Mental
control is achieved through a great variety of measures which affeet and regulate the
physiological processes. It is inferred that the metabolic processes may be improved through
the auto-regulation of the neurohumoral regulatory system, as the result some biochemical
reactions and consequently the aging process may be slowed down, whereas certain functions
may be activated to maintain youthful vigour and exploit potential energy. Thirdly, the body
and mind receive all-round exercise with an emphasis on protecting health. The mind, breath
and body are regulated together. The essence of life, qi , and the spirit are all adjusted.
Stillness and motion are combined with the former as the basis. In other words, the body is
still outside yet moving inside, and absolute stillness causes motion.

It has been proved by modern experimental studies that the physiological indexes showed
marked changes after practising the exercise of qi circulation. It was observed in the Beidaihe
Qigong Sanatorium that there was no statistical difference between an experimental group and
a control group before practising the exercise, whereas after practising the exercise of qi
circulation for two months, the respiratory rate of the experimental group during the qignog
state was significantly slower than that of the control group, the cerebral blood flow was
markedly decreased, and the temperature at the Mingmen (Du 4) and Qihai (Ren 6) increased
by an average 1°C. It was observed at the Jiangxi Institute of Traditional Chinese Medicine
and Pharmacology that in ten persons who practised the exercise of qi circulation the skin
temperature at the lower elixir field, Juque (Ren 14), Jiaji (Extra 21) , Mingmen (Du 4),
Yintang (Extra 1) , and the bilateral Laogong (P 8) increased markedly during the exercise as
compared with the temperature before the exercise, whereas there were no changes in the
control group. This shows that the psychological activity of controlling one’s thoughts has an
actual physiological effect. It is not just a heat effect ; it has a clinical therpaeutic effect as
well. It was reported by the Beidaihe Qigong Convalescence Hospital that among ten patients

• 205 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R 300701 080001-1

suffering from chronic diseases, two were cured, seven improved markedly, whereas only one
did not respond after practising the exercise of qi circulation for two mon;hs. According to the
past experience, the patient suffering from gastroptosis who did not respond could also be
cured if the course of treatment was prolonged for another 3-5 months. r Tie Zhejiang Institute
of Traditional Chinese Medicine and Pharmacology reported that the exe rcise of qi circulation
at Mingmen (Du 4) can be used to treat cancer. Other experiments show that during the
exercise the appearance of the feeling of meridian conductivity is markedly higher, increasing
from 21. 3 % to 42. 5%. This shows that the circulation of qi in the body in the Neidan
method is a natural phenomenon during the period of exercise in which the feeling of meridian
conductivity appears, and that it is nothing mysterious. At present very few experiments have
been conducted in which the exercise of qi circulation was observed directly, but many
experimental studies on the regulation of the mind, breath and body conducted in the past
have indirectly proved that the psychological and physiological effect of the Neidan method is
authentic. However, it is not easy to attain such effects as described in anciect works like
long period of fasting, extremely slight respiration, hibernation, etc. So it is not difficult to
understand why the Neidan method has for thousands of years been regarded as a mysterious,
advanced form of qigong exercise.

If we peel away its superstitious, religious covering and look through the mysterious veil,
it is absolutely possible to understand its mechanism from the point of view of modern
science. This would help in avoiding untoward effects and in achieving early success. From
the point of view of modern anatomy and physiology, the position of the elixir fields are
precisely the location of the important nerve centers and endocrine glar ds, such as the lob us
parietalis and lobus frontalis of the cerebral cortex, the hypothalamus, he medulla oblongata,
the spinal cord, the celiac plexus, the pituitary, the thyroid, the thynus, the gonads, the
adrenals and other glands of the digestive system. These organs are essential to life and may
be regarded as life centers.

On this basis we have designed a short-cut to the modern Neidan method, namely, direct
psychological training of the neurohumoral regulatory system to affect physiological activities
with paychological processes. The actual procedure is first to draw a coloured anatomical graph
showing the position of the important internal organs of the neurohumoral regulatory system.
Then the ancient method of looking and thinking is employed. The pnctiser first looks at the
graph, and then tries to visualize it in his mind with his eyes shut, repeating the process for a
number of times and gradually prolonging the period of recalling the image with the eyes shut.
Finally the anatomical graph is reconstructed in his own body so that when he visualized the

• 206 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R 300701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

image in his mind, it is as if he could see his own internal organs clearly. Then accompanied

by light music and inducing readings from a tape, the mind concentrates on the following

locations successively: the testes, perineum and coccyx the lumbar region of the spinal

cord and the adrenal glands the thoracic region of the spinal cord and the medulla

oblongata — - — the hypothalamus and pituitary — — the lobus parietalis and lobus frontalis of

the cerebrum and Yintang (Extra 1) the tongue, parotid glands and sublingual glands

the thyroid, thymus, ear and lungs the stomach, gallbladder and pancreas— the ovaries

and the vegetative nerve plexus in the abdominal and pelvic cavity.

The mind should concentrate on each location for three minutes, making a total of about
30 minutes before the second cycle is started. The practiser may maintain normal breathing
and simple concentration of the mind, or, after a period of training, use a method of
breathing peculiar to the Neidan method in which qi ascends via the Du Meridian during
inhalation and descends via the Ren Meridian during exhalation, quickly passing through the
aforementioned locations. But it is better not to imagine sights and pursue the sensation of qi
in order to avoid the possibility of such untoward effects as functional disturbances. The
practiser should concentrate his mind so as to go into a calm, natural state of quiescence. The
purpose of the exercise is to prevent diseases, improve health and slow down aging process
instead of pursuing the feeling of meridian conductivity. Only when beneficial physiological
changes appear can it be said that qi is really circulating smoothly. Without such changes
there is just imaginary circulation. To be sure , imaginary circulation is helpful to the
circulation of qi , but a proper degree of the imagination is important. It would be difficult to
attain success with an excessive or insufficient degree of imagination.

A STUDY OF THE ACHIEVEMENT OF HEALTH-PRESERVATION
BY QIGONG IN THE “ESSENTIALS OF HEALTH KEEPING”

Han bin, He Deguang and Hou Wei

(Institute of Acupuncture and Moxibustion, China Academy of Traditional Chinese Medicine , Beijing , China)

"Essentials of Health-Keeping” is a treatise published before the Sui Dynasty (581-618) .
The book has lost, but some of the information recorded in "Zhubingyuanhoulun” ("General
Treatise on the Cause and Symptoms of Diseases”).

1. According to the analysis of the system of health-preservation since the Jin Dymasty,
the content used in the quoted passage in the "General Treatise on the Cause and Symptoms of

• 207 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/1 5 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Diseases”, and the style of the original work, we think that the part of qigong in the book
was quoted from an independent work, the " Essentials of Health-Keeping. 39

The publishing year and the author of the book has been unknown at any times. Based
on the features of the age and the relationship between the work and oth^r documents, it is
thought that the book was published in the year aften the completion of the "Collection of
Cultivating Disposition and Life Prolongation” and before the "General Treatise on the Cause
and Symptoms of Diseases,” or between 456-610 AD. Many scholars considered the author
was Chao Yuanfang. My study doesn’t agree with the idea, but Chao certainly did a lot of
work in quoting the documents.

2. The "Essentials of Health-Keeping” recorded rich knowledge of qi$nog . My study has
summarized the following aspects, such as the basic theory of health-preserving, the effect of
qigong , patterns of exercises, the knowledge of exercise, the application of qignog ,
indications of the qigong therapy, and the rules of treatment.

(1) The basic theory of health-preserving by qigong i Qigong practice in the "Essentials
of Health-Keeping” was guided by the basic theory of traditional Chinese medicine and
distinctive views on the human body, creating its own theory of health-preserving. The
extensive combination of qigong and the basic theory of traditional Chinese medicine in the
book displayed the following aspects, such as yin-^yang , five elements, zang-fu organs,
meridians, points, life essence, qi , blood and body fluid. In addition, the book had taken
the Dantian theory and the theory of ascending, descending, opening and dosing.

(2) The knowledge of the mechanism of qigong : It was held by tie book that qigong
could regulate the function of the zang—fu organs, qi and blood to expel diseases.

(3) Patterns of qigong exercises; The statistical analysis tells us that there are about 270
kinds of exercises listed in the book and the majority of them were abou; the dynamic types
(accounting for 94.5%), including Daoyin , breathing exercises, standing posture, ect.
These all belong to the schools of medical qigong , Taoism and Buddhism.

The study has sorted out the practices of exercises in terms of mine -control , breathing
and physical exercises, (a) Mind-control can be divided into four kinds according to different
psychological features. They are imagination, self-implication, sensation feeling and concern
of respiratory movement; (b) Respiratory exercise includes natural breathing, abdominal
breathing, breathing in and out through the nose, breathing in through the mouth and out
through the nose, breathing in through the nose and out through ths mouth, stopping
breathing, ect; (c) The physical exercises are summarized; (d) The relationship between
breathing, physical exercises and mind-control is expounded.

• 208 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R300701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

(4) knowledge of exercises; The process of exercises, volume, time, direction, etc. were
recorded in the book.

(5) Applicafion of qigong : It is for the purpose of prevention and treatmeat of diseases,
delaying the aging process and improving looks.

(6) Indications of qigong ; About 241 kinds of diseases could be treated by qigong listed
in the book, covering the internal medicine, surgery and gynecology.

(7) Principles of treatment; There existed the concept of selecting the pattern of exercises
based on differentiation of syndromes, i. e. based on the condition of cold and heat,
deficiency and excess.

3. After sorting out the confext of the book and from the angle of history of qigong ,
we have made a comparison between the book and other literature before and after it , and
believed that the book kas made six outstanding aspects;

(1) Preserving health by dynamic qigong .

(2) Health protection, disease expelling and longevity the purpose of practising

qigong .

(3) Collecion of essentials of each school, patterns of exercises in detail and rich
knowledge of exercises.

(4) Unified scientific thought.

(5) Selecting the patterns of exercises based on differentiation of syndromes.

(6) Enlarging the range of indications.

Through the analysis of the above-mentioned, we would say that the book is a very
important treatise of health-preserving by qigong , it has the effect of forming a connecting
link between the preceding and following in the history of the development of qigong .

4. Conclusion. The book was completed around 456-610 AD and the author is unknown
to us. It is rich in centext and provide the necessary materials for our study of the history of
qigong , the exercises and theory of it.

A PRELIMINARY COMPARASION
BETWEEN QIGONG AND INDIAN YOGA

Zhang Xiaofang

(Is ? t Affiliated Hospitcd of Suzhou Medical College, Jiangsu Province, China)

Qigong is one kind of non-drug treatment which underlies the training on both mind and

• 209 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rp00701 080001-1

body. It can strengthen the immune function of the body, so it has the function of preventing
and treating diseases, slowing down the process of aging. It has some merits, such as <•
effectiveness, low cost, lack of side-effects and avaiability to all ages. Nowadays, qigong has
drawn attention from the whole world. The next century will belong to qigong •

Qigong originated from the orient. Both Chinese qigong and Indian Yoga have a history
of about five thousand years. They are the products of oriental civilization.

Yoga, one kind of Indian traditional way to keep the body fit and preserve health,
utilizes a philosophic thinking which creates a harmony between “self”and ‘Fan”(Supernature).
The purpose is to seek for enjoying high position and living in ease and comfort that is
“without death and birth, without thinking and desiring. ” The main schools include Jnana
Yoga, Kama Yoga, Bhak Yoga, Hatha Yoga, Raja Yoga. Kundalin Yoga and Tan Tra
Yoga. Its exercising principles are Yama (concentration) , Niyama (good personal hygiene) ,
pranayama (regulating breath) , pratyhara (isolation from environment) , Pharana (high mora
standard) , Dhyana (speculation) , Samadhi (being silent) . Its chief practicing methods are
Pranayama or meditation. Bodily posture, Shat Karmas, Kundalin nisakti and so on. The
mechanism of its effect is through regulating the diet. Yoga exercise and using daily living
knowledge properly restore the body' s normal function and maintain the body' s homeostasis.

Chinese qigong is one kind of traditional method to preserve heath. Its philosophical
thinking is that of the corresponding relation between the human body (bodily structure,
physiological phenomena, pathological changes, etc. ) and mature. The purpose of Chinese
qigong is to seek for “ She Shan Yang Qi” (preserving the health, keeing the energy) , Gui Zen
Fen Bu ” (everything returns to its original natural environment) , “Qiang Shen Zhi Bing ”
(exercising the body and curing disease), “Jian Shen Yu Di” (Strengthening the body and
warding off the enemy) . Its main schools include Confucian, Taoist, Wushu , medical and
folk qigong . Its training principles are to cultivate one’s morals, calm oneself without desiring
and rest to attain mental tranquility and preserve health according to i “Tie ” (religious
discipline) , “ Ding ” (calming and collecting oneself) and “ Iluei ” (wisdom, training ways) .

It is achieved by regulating the body’s function, controlling breath, smoothing the mind,
making the inner energy active, coordinating between vital energy and blood, dredging the
meridians, balancing yin and yang .

The article attempts to make a comparative study of seven aspects between Chinese
qigong and Indian Yoga. The results demonstrate that both have many similarities including
their historic origin, philosophic thinking, training principles and chara ;teristics of practicing
methods. China’s “ Qihua (activation of vital energy) theory” has some influences on Indian

• 210 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

“Kundalini Yoga. ” The earliest records of Kundalini’s Qi Mai theory of India was in the 17th
century, and that was just as, the flourishing 'time of the Ming Dynasty of China, Zheng He
went to the “Western ocean” (around Indian ocean) seven times. He once arrived at Guli of

India (the southeast coastal area of India) and carried some Chinese medical works there,
among which, probably some were the works of Chinese qigong ■ .To analyze Kundalini’s Qi
Mai theory, we know, the “Meridians and the theory of ” Qi Ilua Lun are similar to the seven
acupoints of the Ren-Du Meridians, and the theory of * Qi Ilua Lun ” of Chinese qigong was
formed earlier, so we infer that the theory of “Qi Ilua Lun”, which has the Chinese
characteristic played an active and promotive role in the formation of Kundalini’s theory of
India. Indian Yoga basically derived from a single school (entity) , while China qigong has
essentially three schools, namely “ Ru ”, “ Shi ” and Tao ” . The three schools are always
interrelating and combining; then new methods are created through these combinations.

PROMOTING QI FLOW ALONG THE TRAVELLING
COURSES OF MERIDIANS

Li Ding(China), Chen Zhongxing (Indonesia)

The so-called “ Guan Qi ” or promoting qi flow method is a basic exercise in which the
mind is closely combined with respiration, and assisted by the postures of hands, conducting
the qi to make full exchange between the internal milieu of the human body and the external
surroundings of nature by means of respiration. Then the “ Guan Qi ” exercise along
meridians is the same method as mentioned above, but it is characterized by pushing the qi
along the courses of 14 major meridians in the body. With this exercise the automatic control
system of the body can be enhanced, the protective adjustment in the brain facilitated, the
sufficient respiratary exchange in the lung maintained, and ample exygen supply provide for
the internal organs and tissues, especially the brain, heart and kidney. Moreover, this
exercise can be also used to correct the deviation and discomfortability occurring in the
practice of qigong ■ If this method is performed facing trees and flowers in a quiet
environment with fresh air one to three times a day, 10 to 20 minutes for each time, with
the practice of 100 days, beneficial results will be obtained especially in the middle-aged and
old people suffering from chronic diseases. The keypoint for attaining good result is
unremitting practice.

♦ 211 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R300701 080001-1

The “ Guam Qi ” exercise along meridians consists of 2 parts : one is “Gum Qi exercise of
the twelve regular meridians , "and the other is“that of the Ren and Eu meridians. ’’The former
is called major qi cycle while the latter known as Gtuxn Qi method in he small qi cycle. In the
major qi cycle, it has been found that every four meridians can form a separately closed
circulatory cycle, therefore the major qi cycle is subdivided into cycle 1, cycle 2 and cycle 3.

Part Is Major qi cycle

Cycle 1 :

Lung Meridian of Large Intestine Mer dian

Hand-Taiyin of Hand-Yangming

Spleen Meridian of Stomach Meridian of

n oot - 1 aiym u oot- r angming

Performance; Stand in quietness and relaxation with both hands piled one on the other
and put together on the region of Dantian; massage on the region clockwise and
counterclockwise, six times in each, then the same method of massage repeated on the
epigastric region. After that, both hands go up over the diaphragm, and the mind covers from
the chest to the hands along the course of the Lung Meridian. Then both arms spread out
slowly with the thumbs erected and all other fingers relaxed. The palms are turned from
facing the front to facing upward, and the arms go up further with fingers parted from each
other and pointing to the sky. Look up to watch fingers, first thj thumb then the index
finger, then look down to perceive internally the Yangming Meridians (the Hand-Yangming
Meridian first, and the Foot- Yangming Meridian later) . Both hands are lowered down slowly
to point Dazhui (Du 14) and move forward along the lateral neck up to the face. With the
thumbs erected and palms facing the face, the hands push down along the Stomach Meridian
to conduct the qi down to Lidui (S 45) , and subsequently the arms Jr op down and the body
bends over to converge the first 3 fingers with the first 3 toes. Toes ;ap the ground 3 times,
simutaneously the kidney qi is elevated 3 times. Internal perception concentrates on the Taiyin
Meridians (the Foot-Taiyin Meridian first and the Hand-Taiyin later) , starting from Yinbai
(Sp 1) , along the Spleen Meridian to ascend to Zhongfu (LI) on route Zhourong (Sp 20),
to connect with the Hand-Taiyin Meridian, forming cycle 1. The same procedure of
concentration is repeated for 3 to 9 times and then followed by 3 cycle 2.

• 212 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R300701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Cycle 2 :

Heart Meridian Small Intestine Meridian

of Hand-Shaoyin of Hand-Taiyang

t I

Kidney Meridian of Unrinary Bladder Meridian
Foot-Shaoyin of Foot-Taiyang

Performance. The concentrated flow of qi starts from the Spleen Meridian at the end of
the big toe and rises to enter the abdomen at Chongmen (Sp 12) to connect with the Heart.
Meridian. Meanwhile the body gradually straightens up and the qi is conducted to arrive at the
heart and flow transversely in the axillary region. Arms spread out with the little finger
straightened and the other fingers relaxed. The palms turn to face upward and arms are lifted
with fingers pointing to the sky. Look up to watch the medial aspect of the little fingers and
then watch their dorsal aspect with the hands intorted; and look down to perceive internally
the Taiyang Meridians (from the Hand-Taiyang Meridian to the Foot-Taiyang Meridian) .
Both hands descend slowly to the Dazhui (Du 14), and the hands arrive at the paraspinal
musculature on route of the lateral apects of the neck, the medial side of acromion and
through the axilla. Along the Urinary Bladder Meridian, the hands descend to Zhiyin (B 67 )
with the body bent and the little fingers converged with the little toes. Toes tap the ground 3
times and the kidney qi is elevated 3 times at the same time. Internal perception stresses on
the Shaoyjn Meridians (from the Foot-Shaoyin up to the Hand-Shaoyin) , conducting the qi to
flow from Yongquan (K 1) up to the chest where it connects with the Hand-Shaoyin
Meridians, thus the second ciycle is formed. The same procedure of conducting qi is repeated
3 to 9 times, and then the qi goes to the third cycle.

Cycle 3 .

Pericardium Meridian Sanjiao Meridian of
of Hand-Jueyin of Hand-Shaoyang

Liver Meridian Gallbladder Meridian

of Foot-Jueyin of Foot-Taiyan

• 213 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Performance; The qi is conducted from the centre of the sole to ascend simutaneously
and the body straightens up. The qi arrives at the perinium where it enters the spinal column.
Travelling upward, it penetrates the diaphragm to connect with the pericardium. From the
chest, it runs to the hands along the Pericardium Meridian of Hand- Jueyin. At this time,
arms spread out from one body-inch lateral to the nipple with the middle fingers straightened
and other fingers relaxed. Palms start to turn to face upward and the irms go up with fingers
pointing to the sky. Look up to watch the middle fingers first and after the hand is intorted to
watch the dorsal aspect of the fourth finger; look down to perceive internally the Shaoyin
Meridians (Hand-Shaoyin first, then the Foot-Shaoyin) . Both hands descend to Dazhui (Du
14), then through the lateral aspects of the neck , they arrive at the outer canthus , then go
down to the lateral chest and abdomen. Bending over, the fourth finger meets with the fourth
toe. The toes tap the ground for 3 times and the kidney qi is lifted for 3 'times as well. The
internal perception is stressed upon the Jueyin Meridians from the fx>t one up to the hand
one. The flow of qi is conducted up to the chest and connects with the Pericardium Meridian
of Hand-Jueyin. Thus, the third ciycle is formed. The qi flows in this ciycle for 3 to 9
times, and enters the first cycle again, or finish the exercise, or to continue with the small
cycle.

Part II : small qi cycle

The circulation proceeds between the Ren and Du Meridians.

Stand in quietness and relaxation, hands piled one on the other are put on the Dantian
region. The hands start to go slightly and then press down. The mird follows the motion of
hands and leads the flow of qi . The qi descends to the perinium, revolves around the genital
organ, and travels up along the Ren Meridian on the ventral median 1 ne, subsequently, arms
go up slowly, with palms facing each other. Fingers are parted panting to the sky. After
that, palms turn to face downwards. Look up to watch Laogong (P 8), then look down to
lead the qi with the mind, both hands descend to conduct the qi along the Du Meridian on the
posterior median line on the head and nape down to the dorsal median line through the axilla.
The qi arrives at the perinium from where it ascends back to Dantian (lower abdomen) .
Simutaneously, both hands move back to the Dantian region, too. T ae concentration of mind
stresses on Dantian for a moment and then shifts to Yongquan (K 1) . Toes tap the ground 3
times and the kidney qi is elevated for 3 times. The flow of qi gets through the Ren and Du
Meridians, ascending in the yin meridian and descending in the yang. The conduction of qi is
repeated for 6 times usually , or can be also repeated for 3 to 9 times.

• 214 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792RD00701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

The same procedure of conducting qi can be repeated from the Du Meridian to Ren
Meridian, ascending in the yang meridian and descending in the yin , so the direction of qi
flow is just opposite to the former one.

The ending of the exercise- The kidney qi is elevated for 3 times, then breathe in once,
raise the heel, and fall back the heel slowly to the ground.

ZHIYI’S CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE THEORY OF
BUDDHIST DHY AN A-S AM ADHI THERAPY

Chen Bing (Centre for Religious Studies, Sichuan University, Chengdu, China)

The Dhyana-Samadhi of Indian Buddhism began to be introduced to China by An-Shi-
Kao, an eminent Buddhist monk of Parthia, who lived in the closing years of the Eastern Han
Dynasty (25 — 220). By the end of the Northern and Southern Dynasties (420 581),

Chinese Buddhists had not only acquired basic knowledge of various ways of Dhyana-Samadhi
in both Mahayana and Hinayana which were then popular in India and Central Asia, but also
embarked on a stage of summing up, sorting out and creatively developing the theories of it.
Zhiyi (538—591), the founder of the Tiantai Sect, benefited from the work of his
predecessors and became the most prominent in the study and development of the Dhyana-
Samadhi theory.

In his “Ski Cham Bo Luo Mi Ci Qi Fa Men ”, “Zhi Gmn” and “Mo Ke ard Xiao Zhi Cmn” ,
Zhiyi explained separately three ways of cultivating Samatha-Vipasyana in detail? among them
was Dhyana-Samadhi therapy. On the basis of summing up both the theories from India and
the experiences gained by the Chinese Dhyana-Samadhi masters, and assimilating the Chinese
medical science, qigong in Taoism as well as folk medicine, he expounded the Dhyana
Samadhi therapy in terms of symtoms, causes and treatment of diseases, and provided a rather

systematic theory of Dhyana-Samadhi therapy.

In symptomatology and diagnostics, Zhiyi classified all diseases into four types : 1.

Diseases of Caturmahabhuta (the four principal elements? earth, water, fire and wind) , as
taught in Indian Buddhism? 2. Diseases of the five sense organs (eye, ear, nose, tongue and
body? 3. Diseases of the five internal organs (heart, liver, spleen, lungs and kidneys) , as
taught in traditional Chinese medicine? 4. Diseases due to six emotional disturbances. He
enumerated symtoms of each , advised those who practised Dhyana-Samadhi to learn how to
feel the pulse in Chinese medicine and diagnose their own diseases by hallucinations and

• 215 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

dreams they have while practising Dhyana-Samadhi.

Zhiyi summarized the cause of diseases mentioned in Buddhist Scriptures and classified
them into six groups; unbalance of Caturmahabhauta , improper dirt, inability to regulate
one’s body, mind and breath in practising of Dhyana-Samadhi, and to overcome ghosts,
demons and karma. He held that the first and second groups should be treated with medicines,
the third, fourth and fifth by Dhyana-Samadhi and the last group by means of psychotherapy
(e. g. confession) . He insisted that one should surely dispel and cure all diseases as long as
one practised Dhyana-Samadhi diligently in the right way. Therefore, he called it a treasured
therapy by which one could cure oneself of all diseases without paying or suffering from
taking medicines.

Zhiyi classified the ways of Dhyana-Samadhi therapy into six groups; 1. Focusing one' s
mind on one part of the body, e. g. on the acupoint Dantian, feet cr the diseased or aching
part; 2. Producing the sounds of the six Chinese characters chui , (Oft), hu (B^), xi ( U® ) ,

ke ’ and (W)- Each of them corresponds to one of the five internal organs.

One chooses the right character relating to the diseased organ and produces in imagination the

sound of it while one is sitting quietly practising Dhyana-Samadhi, until the disease is cured.

This has its origin in Taoism; 3. Regulating breath. If one trains Dhyana-Samadhi by starting

with counting one’s breath, one should suit one’s counting of exhalations or inhalations to the

feelings in one’s body while one is sitting quietly. In addition, there are twelve ways of

breathing regulation (bringing up, bringing down, accelerating, filling, increasing,

destroying, cooling, warming, bursting through, holding up, harmonizing and enriching) ,

each of which cures one kind of disease; 4. Imagining in a definite situation, e. g. those

suffer from cold diseases may imagine fire and those who suffer from general debility may

imagine warm cream dripping into their bodies from the crowns of their heads and flowing to

and moistening every part of their bodies; 5. All diseases will disappear when one’s mind

enters a state of void and tranquility after one fails in introspecting ar d examining oneself to

find the substance of the mind; 6. Folk medicine, such as twirling Dantian, beating the

aching part with a rod and dispelling diseases by means of chanting ir cantations. However,

one must examine their effects and employ them with great caution.

For more than a thousand years, Zhiyi’s theory of Dhyana-Samad li therapy has not only
been employed by the Chinese Buddhists of different sects, but also exerted a great influence
on Taoism, traditional Chinese medicine and qigong . His restoring the unbalance by Dhyana-
Samadhi, focusing one’s mind on Diantian and the diseased and aching part, “six-character
therapy” and cures for general debility have been absorbed by Taoism and qigong , and widely
• 216 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R 300701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

employed in qigong and medical circles up to now.

QIGONG AND BUDDHISM

' Domyo Miuya (Sine-Japanese Qigong Academy)

Nowadays in China, qigong is being intensively studied by many scholars in various
fields as an old yet new branch of medicine.

In Japan, too, interest in qigong is now gradually heightened, and, as people are
brought to demonstrations of qigong , even the most sceptical are greatly surprised and eagerly
become engaged in the research work on the subject.

It is said that qigong originated from Taoism and Buddhism. However, in the Chinese
medical classic “Huangdi Neijing” or “Classic of Internal Medicine” and “Lushi Chunqiu” or
The Spring and Autumn Annals” it can be observed that a consideration of qigong' s
methodolody was taken up in search of therapy by the authors of these old books. From this
fact, I deduce that qigong , Taoism and Buddhism have developed their own history separately
and in parallel rather than being orginated one from the other.

Various attempts of medical and scientific analysis have been tried on qigong to find its
substance, but I think it will take some time to verify its hypostasis.

As a religious man, I think it is more important for me to analyze qigong from a
religious perspective, particularly from that of Buddhism as opposed to a medical or scientific
analysis of qigong . In my view qigong originated separatedly and in parallel to Buddhism. I
feel very strongly that I should pursue an analytical study from the view point of Buddhism.
The exercise patterns of qigong and its mind-control are quite similar or almost the same to
Mi jiao Shan (Esoteric Zen Buddhism) which I personally am preaching. In addition to this, I
can find many points of similarity between qigong and the “GOKAJI”, a mystical prayer
conducted by powerful ascetics. Mijiao Shan preaches that the body, mouth and mind power
are three important elements of attaining to perfection. Illness can be cured by such practice,
and I have had numerous examples cured by Mijiao Shan.

The difference between Mijiao Shan and qigong is perhaps the absence of prayer in
qigong . Qigong is normally conducted in front of a patient while Mijiao Shan can be

effectively performed regardless of the distance between the patient and the one offering the
prayer.

Some people may not believe this, but it is a fact that cannot be denied. The qigong

• 217 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792Rp00701 080001-1

treatment performed from a distance of several metres, and the Mi jiao Shan prayers that are
from longer distances, can be found very similar in principle.

How is the Mijiao Shan perfomed? It is performed by those well- practiced ascetics that
inherit the competence from their masters, the “ Yizhi ” (a manual or instruction book)
contains such instructions as expressions of the hands ( Yin ), ways of concentrating mind
and ways of breathing. These physical performances are found very similar to the qigong
ways of practice.

Take one example* both qigong and Mijiao Shan try to concentrate ones mind in a
relaxed bodily state* using similar kinds of “ Yin "* expressed by the hands.

I am sorry that due to limited space, I cannot explain this to the reader in detail, but it
is a fact that the strength of the alpha wave emitted from the brain is enhanced when Yin is
added to the meditation.

" Zhenyan ” or incantation that is uttered from the mouth are many. The most famous
of all, and the one that is said to be most effective is “Namakusamandi, bodanan un shitchi
sowaka” . When you say this prayer seven times in one breath with a concentrated state of
mind, you can solve any problem that you face and you can attain anything that you wish.

I have disclosed the secret words of Zhenyan . My intention of doing this is to tell the
reader that the deed of uttering these words is exactly the same as that defined by Alexis
Carrel, the Nobel prize winner. “State of mind which is spiritually agitated by spoken
mystical words, and in which the absolute world and univereal principles are unified by the
consciousness. ”.

This, I think, is the same as the state of mind when a GOKAJI performance is being
conducted by monks.

Buddhism is based on the thought that “all are rooted in one”* and it deems the human
society a small universe as against the big universe which is the root of all phenomena.
Buddhism preaches that the energy with which the big universe is filled, can be realized as the
“ q i ” # therefore, therapy by “ qi ”, not only the internal qi but also emitted qi can fill the
patient with the energy of the universe. Should qigong , the therapy of the qi be reinforced
with the consciousness mentioned above* it would certainly be more effective in curing
diseases. Because the human being possesses a power of the mind* the activity of the soul is
much stronger than the qi which is the essential power source of qignog .

Supposing the energy or qi is the combined strength of electro-magnetic power , infrared
rays and distant infrared rays that work on the flesh, the energy of mind may be an unknown
supernatural power that works on the mind of human beings. It is therefore suggested that the

• 218 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R 300701 080001-1

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

study of qigong should not only be the study of the effects of qi , but it should also include
the study of the mind. If it is so requested, I will make public the practice of Mi jiao Shan to
show people that phenomenal effects can be seen in the common alpha wave zone both in the
qi and the mystic power of the Mijiao Shan.

ON TRADITIONAL RELIGIOUS QIGONG AND
ITS MEDICAL APPLICATION

Takashi Tsumura (Kansai Qigong Society, Japan)

1. Ancient medicine began from magical healing concerning with shamanism. Generally
the history of medicine is written orientating “from magic to science”, but this model shows
only one side of truth. “ Zkuyou "(healing by declaration) Yijingbianqi ”(a kind of drama-
theraphy) in ancient medicine is really rational and scientific from the viewpoint of modern
paycophysical medicine. Rather , trends of the thought that separate mind and body , or illness
and life in medicine of after ages, have doubtful problem. It is the reason why the ancient
medicine is regarded note worthy again recently.

2. the oriental medicines have developed in relation to interdependence and
interpenetration with religions. For example, ancient Indian medicine and Hinduism or Indian
Buddhism, traditional Chinese medicine and Taoism or Buddhism, and, Japanese oriental
medicine ( KANPO”) and Shinto or Japanese Buddhism.

3. Simply speaking, the purpose of medical qigong is mainly “balance of yin-gang ” .

But religious qigong wants high spiritual awakening. The theme of finding inner divinity and
purifiing body spoiled by real desires in Buddhism, is equal to “seeking after pure yang ” in
Taoist qigong . The purpose of medical qigong is support and recovery of health, but it cannot
interfere with the patient’s inner spiritual life or a view of value. The religeous qigong studies
how to live. But, from the view of psycophysical medicine, in case the patient has a feeling
of sin or unusal tension, healing of his illness is very dificult. That is, scientific medicine
steps into the field of religious qigong in the new stage of development. We need a study of
the religious qigong from the new standpoint.

4. Chinese religious qigong contains Tao-Sheentao lineage and Buddhist lineage. Taoist
qigong seeks after “eternal life” . But this “long life” is not equal to long life in medical
meaning. It means seeking after pure yang , over limitation of physical body.

Zhuagzi, rather, criticized the attitude that grasped his given life by cosmos as his own,

• 219 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

and the desire earnestly to enclose or increase it.

Shentao , way of hermits, created Neidan school in the time from the Tang to Song
Dynasties. It means “the development of inner medicine” and seeking after the unity of mind

and psychological control by consistent image movement.

In modern times, Hu Yaozhen arranged and opened this system, and applied it to
medicine and martial arts. On the other hand, quiescent qigong of Zhuangzi was revived by

Chen Yingning. It is effective to healing neurosis.

5. The Buddhist qigong contains MIJIAO (esoteric Buddhism), especially Tibetan esoteric
system and stream of Chan (Zen, Japanese) . Tibetan qigong seeks after unity with cosmic
lifetide directly. It has something common in this point with Neidan in spite of so many
differences in concrete method.

Chan has also common field, it created various high techniques for mind-body control as

Z higuang (concentration and contemplation).

6 The religious qigong has more refinded and experienced mind control methed than
medical qigong . Also in medical qigong , “ Rujing ” (enter a .ery quiet state) is very

important for having effect, but in this field, they seek for control of image, check of over-
work of mind and deepening quality of “ Rujing ”•

In this process, the most important things are the develpement of intuition and
imagination through the liberation of the right side of the brain, and reviving balance of the
brain through control of overwork of intellectual centre and activation of feeling centre and

life centre.

7. In Japan, also, we can find quiescent qigong , dynamic qigong , spontaneous
qigong , healing by qigong and high technique unification of m nd and body. And after
introduction to Japan, Chan has much developed as an effective psychological healing.

Toward the traditions like these, we want to study the assuming attitude of “abandoning
refuse, taking essence”. But, for the human study in the new age or holistic medicine, we can
not judge it in the field of accomplished science, but connect it with recovering “black
science”, namely the tradition of Tao science from the ancient times. We want the
reconstruction of modern science. For example, yi (divination) contains richly the theory
concerning with the relationship between mankind and its environment, and Chan or Neidan
is , as they are, high psychophysical science.

The religious qigong will open the path to future medicine by its totality of grasping
human themselves.

• 220 •

Approved For Release 2000/08/15 : CIA-RDP96-00792R000701 080001-1

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Texts

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "THE FIRST WORLD CONFERENCE FOR ACADEMIC EXCHANGE OF MEDICAL QIGONG BEIJING CHINA, 1988"

See other formats